Ford Transit Custom Instrukcja Obsługi I Ops Bezpiecznikow Etc

FORD TRANSIT CUSTOM Owner's Manual
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2019
All rights reserved.

Part Number: CG3763en 201911 20191203133110
Table of Contents
Introduction Pedestrian Alert System -

Acknowledgments ..........................................9 Plug-In Hybrid Electric
About This Manual ..........................................9 Vehicle (PHEV)
Symbols Glossary ............................................9 What Is the Pedestrian Alert System
..........................................................................3 6
Data Recording .................................................11
Pedestrian Alert System –
Replacement Parts Recommendation Troubleshooting ........................................36
............................................................................15
Special Notices ...............................................15
Automatic Crash Notification
Mobile Communications Equipment System
............................................................................15
Emergency Assistance ................................37
Environment ERA-GLONASS ..............................................39
Protecting the Environment .......................17
Keys and Remote Controls
At a Glance General Information on Radio
Frequencies .................................................42
Instrument Panel - LHD ...............................18
Remote Control .............................................42
Instrument Panel - RHD ..............................19
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control
...........................................................................42
Child Safety
Installing Child Restraints ...........................21 MyKey™
Child Restraint Positioning ........................25 Principle of Operation .................................43
Child Safety Locks ........................................29 MyKey Settings ..............................................43
Creating a MyKey ..........................................44
Seatbelts Programming a MyKey ................................44
Fastening the Seatbelts .............................30 Clearing All MyKeys ......................................45
Seatbelt Height Adjustment ......................31 Checking MyKey System Status .............46
Seatbelt Reminder .........................................31 MyKey – Troubleshooting ..........................47
Supplementary Restraints Doors and Locks

System Locking and Unlocking - Vehicles With:
Principle of Operation ..................................32 Manual Liftgate .........................................48
Driver Airbag ....................................................32 Locking and Unlocking - Vehicles With:
Passenger Airbag ...........................................33 Rear Cargo Doors .......................................51
Switching the Passenger Airbag On and
Off ...................................................................33 Liftgate
Side Airbags ....................................................34 Manual Liftgate .............................................56
Side Curtain Airbags ....................................35
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System ........................57
Anti-Theft Alarm ...........................................57
Transit Custom (TTF) Kocaeli, Vehicles Built From: 27-01-2020, Double Cab in Van/M1 Kombi/M1 Kombi Van/N1 Kombi/N1 Kombi Van/Van, CG3763en enGBR, Edition date: 201911,
First-Printing
Table of Contents
Steering Wheel Information Displays

Adjusting the Steering Wheel ..................58 General Information ......................................81
Trip Computer ................................................83
Wipers and Washers Personalized Settings .................................85
Windshield Wipers .......................................59 Information Messages ................................86
Autowipers ......................................................59
Windshield Washers .....................................61 Climate Control
Rear Window Wiper and Washers ...........61 Air Vents ...........................................................93
Manual Climate Control .............................93
Lighting Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate
General Information .....................................62 ..........................................................................94
Lighting Control .............................................62 Rear Passenger Climate Controls ...........95
Autolamps .......................................................63 Heated Windshield .......................................95
Instrument Lighting Dimmer ....................64 Heated Rear Window ..................................95
Headlamp Exit Delay ...................................64 Heated Exterior Mirrors - Vehicles
Without: Heated Rear Window ...........95
Automatic High Beam Control ................64
Heated Exterior Mirrors - Vehicles With:
Front Fog Lamps ...........................................65 Heated Rear Window ..............................96
Rear Fog Lamps ............................................66 Auxiliary Heater .............................................96
Headlamp Leveling ......................................66 Remote Start ..................................................98
Cornering Lamps ...........................................67
Direction Indicators .......................................67 Seats
Interior Lamps ................................................68 Sitting in the Correct Position ................100
Head Restraints ...........................................100
Windows and Mirrors Manual Seats .................................................101
Power Windows ............................................69 Power Seats ..................................................103
Exterior Mirrors ...............................................70 Rear Seats ......................................................104
Interior Mirror - Vehicles With: Heated Seats - 2.0L EcoBlue, Plug-In
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror/Interior Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV) .........108
Mirror With Camera Display ...................71
Heated Seats - 2.2L Diesel ......................109
Interior Mirror - Vehicles With: Interior
Mirror ...............................................................71
Auxiliary Power Points
Instrument Cluster Auxiliary Power Points .................................111
Gauges - Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle Cigar Lighter ....................................................112
(PHEV) ..........................................................72
Gauges - Excluding: Plug-In Hybrid Storage Compartments
Electric Vehicle (PHEV) ..........................74 Cup Holders ....................................................114
Warning Lamps and Indicators ................75 Overhead Console ........................................114
Audible Warnings and Indicators ...........80 Folding Tray ....................................................114
Bottle Holders ................................................114
First-Printing
Table of Contents
Under Seat Storage - Vehicles With: Stopping the Engine ...................................124

Passenger Double Seat, Vehicles Restarting the Engine .................................124
Without: Rear Climate Control,
Excluding: Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle Auto-Start-Stop Indicators ......................125
(MHEV) ........................................................115 Auto-Start-Stop Audible Warning ........125
Under Seat Storage - Mild Hybrid Electric Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting
Vehicle (MHEV), Vehicles With: .........................................................................125
Passenger Double Seat/Rear Climate
Control ..........................................................116
Auto-Start-Stop - Mild Hybrid
Device Holder .................................................116 Electric Vehicle (MHEV)
What Is Auto-Start-Stop ...........................127
Starting and Stopping the
Auto-Start-Stop Precautions ..................127
Engine
Auto-Start-Stop Settings .........................127
General Information ....................................118
Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and Off
Ignition Switch ...............................................118 ..........................................................................127
Steering Wheel Lock ...................................118 Stopping the Engine ....................................127
Starting a Diesel Engine .............................119 Restarting the Engine ................................128
Switching Off the Engine ...........................119 Auto-Start-Stop Indicators .....................128
Engine Block Heater ....................................119 Auto-Start-Stop Audible Warning ........128
Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting
Starting and Stopping the .........................................................................128
Electric Motor
Ignition Switch ...............................................121 Auto-Start-Stop - Automatic
Starting the Electric Motor ........................121 Transmission
Switching Off the Electric Motor .............121 What Is Auto-Start-Stop ..........................130
Auto-Start-Stop Precautions .................130
Unique Driving Characteristics Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and Off
.........................................................................130
Hybrid Vehicle Operation - Mild Hybrid Stopping the Engine ...................................130
Electric Vehicle (MHEV) ........................122 Restarting the Engine ................................130
Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation ..........122 Auto-Start-Stop Indicators .......................131
Hybrid Vehicle Frequently Asked Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting
Questions ...................................................123 ..........................................................................131
Auto-Start-Stop - Manual Fuel and Refueling

Transmission, Excluding: Safety Precautions ......................................133
Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle
Fuel Quality - Gasoline ..............................133
(MHEV)
Fuel Quality - Diesel ...................................134
What Is Auto-Start-Stop ..........................124
Fuel Quality - 2.0L EcoBlue,
Auto-Start-Stop Precautions .................124 Hydrotreated Vegetable Oil .................134
Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and Off Fuel Filler Funnel Location .......................134
.........................................................................124
Running Out of Fuel ....................................135
First-Printing
Table of Contents
Refueling - Plug-In Hybrid Electric Traction Control

Vehicle (PHEV) ........................................136
Principle of Operation ...............................166
Refueling - Excluding: Plug-In Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (PHEV) ........................138 Using Traction Control ..............................166
Fuel Consumption ........................................141
Stability Control
Engine Emission Control Principle of Operation ................................167
Catalytic Converter .....................................142 Using Stability Control ...............................167
Selective Catalytic Reductant System
.........................................................................142 Parking Aids
Gasoline Particulate Filter ........................147 Principle of Operation ...............................168
Diesel Particulate Filter .............................148 Rear Parking Aid ..........................................168
Front Parking Aid .........................................170
High Voltage Battery Side Sensing System ..................................172
Charging the High Voltage Battery ........153 Active Park Assist ........................................174
High Voltage Battery Precautions .........154 Rear View Camera .......................................176
Charging Equipment Requirements ......154
Locating the Charging Equipment ........154 Cruise Control
Charging Equipment Indicators .............154 Principle of Operation ...............................180
Locating the Charge Port .........................156 Using Cruise Control ..................................180
Charge Port Indicators ...............................156 Using Adaptive Cruise Control ................181
High Voltage Shutoff Switch ..................156
Driving Aids
Transmission Speed Limiter ...............................................190
Manual Transmission .................................157 Intelligent Speed Limiter ..........................190
Automatic Transmission - Plug-In Hybrid Lane Keeping System ................................192
Electric Vehicle (PHEV) .........................157 Blind Spot Information System .............195
Automatic Transmission - 6-Speed Cross Traffic Alert ........................................199
Automatic Transmission ......................159
Traffic Sign Recognition ...........................202
Wrong Way Alert .........................................203
Brakes
Eco ...................................................................205
General Information ...................................163
Pre-Collision Assist ...................................206
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes
.........................................................................163 Drive Control - Diesel .................................210
Parking Brake - Automatic Transmission Self-Leveling Suspension ........................210
.........................................................................163
Parking Brake - Manual Transmission Current Highway Information
.........................................................................164
Hill Start Assist .............................................164 What Is Current Highway Information
..........................................................................211
Enabling Current Highway Information
..........................................................................211
First-Printing
Table of Contents
Checking Current Highway Information Towing Points ...............................................229

Status ............................................................211
Emergency Equipment
Load Carrying First Aid Kit .....................................................231
General Information ....................................212 Warning Triangle ..........................................231
Rear Loadspace Hatches ..........................212
Roof Racks and Load Carriers - Vehicles Fuses
With: Integrated Roof Rack ..................212
Fuse Box Locations - 2.0L EcoBlue,
Roof Racks and Load Carriers - Vehicles Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV)
Without: Integrated Roof Rack ...........214 ........................................................................232
Load Retaining Fixtures .............................215 Fuse Box Locations - 2.2L Diesel ...........232
Fuse Specification Chart - Plug-In Hybrid
Towing Electric Vehicle (PHEV) .......................234
Towing a Trailer - Plug-In Hybrid Electric Fuse Specification Chart - 2.0L EcoBlue
Vehicle (PHEV) ........................................219 ........................................................................245
Towing a Trailer - Excluding: Plug-In Fuse Specification Chart - 2.2L Diesel
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV) ..........219 ........................................................................256
Trailer Sway Control ..................................220 Changing a Fuse .........................................266
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels -
Automatic Transmission, Excluding: Maintenance
Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV)
........................................................................220 General Information ..................................268
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels - Opening and Closing the Hood - LHD
Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV) ........................................................................268
.........................................................................221 Opening and Closing the Hood - RHD
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels - ........................................................................269
Manual Transmission .............................221 Under Hood Overview - 2.0L EcoBlue
.........................................................................272
Driving Hints Under Hood Overview - 2.2L Diesel ......273
Reduced Engine Performance ...............223 Under Hood Overview - Plug-In Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (PHEV) ........................274
Economical Driving ....................................223
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.0L EcoBoost™
Cold Weather Precautions ......................223 ........................................................................275
Breaking-In ....................................................224 Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.0L EcoBlue .......275
Driving Through Water ..............................224 Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.2L Diesel ............275
Floor Mats ......................................................224 Engine Oil Check .........................................275
Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap - 2.0L
Roadside Emergencies Diesel ...........................................................276
Hazard Flashers ...........................................226 Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap - 2.2L
Fuel Shutoff ..................................................226 Diesel ...........................................................276
Jump Starting the Vehicle - 2.2L Engine Cooling Fan - Plug-In Hybrid
Duratorq-TDCi Diesel ............................226 Electric Vehicle (PHEV) ........................277
Jump Starting the Vehicle - 2.0L EcoBlue Engine Cooling Fan - Diesel .....................277
........................................................................228 Engine Coolant Check - Diesel ...............277
First-Printing
Table of Contents
Coolant Check - Plug-In Hybrid Electric Capacities and Specifications

Vehicle (PHEV) ........................................279
Brake Fluid Check ......................................280 Vehicle Dimensions ...................................326
Clutch Fluid Check - Manual Towbar Dimensions ...................................327
Transmission .............................................281
Vehicle Identification Plate .....................328
Power Steering Fluid Check - 2.2L Diesel
.........................................................................281 Vehicle Identification Number ...............329
Changing the 12V Battery .........................281 Capacities and Specifications - 1.0L
EcoBoost™ ...............................................329
Fuel Filter Service Indicator Check - 2.0L
EcoBlue/2.2L Diesel ..............................284 Capacities and Specifications - 2.0L
EcoBlue .......................................................332
Washer Fluid Check ...................................284
Capacities and Specifications - 2.2L
Checking the Wiper Blades ....................284 Duratorq-TDCi Diesel ............................335
Changing the Front Wiper Blades ........284 Bulb Specification Chart - Vehicles With:
Changing the Rear Wiper Blades .........285 Halogen Headlamps .............................338
Removing a Headlamp ............................286 Bulb Specification Chart - Vehicles With:
Changing a Bulb - Vehicles With: Halogen Projector Headlamps ..........339
Halogen Headlamps .............................286 Bulb Specification Chart - Vehicles With:
Changing a Bulb - Vehicles With: High Intensity Discharge Headlamps
Halogen Projector Headlamps ...........291 .......................................................................340
Changing a Bulb - Vehicles With: High Fuel Consumption Figures .......................341
Intensity Discharge Headlamps .......296 Fuel Consumption Figures - Plug-In
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV) ..........341
Vehicle Care Fuel Consumption Figures - 2.0L EcoBlue
........................................................................342
Cleaning the Exterior .................................302
Fuel Consumption Figures - 2.2L
Cleaning the Interior ..................................303 Duratorq-TDCi Diesel ............................343
Repairing Minor Paint Damage .............305
Cleaning the Wheels .................................305 Connected Vehicle
Body Styling Kits ........................................305 Connected Vehicle Requirements .......344
Connected Vehicle Limitations .............344
Wheels and Tires Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
General Information ..................................306 Network .....................................................344
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit ...................306 Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi
Tire Care ........................................................309 Network .....................................................344
Using Winter Tires .......................................310 Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting -
Vehicles With: Modem .........................345
Using Snow Chains .....................................310
Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting -
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...........312 Vehicles With: SYNC 3/SYNC 2.5 .....346
Changing a Road Wheel ...........................314
Tire Pressures ................................................321 Wi-Fi Hotspot
Lug Nuts .........................................................325 Creating a Wi-Fi Hotspot ........................348
Changing the Wi-Fi Hotspot Name or
Password ...................................................348
First-Printing
Table of Contents
Audio System Settings ..........................................................382

Audio Unit - Vehicles Without: SYNC SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting ....................384
........................................................................349
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC 3 ......351 Appendices
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5 Electromagnetic Compatibility .............394
........................................................................352 End User License Agreement .................397
AM/FM Radio - Vehicles Without: SYNC Declaration of Conformity .......................422
........................................................................353
AM/FM Radio - Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5
........................................................................354
Digital Radio - Vehicles Without: SYNC
........................................................................355
Digital Radio - Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5
........................................................................355
Audio Unit Clock and Date Displays -
Vehicles Without: SYNC ......................356
Audio Unit Clock and Date Displays -
Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5 ......................356
Connecting a Bluetooth® Device -
Connecting a Bluetooth® Device -
Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5 .......................357
Streaming Bluetooth Audio - Vehicles
Without: SYNC .........................................357
Streaming Bluetooth Audio - Vehicles
With: SYNC 2.5 ........................................357
Playing Media From a USB Device -
Playing Media From a USB Device -
USB Port ........................................................359
Apps - Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5 ............359
Using Voice Recognition ..........................362
Audio System – Troubleshooting -
SYNC™ 3
General Information ..................................365
Using Voice Recognition ..........................367
Entertainment ..............................................373
Phone ..............................................................375
Navigation ......................................................377
Apps .................................................................381
First-Printing
8
First-Printing
Introduction
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Note: Pass on this manual when selling

your vehicle. It is an integral part of your
Your vehicle could have components that vehicle.
use open source software. For additional This manual may qualify the location of a
information, visit http:// component as left-hand side or right-hand
corporate.ford.com/ford-open-source.html. side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We
recommend that you take some time to
get to know your vehicle by reading this
manual. The more that you know about
your vehicle, the greater the safety and
pleasure you will get from driving it.
WARNING: Driving while

distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly E154903
recommend that you use extreme

caution when using any device that may A Right-hand side.
take your focus off the road. Your B Left-hand side.
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated These are some of the symbols you may
systems when possible. Make sure you see on your vehicle.
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic Safety alert.
devices while driving.
Note: This manual describes product See the Owner's Manual.

features and options available throughout
the range of available models, sometimes
even before they are generally available. It Air conditioning system.
may describe options not fitted to the
vehicle you have purchased. E162384
Note: Some of the illustrations in this Anti-lock braking system.

manual may show features as used in
different models, so may appear different
to you on your vehicle. Avoid smoking, flames or sparks.
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle
in line with all applicable laws and
regulations.
First-Printing
Introduction
Battery. Engine coolant.
Battery acid. Engine coolant temperature.
Brake fluid level. Engine oil.
Brake system. Explosive gas.
Brake failure. Fan warning.
Cabin air filter. Fasten seatbelt.

E71880
Check fuel cap. Front airbag.

E67017
Child safety door lock. Front fog lamps.
Child safety door unlock. Fuel pump reset.
Child seat lower anchor. Fuse compartment.
Child seat tether anchor. Hazard warning flashers.
Cruise control. Heated rear window.
Do not open when hot. Heated windshield.
Electronic power steering Interior luggage compartment

malfunction. release.
Engine air filter. Jack.
10
First-Printing
Introduction
Keep out of reach of children. Windshield wash and wipe.

E161353
Lighting control.
DATA RECORDING
Low tire pressure warning.
WARNING: Do not connect
wireless plug-in devices to the data link
Maintain correct fluid level.
connector. Unauthorized third parties
could gain access to vehicle data and
impair the performance of safety related
Panic alarm. systems. Only allow repair facilities that
follow our service and repair instructions
to connect their equipment to the data
Parking aid. link connector.
We respect your privacy and are

Parking brake. committed to protecting it. The
information contained in this publication
was correct at the time of going to print
Power steering fluid. but as technology rapidly changes, we
recommend that you visit the local Ford
website for the latest information.
Power windows. Your vehicle has electronic control units
that have data recording functionality and
the ability to permanently or temporarily
Power window lockout. store data. This data could include
information on the condition and status of
your vehicle, vehicle maintenance
Check Engine. requirements, events and malfunctions.
The types of data that can be recorded are
described in this section. Some of the data
Service engine soon. recorded is stored in event logs or error
logs.
Note: Error logs are reset following a service
Side airbag. or repair.
Note: We may provide information in
response to requests from law enforcement,
Shield the eyes. other government authorities and third
parties acting with lawful authority or
E167012
through a legal process. Such information
Stability control. could be used by them in legal proceedings.
E138639
11
First-Printing
Introduction
Data recorded includes, for example: Event Data

• Operating states of system This vehicle is equipped with an event data
components, for example fuel level, recorder. The main purpose of an event
tire pressure and battery charge level. data recorder is to record, in certain crash
• Vehicle and component status, for or near crash-like situations, such as an
example wheel speed, deceleration, airbag deployment or hitting a road
lateral acceleration and seatbelt obstacle; this data will assist in
status. understanding how a vehicle’s systems
• Events or errors in essential systems, performed. The event data recorder is
for example headlamps and brakes. designed to record data related to vehicle
dynamics and safety systems for a short
• System responses to driving situations, period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
for example airbag deployment and
stability control. The event data recorder in this vehicle is
• Environmental conditions, for example designed to record such data as:
temperature. • How various systems in your vehicle
were operating;
Some of this data, when used in
combination with other information, for • Whether or not the driver and
example an accident report, damage to a passenger seatbelts were
vehicle or eyewitness statements, could buckled/fastened;
be associated with a specific person. • How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or the
Service Data brake pedal; and
Our dealers collect service data through • How fast the vehicle was traveling; and
the data link connector in your vehicle. • Where the driver was positioning the
They use service data, for example error steering wheel.
logs, to help them if you take your vehicle
for repair. They share this data with our This data can help provide a better
technical team, if required, to help with understanding of the circumstances in
diagnosis. In addition to using the which crashes and injuries occur.
information for diagnosis and repair, we Note: Event data recorder data is recorded
use and share service data with our service by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
providers, for example parts suppliers, situation occurs; no data is recorded by the
where required and where permitted by event data recorder under normal driving
law, for continuous improvement or with conditions and no personal data or
other information that we have about you, information (e.g., name, gender, age, and
for example your contact information, to crash location) is recorded. However,
offer you products and services that may parties, such as law enforcement, could
be of interest to you according to your combine the event data recorder data with
preferences and where allowed by law. the type of personally identifying data
Our service providers are equally required routinely acquired during a crash
by law to protect your data and retain it in investigation.
accordance with data retention policies.
Note: Third party repair facilities can also
collect service data through the data link
connector.
12
First-Printing
Introduction
To read data recorded by an event data to enable your use of our services to which
recorder, special equipment is required, you have subscribed, with your consent or
and access to the vehicle or the event data where permitted by law. For additional
recorder is needed. In addition to the information, see the terms and conditions
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such of the services to which you have
as law enforcement, that have such special subscribed.
equipment, can read the information if they For additional information about our
have access to the vehicle or the event privacy policy, refer to the local Ford
data recorder. website.
Comfort, Convenience and Services That Third Parties
Entertainment Data Provide
Your vehicle has electronic control units We recommend that you review the terms
that have the ability to store data based and conditions and data privacy
on your personalized settings. The data is information for any services to which you
stored locally in the vehicle or on devices subscribe. We take no responsibility for
that you connect to it, for example, a USB services that third parties provide.
drive or digital music player. You can delete
some of this data and also choose whether Vehicles With a Modem (If Equipped)
to share it through the services to which
you subscribe. See Settings (page 382). The modem has a SIM. The
modem was enabled when your
Comfort and Convenience Data vehicle was built and periodically
Data recorded includes, for example: sends messages to stay connected to the
cell phone network, receive automatic
• Seat and steering wheel position. software updates and send vehicle-related
• Climate control settings. information to us, for example diagnostic
• Radio presets. information. These messages could
include information that identifies your
Entertainment Data vehicle, the SIM and the electronic serial
number of the modem. Cell phone network
Data recorded includes, for example: service providers could have access to
• Music, videos or album art. additional information, for example cell
• Contacts and corresponding address phone network tower identification. For
book entries. additional information about our privacy
policy, visit www.FordConnected.com or
• Navigation destinations. refer to your local Ford website.
Services That We Provide Note: The modem continues to send this
information unless you disable the modem
If you use our services, we collect and use or stop the modem from sharing vehicle
data, for example account information, data by changing the modem settings.
vehicle location and driving characteristics,
that could identify you. We transmit this Note: The service can be unavailable or
data through a dedicated, protected interrupted for a number of reasons, for
connection. We only collect and use data example environmental or topographical
conditions and data plan coverage.
13
First-Printing
Introduction
Note: To find out if your vehicle has a The cell phone profile, media device index
modem, visit www.FordConnected.com. and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle
unless you delete them and are generally
Vehicles With SYNC accessible only in your vehicle when you
connect your cell phone or media device.
Mobile Device Data If you no longer plan to use the system or
If you connect a mobile device to your your vehicle, we recommend you use the
vehicle, you can display data from your master reset function to erase the stored
device on the touchscreen for example, information. See Settings (page 382).
music and album art. You can share your System data cannot be accessed without
vehicle data with mobile apps on your special equipment and access to your
device through the system. See Apps vehicle's module.
(page 381).
For additional information about our
The mobile apps function operates by your privacy policy, refer to the local Ford
connected device sending data to us in the website.
United States. The data is encrypted and
includes the vehicle identification number Note: To find out if your vehicle has a
of your vehicle, the SYNC module serial connectivity technology, visit
number, odometer, enabled apps, usage www.FordConnected.com.
statistics and debugging information. We
Vehicles With an Emergency Call
retain it only as long as necessary to
provide the service, to troubleshoot, for
System
continuous improvement and to offer you When the emergency call system is active,
products and services that may be of it may disclose to emergency services that
interest to you according to your your vehicle has been in a crash involving
preferences and where allowed by law. the deployment of an airbag or activation
If you connect a cell phone to the system, of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions
the system creates a profile that links to or updates to the emergency call system
that cell phone. The cell phone profile may also be capable of electronically or
enables more mobile features and efficient verbally disclosing to emergency services
operation. The profile contains, for operators your vehicle location or other
example data from your phonebook, read details about your vehicle or crash to assist
and unread text messages and call history, emergency services operators to provide
including history of calls when your cell the most appropriate emergency services.
phone was not connected to the system. If you do not want to disclose this
information, do not activate the emergency
If you connect a media device, the system call system.
creates and retains a media device index
of supported media content. The system Examples of data that the system
also records a short diagnostic log of transmits are:
approximately 10 minutes of all recent • Vehicle identification number.
system activity. • Vehicle fuel type.
• Current time.
• Vehicle location and direction.
14
First-Printing
Introduction
• Whether the call was automatically or Warranty on Replacement Parts

manually initiated.
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
• Vehicle category. parts are the only replacement parts that
Note: You cannot deactivate emergency benefit from a Ford Warranty. The Ford
call systems that are required by law. Warranty may not cover damage caused
to your vehicle as a result of failed
non-Ford parts. For additional information,
REPLACEMENT PARTS refer to the terms and conditions of the
RECOMMENDATION Ford Warranty.
We have built your vehicle to the highest

standards using quality parts. We SPECIAL NOTICES
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts If converting or modifying your vehicle from
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled production specification, refer to the Body
maintenance or repair. You can clearly and Equipment Mounting Manual at
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts www.etis.ford.com/BEMM.
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
packaging.
EQUIPMENT
Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
WARNING: Driving while
One of the best ways for you to make sure distracted can result in loss of vehicle
that your vehicle provides years of service control, crash and injury. We strongly
is to have it maintained in line with our recommend that you use extreme
recommendations using parts that caution when using any device that may
conform to the specifications detailed in take your focus off the road. Your
this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and primary responsibility is the safe
Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these operation of your vehicle. We
specifications. recommend against the use of any
Collision Repairs hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
We hope that you never experience a systems when possible. Make sure you
collision, but accidents do happen. are aware of all applicable local laws
Genuine Ford replacement collision parts that may affect the use of electronic
meet our stringent requirements for fit, devices while driving.
finish, structural integrity, corrosion
protection and dent resistance. During Using mobile communications equipment
vehicle development we validate that is becoming increasingly important in the
these parts deliver the intended level of conduct of business and personal affairs.
protection as a whole system. A great way However, you must not compromise your
to know for sure you are getting this level own or others’ safety when using such
of protection is to use genuine Ford equipment. Mobile communications can
replacement collision parts. enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in
15
First-Printing
Introduction
emergency situations. Safety must be

paramount when using mobile
communications equipment to avoid
negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but
is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.
16
First-Printing
Environment
PROTECTING THE
ENVIRONMENT
You should play your part in protecting the
environment. Correct vehicle usage and
the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning
and lubrication materials are significant
steps toward this aim.
For additional information about our
sustainability progress and initiatives, visit
www.sustainability.ford.com.
17
First-Printing
At a Glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL - LHD

E
A B C D F
N M L K J I H G
A Direction indicator lever. See Direction Indicators (page 67).

B Instrument cluster. See Instrument Cluster (page 72).
C Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 59).
D Audio unit. See Audio System (page 349).
E Climate control. See Climate Control (page 93).
F Fuel filler door release button. See Refueling (page 136). Auto-Start-Stop
button.
G Auxiliary power point. USB port. See Auxiliary Power Points (page 111).
H Passenger airbag deactivation indicator. See Switching the Passenger Airbag
On and Off (page 33).
I Hazard flasher switch. See Hazard Flashers (page 226).
J Parking aid button. See Parking Aids (page 168). Active park assist button. See
Active Park Assist (page 174). Drive control button. See Drive Control (page
210).
K Information display controls. See General Information (page 81).
18
First-Printing
At a Glance
L Steering wheel adjustment lever. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page
58).
M Cruise control buttons. See Using Cruise Control (page 180).
N Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 62).
INSTRUMENT PANEL - RHD
F E D A B C
G H I J M L K N
A Direction indicator lever. See Direction Indicators (page 67).

B Instrument cluster. See Instrument Cluster (page 72).
C Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 59).
D Audio unit. See Audio System (page 349).
E Climate control. See Climate Control (page 93).
F Fuel filler door release button. See Refueling (page 136). Auto-Start-Stop
button.
G Auxiliary power point. USB port. See Auxiliary Power Points (page 111).
19
First-Printing
At a Glance
H Passenger airbag deactivation indicator. See Switching the Passenger Airbag

On and Off (page 33).
I Hazard flasher switch. See Hazard Flashers (page 226).
J Parking aid button. See Parking Aids (page 168). Active park assist button. See
Active Park Assist (page 174). Drive control button. See Drive Control (page
210).
K Information display controls. See General Information (page 81).
L Steering wheel adjustment lever. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page
58).
M Cruise control buttons. See Using Cruise Control (page 180).
N Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 62).
20
First-Printing
Child Safety
INSTALLING CHILD
RESTRAINTS WARNING: You must switch the
passenger airbag off when using a
rearward facing child restraint on the
front seat.
WARNING: You must switch the

passenger airbag on following the
removal of the child restraint.
WARNING: Secure children that

E161855
are less than 150 cm (60 in) tall in an
approved child restraint on the rear seat.
WARNING: Read and follow the

manufacturer's instructions when you
are installing a child restraint.
WARNING: Do not modify child

restraints in any way.
E133140
WARNING: Do not hold a child on
your lap when your vehicle is moving.
WARNING: Do not leave children

or pets unattended in your vehicle.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: If your vehicle has been

involved in a crash, have the child
restraints checked.
Only child restraints certified to ECE-R129

or ECE-R44.03 (or later) have been tested
and approved for use in your vehicle. A
choice of these are available from an
authorized dealer.
Note: Mandatory use of child restraints
E68916
varies from country to country.
Child Restraints for Different Mass

WARNING: Extreme Hazard! Never Groups
use a rearward facing child restraint on
a seat protected by an active airbag in Use the correct child restraint as follows:
front of it. Death or serious injury to the
child can occur.
21
First-Printing
Child Safety
Rearward Facing Baby Safety Seat

WARNING: Do not install a booster
seat or a booster cushion with a seatbelt
that is slack or twisted.
WARNING: Do not put the shoulder

section of the seatbelt or allow the child
to put the shoulder section of the
seatbelt under their arm or behind their
back. Failure to follow this instruction
could reduce the effectiveness of the
seatbelt and increase the risk of injury or
death in a crash.
WARNING: Do not use pillows,

books or towels to boost your child's
height. Failure to follow this instruction
E68918
could result in personal injury or death.
Secure children that weigh less than 13 kg
(29 lb) in a rearward facing baby safety WARNING: Make sure that your
seat (Group 0+) on the front seat. children sit in an upright position.
Child Safety Seat WARNING: When using a child

restraint on a rear seat, the child restraint
must rest tightly against the vehicle seat.
It must not touch the head restraint. If
necessary remove the head restraint.
WARNING: You must reinstall the

head restraint following the removal of
the child restraint.
Secure children that weigh greater than

15 kg (33 lb) but are less than 150 cm
(60 in) tall in a booster seat or on a
E68920
booster cushion.
Secure children that weigh between 13 kg

(29 lb) and 18 kg (40 lb) in a child safety
seat (Group 1) on the front seat.
Booster Seats
WARNING: Do not install a booster

seat or a booster cushion with only the
lap strap of the seatbelt.
22
First-Printing
Child Safety
Booster Seat (Group 2) ISOFIX Anchor Points
WARNING: Use an anti-rotation

device when using the ISOFIX system.
We recommend the use of a top tether
or support leg.
Your vehicle may have ISOFIX anchor

points that accommodate universally
approved ISOFIX child restraints.
E70710
We recommend that you use a booster

seat that combines a cushion with a
backrest instead of a booster cushion only.
The raised seating position will allow you
to position the shoulder strap of the adult
seatbelt over the center of your child's
shoulder and the lap strap tightly across
their hips.
Booster Cushion (Group 3)
WARNING: When using a booster

cushion, make sure you adjust the vehicle
head restraint on that seating position.
E266092
The ISOFIX system has two rigid

attachment arms on the child restraint.
These attach to anchor points on the
ISOFIX or i-Size labeled vehicle seats,
where the cushion and backrest meet.
Note: If you are purchasing an ISOFIX child
restraint, make sure that you know the
correct mass group and ISOFIX size class
for the intended seating locations. See
Child Restraint Positioning (page 25).
E68924
23
First-Printing
Child Safety
Attaching a Child Restraint With

Top Tethers
WARNING: Do not attach the top

tether strap to anything other than the
correct top tether strap anchor point.
Always follow the child restraint

manufacturer's instructions for installing
a child restraint with a top tether.
E153270
For child restraints with a top tether, tether

anchor points are on the underside or rear
of the seat backrest of each ISOFIX and
i-Size seating position.
E147062
Attaching a Child Restraint With a
Support Leg
WARNING: If you use a child

restraint that has a support leg, make
sure the support leg rests securely on the
floor.
WARNING: Make sure that the

child restraint manufacturer lists your
vehicle as suitable for use with this type
of child restraint.
Always follow the child restraint

manufacturer's instructions for installing
a child restraint with a support leg.
24
First-Printing
Child Safety

restraint that has a support leg, make
sure the support leg rests securely on the
floor.

restraint and a seatbelt, make sure that
the seatbelt is not slack or twisted.
WARNING: Make sure the child

restraint rests tightly against the vehicle
seat. If necessary, adjust the seat
backrest to an upright position. It may
also be necessary to lift or remove the
head restraint.
WARNING: You must reinstall the

head restraint following the removal of
the child restraint.
E162148
Note: When using a child restraint on a

CHILD RESTRAINT front seat, always adjust the front passenger
seat as far back as possible. If it proves
POSITIONING difficult to tighten the lap section of the
seatbelt without slack remaining, adjust the
seat backrest to the fully upright position
WARNING: Extreme Hazard! Never and raise the height of the seat. See Seats
use a rearward facing child restraint on (page 100).
a seat protected by an active airbag in
front of it. Death or serious injury to the
child can occur.
25
First-Printing
Child Safety
Mass Group Categories
Vehicle Seating 0 0+ 1 2 3
Positions
0–10 kg 0–13 kg 9–18 kg 15–25 kg 22–36 kg
(0–22 lb) (0–29 lb) (20–40 lb) (33–55 lb) (49–79 lb)
Front passenger
seat with airbag X X UF
1
UF
1
UF
1
ON.
Front passenger
seat with airbag U
1
U
1
U
1
U
1
U
1
OFF.
Second row seats. U U U U U
Third row seats. U U U U U
1 We recommend that you secure children in a government approved child restraint, on
the rear seat.
X Not suitable for children in this mass group.
U Suitable for universal category child restraints approved for use in this mass group.
UF Suitable for universal category forward facing child restraints approved for use in this
mass group.
See an authorized dealer for the latest details relating to our recommended child restraints.
26
First-Printing
Child Safety
ISOFIX Child Restraints

The following table provides information suitable for vehicle seats that have an
i-Size or ISOFIX label attached.
Mass Group Categories
0 0+ 1 1
Vehicle Seating Positions Rearward Rearward Forward Rearward

Facing Facing Facing Facing
0–13 kg 0–13 kg 9–18 kg 9–18 kg

(0–29 lb) (0–29 lb) (20–40lb) (20–40lb)
Front passenger seat. 1
Size class.
No ISOFIX.
Seat type.
Second row seats - 1 2 2 2
Size class. C, D, E A, B, B1 C, D
ISOFIX.
Seat type. IL IL, IUF IL
Third row dual seat - 1 2 2 2
Size class. D, E A, B, B1 D
ISOFIX.
Seat type. IL IL, IUF IL
1 As defined by ECE-R16.
2 The capital letters A to E define the ISOFIX size class for both universal and semi-universal
child restraints systems. You can see the identification letters on ISOFIX child restraints.
ILSuitable for use with particular ISOFIX child restraint systems in the semi-universal
category. Refer to the child restraint system manufacturer vehicle recommendation list
for additional information.
IUFSuitable for use with forward facing ISOFIX child restraint systems in the universal
category.
Note: If you are purchasing an ISOFIX child restraint, make sure that you know the correct
mass group and ISOFIX size class for the intended seating locations.
27
First-Printing
Child Safety
Recommended Child Restraints
Mass Group Manufacturer Model Attachment

Categories
0+ Britax Römer. Baby Safe Plus with ISOFIX base or seatbelt

ISOFIX base.
1 only.
0–13 kg
(0–29 lb)
1 Britax Römer. Duo Plus.
1 ISOFIX and top tether
anchors or seatbelt only.
9–18 kg
(20–40 lb)
2 Britax Römer. KidFix.
1, 2 ISOFIX and seatbelt or
seatbelt only.
15–25 kg
(33–55 lb)
3 Britax Römer. KidFix.
1, 2 ISOFIX and seatbelt or
seatbelt only.
22–36 kg
(49–79 lb)
1
We recommend that you secure children using an ISOFIX child restraint on the rear
outermost seats.
2
We recommend that you use a booster seat that combines a cushion with a backrest
instead of a booster cushion only.
i-Size Child Restraints

The following table provides information suitable for vehicle seats that have an
i-Size label attached.
Vehicle Seating Positions i-Size Child Restraint
Systems
Front passenger seat. X

Second row dual seat. i-U
Second row triple bench seat. i-U
Third row dual seat. i-U
i-U Suitable for use with forward and rearward facing i-Size child restraint systems.
X Not suitable for use with i-Size child restraint systems.
28
First-Printing
Child Safety
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
WARNING: You cannot open the

rear doors from inside if you have put the
child safety locks on.
E176719
A child safety lock is on the rear edge of

each rear door. You must set the child
safety lock separately on each door.
Left-Hand Side
Turn it counterclockwise to switch the child
lock on and clockwise to switch it off.
Right-Hand Side
Turn it clockwise to switch the child lock
on and counterclockwise to switch it off.
29
First-Printing
Seatbelts
FASTENING THE SEATBELTS
WARNING: Insert the tongue into

the buckle until you hear a distinct click.
You have not fastened the seatbelt
correctly if you do not hear a click.
WARNING: Make sure that your

seatbelt is securely stored away and is
not outside your vehicle when closing
the door.
E68586
Pull the seatbelt out steadily. It may lock

if you pull it sharply or if your vehicle is on
a slope.
Press the red button on the buckle to
release the seatbelt. Hold the seatbelt
tongue and let it retract completely and
smoothly to its stowed position.
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy
WARNING: Position the seatbelt

E68584 correctly for your safety and that of your
unborn child. Do not use only the lap
strap or the shoulder strap.
E170730
E68585
30
First-Printing
Seatbelts
Pregnant women should always wear their SEATBELT REMINDER

seatbelt. The lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder seatbelt
should be positioned low across the hips
below the stomach and worn as tight as WARNING: The system will only
comfort will allow. The shoulder belt provide protection when you use the
should be positioned to cross the middle seatbelt correctly.
of the shoulder and the center of the chest.
The warning lamp illuminates and an
audible warning sounds when the following
SEATBELT HEIGHT conditions have been met:
ADJUSTMENT • The driver seatbelt has not been
fastened.
• Your vehicle exceeds a relatively low
WARNING: Position the seatbelt speed.
height adjuster so that the belt rests It also illuminates when the driver seatbelt
across the middle of your shoulder. is unfastened when your vehicle is moving.
Failure to adjust the seatbelt properly
could reduce the effectiveness of the If you do not fasten the driver seatbelt both
seatbelt and increase the risk of injury in the audible and visual warnings switch off
a crash. automatically after approximately five
minutes.
Turning the Seatbelt Reminder Off

1 2 Contact an authorized dealer.
2
3
E143981
1. Support the seatbelt loop while

pressing the adjuster button.
2. Slide the adjuster to the desired
position then release the button.
3. Pull down on the seatbelt loop to make
sure it is secure in position.
31
First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Note: Only wipe airbag covers with a damp

cloth.
WARNING: Extreme Hazard! Do DRIVER AIRBAG

not use a rearward facing child restraint
on a seat protected by an airbag in front
of it!
WARNING: Do not modify the front

of your vehicle in any way. This could
adversely affect deployment of the
airbags.
WARNING: Wear a safety belt and

keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. Only
when you use the safety belt properly,
can it hold you in a position that allows
the airbag to achieve its optimum effect.
See Sitting in the Correct Position
(page 100). E268726
WARNING: Repairs to the steering The airbag is designed to deploy during a

wheel, steering column, seats, airbags significant frontal or near-frontal crash.
and safety belts must be carried out by The airbag inflates within a few
an authorized dealer. thousandths of a second cushioning
forward body movement and deflates on
WARNING: Keep the areas in front contact with the occupant. The airbag is
of the airbags free from obstruction. Do not designed to deploy during a minor
not affix anything to or over the airbag frontal crash, rear crash, side crash or a
covers. vehicle rollover.
WARNING: Do not puncture the

seat with sharp objects. This could
damage and adversely affect
deployment of the airbags.
WARNING: Use seat covers

designed for seats with side airbags.
Have these fitted by an authorized
dealer.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a

cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.
Note: The front passenger airbag protects
both positions of a double seat.
32
First-Printing
PASSENGER AIRBAG SWITCHING THE PASSENGER

AIRBAG ON AND OFF
E268726
The airbag is designed to deploy during a E71313

significant frontal or near-frontal crash.
The airbag inflates within a few The passenger airbag on and off indicators
thousandths of a second cushioning are close to the climate control unit.
forward body movement and deflates on
contact with the occupant. The airbag is Switching the Passenger Airbag
not designed to deploy during a minor Off
frontal crash, rear crash, side crash or a
vehicle rollover.
passenger airbag off when using a
rearward facing child restraint on the
front seat.
1. Using the information display controls

on the steering wheel, select Settings.
2. Select Vehicle settings.
3. Select Passenger airbag.
4. Select Off.
5. Press and hold the OK button until a
confirmation message appears in the
information display.
6. Switch the ignition off and on and
check that the passenger airbag off
indicator illuminates.
33
First-Printing
Note: If it does not illuminate, this indicates

a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked WARNING: Do not use accessory
as soon as possible. seat covers. The use of accessory seat
Switching the Passenger Airbag covers may prevent the deployment of
the side airbags and increase the risk of
On
injury in an accident.
WARNING: Do not attempt to

WARNING: You must switch the service, repair, or modify the
passenger airbag on following the supplementary restraint system or
removal of the child restraint. associated components. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
1. Using the information display controls personal injury or death.
2. Select Vehicle settings. WARNING: If a supplementary
3. Select Passenger airbag. restraint system component has
deployed, it will not function again. Have
4. Select On. the system and associated components
5. Press and hold the OK button until a inspected as soon as possible. Failure to
confirmation message appears in the follow this instruction could result in
information display. personal injury or death.
6. Switch the ignition off and on and
check that the passenger airbag on
indicator illuminates.
Note: If it does not illuminate, this indicates
a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible.
SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNING: Do not place objects

or mount equipment on or near the
headliner at the siderail that may come
into contact with a deploying curtain E72658
airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of The side airbags are on the outermost side
personal injury in the event of a crash. of each front seat backrest. There is a label
attached to the side of each backrest to
WARNING: Do not lean your head indicate this.
on the door. The side airbag could injure
you as it deploys from the side of the
seatback.
34
First-Printing
Side curtain airbags are located over both

side windows where there are driver and
front passenger seats. There are molded
badges in the headlining above the side
windows to indicate this.
The airbags will deploy during significant
lateral collisions. They will also deploy
during significant frontal angled collisions.
The side curtain airbags will not deploy in
minor lateral and frontal collisions, rear
collisions or overturns.
E152533
The side airbags are designed to inflate

between the door panel and the occupant
to enhance the protection in certain
crashes.
The airbag is designed to deploy during a
significant lateral crash. It might also
deploy during a significant frontal crash.
The airbag is not designed to deploy during
a minor lateral or frontal crash, rear crash
or a vehicle rollover.
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAGS
E68905
35
First-Printing
Pedestrian Alert System - Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle
(PHEV)
WHAT IS THE PEDESTRIAN quiet. The pedestrian alert system is

designed to generate a sound to alert
ALERT SYSTEM pedestrians to the presence of an electric
drive vehicle.
Electric drive vehicles can be extremely
PEDESTRIAN ALERT SYSTEM – TROUBLESHOOTING
Pedestrian Alert System – Information Messages
Message Condition Action
Pedestrian sounder The system has malfunc- Have your vehicle checked
malfunction Service now tioned. as soon as possible.
36
First-Printing
Automatic Crash Notification System
EMERGENCY ASSISTANCE Note: When you switch Emergency

Assistance on or off, the settings apply to
all paired mobile phones. If you switch
Emergency Assistance off and a previously
WARNING: Unless the Emergency paired phone connects when you switch the
Assistance setting is on prior to a ignition on, either a voice message plays, a
collision, the system does not attempt display message or icon is shown or both.
to place an emergency call. This could
delay the response time, increasing the Note: Every mobile phone operates
risk of serious injury or death. differently. While Emergency Assistance
works with most mobile phones, some
WARNING: For this feature to work, mobile phones may experience difficulties
your mobile phone must be using this feature.
Bluetooth-enabled and compatible with Note: In the case of an emergency, the
the system. system, as a means of communication aid,
can help you contact specific rescue
WARNING: Always place your departments of public emergency services.
phone in a secure location in your vehicle The system does not deploy the rescue
so it does not become a projectile or get operations. The local public emergency
damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may service deploys specific rescue operations
cause serious injury to someone or according to the actual situation.
damage the phone which could prevent
Emergency Assistance from working To make sure that Emergency Assistance
properly. works correctly:
• The system must have power and be
Note: Not all accidents activate the system. working correctly at the time of the
If an accident does trigger the system, it crash and during feature activation and
initiates a call to the emergency services. use.
Do not wait for the system to initiate a call • You must switch on the feature before
if you are able to do so. Call emergency a crash.
services immediately to avoid a delayed
response time. If you do not hear the system • You must have a cell phone connected
within five seconds of the accident, the to the system.
system could be non-functional. • In certain countries, it may be
necessary to have a valid and
If an accident results in an attempt to registered SIM card with credit in order
deploy an airbag, excluding knee airbags to place and maintain an emergency
and rear inflatable seatbelts, or to shut off call.
the fuel pump, the system initiates a call
to the emergency services. • A connected cell phone must have the
ability to make and maintain an
Note: Before setting the feature on, please outgoing call at the time of the crash.
read the important notice about the
Emergency Assistance feature and the • A connected cell phone must have
Emergency Assistance privacy notice later adequate network coverage, battery
in this section for important information. power and signal strength.
• Your vehicle must have battery power.
37
First-Printing
Note: This feature only works in a country During a call:

where Emergency Assistance can call the • Emergency Assistance uses your
local emergency services. For additional vehicle GPS or cellular network
information, please refer to the local Ford information when available to
website. determine the most appropriate
language to use. It alerts the
In the Event of a Crash
emergency operator of the crash and
Before making a call: delivers the introductory message. This
• If you do not cancel the call, an may include your vehicle GPS
introductory message plays for the coordinates.
emergency operator. After this • The language the system uses to
message, there is hands-free interact with the occupants of your
communication between your vehicle's vehicle may differ from the language
occupants and the operator. used to deliver information to the
• The system provides a short window emergency operator.
of time (approximately 10 seconds) to • After the delivery of the introductory
cancel the call. If you do not cancel the message the voice line opens so that
call, the system initiates a call to the you can speak hands-free with the
emergency services. emergency operator.
• The system plays a message letting • When the line is connected, you must
you know when it attempts to make an be prepared to provide your name,
emergency call. You can cancel the call phone number and location
by selecting the relevant button or by information immediately.
pressing the end call button on the Note: While the system provides
steering wheel. information to the emergency operator, the
Note: Not every crash deploys an airbag or system plays a message letting you know
triggers the fuel pump shut off, which may it is sending important information. It then
turn on Emergency Assistance. However, if lets you know when the line is open to start
Emergency Assistance is triggered, the hands-free communication.
system tries to contact the emergency Note: During an Emergency Assistance call,
services. If a connected cell phone sustains an emergency priority screen appears which
damage or loses connection to the system, contains vehicle GPS coordinates when
it searches for and tries to connect to any available.
available previously paired cell phone and
initiates a call to the emergency services. Note: It is possible that GPS location
information is not available at the time of
the crash; in this case, Emergency
Assistance will still attempt to place an
emergency call.
Note: It is possible that the emergency
services will not receive the GPS
coordinates; in this case, hands-free
communication with an emergency operator
is available.
38
First-Printing
Note: The emergency operator may also Emergency Assistance Privacy Notice
receive information from the cellular
network such as cell phone number, cell When you switch on Emergency
phone location and cell phone carrier name Assistance, it may disclose to emergency
independent from Emergency Assistance. services that your vehicle has been in a
crash involving the deployment of an
Emergency Assistance may not work airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut
if: off. This feature has the capability to
disclose your location information to the
• Your cell phone or Emergency emergency operator or other details about
Assistance hardware sustains damage your vehicle or crash to provide the most
in the crash. appropriate emergency services.
• The vehicle battery or the system has If you do not want to disclose this
no power. information, do not switch on the feature.
• A crash ejects your cell phone from
your vehicle.
ERA-GLONASS
• You do not have a valid and registered
SIM card with credit in your cell phone.
• You are in a country where Emergency WARNING: If the system
Assistance cannot call the local malfunctions, have your vehicle checked
emergency services. For additional as soon as possible.
information, please refer to the local
Ford website.
Note: The system is compliant with
Important Information About ERA-GLONASS.
Emergency Assistance Note: The system is designed for
emergency calls for severe accidents,
Emergency Assistance does not currently
medical emergencies and test mode calls.
call emergency services in the following
It does not support other voice calls.
countries:
• Albania. Note: The system may not mute the audio
during an emergency call if your vehicle has
• Armenia. a non-Ford approved audio unit.
• Azerbaijan. Note: The system may not operate properly
• Belarus. if your vehicle has non-Ford approved
• Bosnia and Herzegovina. speakers.
• Georgia. Note: The system may not operate at
• Macedonia. temperatures below -40°C (-40°F) or
above 85°C (185°F).
• Moldova.
Note: The system only operates in areas
• Netherlands. with a compatible network, and may not
• Russia. operate outside coverage areas.
• Ukraine. Note: System coverage may not be
available in all regions.
39
First-Printing
Note: If an emergency call cannot be

placed, a voice prompt plays and the status Emergency Call Action
indicator illuminates. System Indicator
Note: The operator may not receive your
Flashes rapidly. The system is
vehicle data if the transmission is
placing the emer-
unsuccessful.
gency call.
During an emergency call, the system
transmits vehicle data, including: Flashes at a The system is
medium speed. transmitting vehicle
• Vehicle Identification Number.
data to emergency
• Vehicle propulsion type. personnel.
• Current timestamp.
Flashes slowly. The system
• Vehicle location and direction. successfully
• Call activation type. connected to emer-
• Vehicle type. gency personnel.
Voice communica-
The Emergency Call System indicator tion established.
briefly illuminates when you switch the
ignition on. If the indicator stays on Solid Red. The system detects
permanently or does not turn on at all, the a malfunction and
system is not functioning properly. If the requires service.
system is still malfunctioning after
Off. The emergency call
restarting the vehicle, contact an
is complete or
authorized dealer for service.
cancelled.
Crash or Rollover
In certain types of crashes or rollovers, the
system activates an automatic call to the
emergency services. This call cannot be
cancelled.
Using Manual Emergency Call
WARNING: Use caution when

making a manual emergency call when
driving.
Note: You can only make a manual

emergency call with the ignition on or in
accessory mode.
40
First-Printing
Press, hold and release the Test Mode System Checks

button in the overhead console
E218263
after approximately two seconds The Emergency Call System performs
to dial emergency services. You can then various system checks.
speak with the operator. Note: If the emergency call system indicator
stays on after diagnostics, there may be a
To cancel the call, press the button again problem with the Emergency Call System.
before the call is placed. Contact an authorized dealer for service.
After an Emergency Call
Emergency Call Action
After completing an emergency call, the System Indicator
emergency call operator can place an
emergency call to the vehicle. Your vehicle Flashes twice, and Test Mode
automatically answers incoming calls for then repeats. successfully begins.
up to two hours. The system will answer Flashes twice, and Follow the voice
the call after two rings. then repeats. prompts.
Test Mode Flashes twice, and Confirm that you
then repeats. heard the recording
You can perform system diagnostics on
by pressing the
your Emergency Call System.
button.
Press and hold the button for more than
ten seconds. After completion of test Flashes twice, and If you hear the tone,
mode, you can only place another test then repeats. press the button.
mode call after five minutes. This tests the
speaker.
Note: If released after a duration of
between two and ten seconds, a manual Solid Red. The system detects
emergency call will be triggered. a malfunction and
requires service.
Note: You can only switch on test mode
when your vehicle is stationary for at least Off. Diagnostics are
one minute and the ignition is on. complete, or you
Note: The system cannot make an cancel Test Mode.
emergency call when test mode is in
progress. Backup Battery Replacement
Test Mode Cancellation The Emergency Call System has a backup
battery. The system indicates when to
To cancel test mode, press and hold the replace the battery by a status indicator
button for more than two seconds during (solid red) and voice prompt. Contact an
test mode. authorized dealer for service.
Note: Test mode cancels after you drive Note: To maintain the best operating
the vehicle approximately 300 m (328 yd). conditions and service life of the battery, it
Note: Test mode cancels if you switch the must remain between -20°C (-4°F) and
ignition off during test mode. 85°C (185°F).
41
First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
GENERAL INFORMATION ON REMOTE CONTROL

RADIO FREQUENCIES
Your vehicle comes with a rechargeable
Note: Changes or modifications not remote control. The remote control
expressly approved by the party responsible battery automatically charges when the
for compliance could void the user’s key is in the ignition and the engine is
authority to operate the equipment. running. You should use all remote
controls to drive your vehicle at least once
The typical operating range for your every year, to prevent the remote control
transmitter is approximately 10 m (33 ft). battery from losing charge.
A decrease in operating range could be Note: The remote control battery cannot
caused by: be replaced. Do not attempt to remove or
• weather conditions replace the battery as this could cause
damage to the key housing not covered by
• nearby radio towers
the vehicle Warranty.
• structures around your vehicle
You can purchase replacement keys or
• other vehicles parked next to your remote controls from an authorized dealer.
vehicle.
The radio frequency used by your remote Reprogramming the Unlocking
control can also be used by other radio Function
transmitters, for example amateur radios,
Note: When you press the unlock button,
medical equipment, wireless headphones,
either all the doors are unlocked or only the
wireless remote controls, cell phones,
driver and passenger doors are unlocked.
battery chargers and alarm systems. If the
Pressing the unlock button again unlocks
frequencies are jammed, you will not be
all the doors.
able to use your remote control. You can
lock and unlock the doors with the key. Press and hold the unlock and lock buttons
on the remote control simultaneously for
Note: Make sure your vehicle is locked
at least four seconds with the ignition off.
before leaving it unattended.
The direction indicators flash twice to
Note: If you are in range, the remote control confirm the change. To return to the
will operate if you press any button original unlocking function, repeat the
unintentionally. process.
Note: The remote control contains sensitive
electrical components. Exposure to moisture REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
or impact may cause permanent damage.
REMOTE CONTROL
You can purchase replacement keys or
remote controls from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle. See Remote
Control (page 42).
To re-program the passive anti-theft
system see an authorized dealer.
42
First-Printing
MyKey™
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Speed Limit
The system is designed to promote good

driving behaviors using keys that you have WARNING: Do not set MyKey
programmed with some restricted settings. maximum speed limit to a limit that will
prevent the driver from maintaining a
safe speed considering posted speed
MYKEY SETTINGS limits and prevailing road conditions. The
driver is always responsible to drive in
Non-Configurable Settings accordance with local laws and
prevailing conditions. Failure to do so
Seatbelt Reminder could result in accident or injury.
The audio system mutes when the seatbelt
reminder turns on. The seatbelt reminder You can set a speed limit for your vehicle.
cannot be switched off with a MyKey. Warning messages appear in the
information display and a tone sounds if
Early Low Fuel your vehicle reaches the set speed. You
cannot override the set speed when using
The low fuel level warning lamp turns on a MyKey.
earlier.
Speed Reminder
Driving and Parking Aids
You can set a speed reminder for your
Parking aids, blind spot information system vehicle. Warning messages appear in the
and cross traffic alert turn on when you information display and a tone sounds if
start the engine and cannot be switched your vehicle exceeds the set speed.
off with a MyKey.
Pre-collision assist and lane keeping alert Audio System Volume Limit
turn on when you start the engine, but can The audio system maximum volume is
be switched off with a MyKey. reduced. A message appears in the
A new destination in the navigation system information display if you attempt to
can only be set using voice commands, exceed the volume limit. Automatic
when using a MyKey and your vehicle is volume control turns off.
moving.
Emergency Assistance
Configurable Settings If you set emergency assistance to be
You can configure the following settings always on, it cannot be switched off with
after creating a MyKey. See Creating a a MyKey.
MyKey (page 44).
Do Not Disturb
If you set do not disturb to be always on,
it cannot be switched off with a MyKey.
Traction Control
If you set traction control to be always on,
it cannot be switched off with a MyKey.
43
First-Printing
MyKey™
CREATING A MYKEY Switch the ignition on using an admin key.
To create a MyKey, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to
select the following:
Menu Item Action
Settings Press the menu button.

MyKey Press the OK button.
Create MyKey Press and hold the OK button until a confirmation message
appears in the information display.
Switch the ignition off.
Note: We recommend that you label this

key.
MyKey Information Messages
Message Description
Key is already a MyKey Displays when trying to create a MyKey with a key already
designated as a MyKey.
Key restricted at next Displays to confirm that the key is restricted after you switch
start. Label this key the ignition off.
Switch the ignition on using an admin key.

PROGRAMMING A MYKEY
You can only program MyKeys to the same
settings.
To program a MyKey, use the information display controls on the steering wheel
to select the following:
Menu Item Action

Select a setting and press the OK button.
Configure the setting.
Switch the ignition off.
44
First-Printing
MyKey™
CLEARING ALL MYKEYS restrictions and return all MyKeys to their

original admin key status.
When you clear all MyKeys, you remove all Switch the ignition on using an admin key.
To clear all MyKeys, use the information display controls on the steering wheel
to select the following:
Menu Item Action

Clear MyKeys Press and hold the OK button until a confirmation message
45
First-Printing
MyKey™
CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM Switch the ignition on.

STATUS
To find information about the distance traveled using a MyKey and also the number
of admin keys and MyKeys created for your vehicle, use the information display
controls on the steering wheel to select the following:
Menu Item Action

MyKey info Press the OK button.
46
First-Printing
MyKey™
MYKEY – TROUBLESHOOTING
What is an admin key?
• An admin key is a key that has not been
created as a MyKey. See Creating a
MyKey (page 44).
Why can I not create a MyKey?

• The key used to switch the ignition on
is not an admin key.
is the only admin key. There always has
to be at least one admin key.
Why can I not program a MyKey?

• No MyKeys are created. See Creating
a MyKey (page 44).
Why can I not clear the MyKeys?

a MyKey (page 44).
Why does the MyKey distance not

accumulate?
• The key used to start the engine is an
admin key.
a MyKey (page 44).
• The MyKeys have been cleared.
47
First-Printing
Doors and Locks
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING - Unlocking the Doors

VEHICLES WITH: MANUAL Press the button to unlock all
LIFTGATE doors. The direction indicators
flash.
Locking the Doors Note: You can unlock the driver door with
the key. Turn the key toward the rear of your
Press the button to lock all
vehicle. Use the key when the remote
doors. The direction indicators
control is not functioning.
flash.
Note: When you leave your vehicle
Note: You can lock the driver door with the
unattended for several weeks, the remote
key. Turn the key toward the front of your
control turns off. Unlock your vehicle and
vehicle. Use the key when the remote
start the engine to enable the remote
control.
Note: Check your vehicle is locked before
leaving it unattended. Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function
Note: Do not leave your keys in your vehicle.
You can reprogram the unlocking function
Double Locking the Doors (If Equipped) so that all doors are unlocked.
Simultaneously press and hold the unlock
and lock buttons on the remote control for
WARNING: Do not use double at least four seconds with the ignition off.
locking when passengers or animals are The direction indicators flash twice to
inside your vehicle. The doors cannot be confirm the change.
unlocked or opened from the inside when
double locked. To return to the original unlocking function,
repeat the process.
Double locking is a theft protection feature You can also change between the
that prevents someone from opening the unlocking modes in the information
doors from the inside. display. See General Information (page
Press the button twice within 81).
three seconds. The direction
indicators flash.
Note: If you double lock your vehicle when
inside, switch the ignition on to return the
door locks to a single locked state.
Note: You can double lock your vehicle
with the key. Turn the key toward the front
of your vehicle twice within three seconds.
Use the key when the remote control is not
functioning.
leaving it unattended.
48
First-Printing
Doors and Locks
Locking and Unlocking the Doors Note: Do not leave the keys in your vehicle.
From Inside Note: The horn could sound if you try to
lock the doors when a door is still open.
B
Front Passenger Door
Left-Hand Side
1. Fully open the door.
A
E148829
A Lock.
B Unlock.
Opening the Sliding Door
E260666
2. Insert the key blade into the key slot.

3. Turn the key clockwise.
4. Remove the key.
5. Close the door. The door locks when
you close it.
Right-Hand Side
E148804
Slam Locking (If Equipped)

You can use slam locking to individually
lock the doors if the vehicle battery or the
key battery has no charge.
49
First-Printing
Doors and Locks
Autolock (If Equipped)

Autolock locks all the doors when all of the
following occur:
• All doors are closed.
• The ignition is on.
• You shift into any gear putting your
vehicle in motion.
• The vehicle speed exceeds a
predetermined limit.
You can turn this function on using the
information display. See Information
Displays (page 81). If you have turned
E260667
this function on, either use the interior door
unlock button or switch the ignition off and
2. Insert the key blade into the key slot. use the key or remote control to unlock the
sliding door.
3. Turn the key counterclockwise.
4. Remove the key. Auto Relock
5. Close the door. The door locks when The doors relock if you do not open a door
you close it. within 45 seconds of unlocking the doors
Sliding Door with the remote control. The door locks
and the alarm return to their previous state.
Autounlock
Autounlock unlocks all the doors when all
of the following occur:
• The ignition is on, all the doors are
closed, and the vehicle speed exceeds
a predetermined limit.
• Your vehicle comes to a stop and you
switch the ignition off or to the
accessory position.
• You open the driver door within 10
minutes of switching the ignition off or
E260665
to the accessory position.
2. Fully insert the key blade into the key You can turn this function on using the
slot. information display. See Information
3. Remove the key. Displays (page 81).
you close it.
50
First-Printing
Doors and Locks
Unlocking the Doors (One-Stage Configurable Unlocking (If Equipped)

Unlock)
Configurable unlocking is set at the time
All doors unlock when you press the unlock of vehicle purchase. It allows you to select
button on the remote control once. which doors unlock when you press the
Note: When you have double locked your unlock button or the luggage compartment
vehicle, the interior unlock button only unlock button on the remote control once
operates for approximately 20 seconds. or twice You cannot switch this feature
back on if you have had it switched off.
You can turn this function on using the See an authorized dealer for further
information display. See Information information.
Displays (page 81).
Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage LOCKING AND UNLOCKING -

Unlock) VEHICLES WITH: REAR CARGO
The driver and passenger doors unlock DOORS
when you do any of the following:
• Pull an interior door handle if you have Locking the Doors
not double locked your vehicle. Press the button to lock all
• Press the unlock button on the remote doors. The direction indicators
control once. flash.
• Press the interior unlock button once. Note: You can lock the driver door with the
Note: When you have double locked your key. Turn the key toward the front of your
vehicle, the interior unlock button only vehicle. Use the key when the remote
operates for approximately 20 seconds. control is not functioning.
All doors unlock when you do any of the Note: Check your vehicle is locked before
following: leaving it unattended.
• Press the unlock button on the remote Note: Do not leave your keys in your vehicle.
control twice within three seconds.
Double Locking the Doors (If Equipped)
• Press the interior unlock button twice
within three seconds.
Note: When you have double locked your WARNING: Do not use double
vehicle, the interior unlock button only locking when passengers or animals are
operates for approximately 20 seconds. inside your vehicle. The doors cannot be
unlocked or opened from the inside when
double locked.
Double locking is a theft protection feature

that prevents someone from opening the
doors from the inside.
Press the button twice within
three seconds. The direction
indicators flash.
51
First-Printing
Doors and Locks
Note: If you double lock your vehicle when Locking and Unlocking the Doors
inside, switch the ignition on to return the From Inside
door locks to a single locked state.
Note: You can double lock your vehicle B
with the key. Turn the key toward the front
of your vehicle twice within three seconds.
Use the key when the remote control is not
functioning.
leaving it unattended.
Unlocking the Doors A

E148829
Press the button to unlock all
doors. The direction indicators
A Lock.
flash.
B Unlock.
Note: You can unlock the driver door with
the key. Turn the key toward the rear of your
vehicle. Use the key when the remote Opening the Sliding Door
Note: When you leave your vehicle
unattended for several weeks, the remote
control turns off. Unlock your vehicle and
start the engine to enable the remote
control.
Reprogramming the Unlocking

Function
You can reprogram the unlocking function
so that all doors are unlocked.
Simultaneously press and hold the unlock
and lock buttons on the remote control for
at least four seconds with the ignition off.
The direction indicators flash twice to
confirm the change.
To return to the original unlocking function,
repeat the process. E148804
You can also change between the

unlocking modes in the information
display. See General Information (page
81).
52
First-Printing
Doors and Locks
Opening the Double Rear Doors (If

Equipped)
E148805 E260666
2. Insert the key blade into the key slot.

3. Turn the key clockwise.
4. Remove the key.
you close it.
Right-Hand Side
E148806
Slam Locking (If Equipped)

You can use slam locking to individually
lock the doors if the vehicle battery or the
key battery has no charge.
Note: Do not leave the keys in your vehicle.
Note: The horn could sound if you try to
lock the doors when a door is still open. E260667
Front Passenger Door 2. Insert the key blade into the key slot.
Left-Hand Side 3. Turn the key counterclockwise.
4. Remove the key.
53
First-Printing
Doors and Locks
5. Close the door. The door locks when 5. Close the door. The door locks when
you close it. you close it.
Sliding Door Autolock (If Equipped)

1. Fully open the door. Autolock locks all the doors when all of the
following occur:
• All doors are closed.
• The ignition is on.
• You shift into any gear putting your
vehicle in motion.
• The vehicle speed exceeds a
predetermined limit.
You can turn this function on using the
information display. See Information
Displays (page 81). If you have turned
E260665 this function on, either use the interior door
unlock button or switch the ignition off and
2. Fully insert the key blade into the key use the key or remote control to unlock the
slot. rear or sliding door.
3. Remove the key.
Auto Relock
you close it. The doors relock if you do not open a door
within 45 seconds of unlocking the doors
Rear Cargo Doors with the remote control. The door locks
1. Fully open the right-hand side rear and the alarm return to their previous state.
cargo door.
Autounlock
Autounlock unlocks all the doors when all
• The ignition is on, all the doors are
closed, and the vehicle speed exceeds
a predetermined limit.
• Your vehicle comes to a stop and you
switch the ignition off or to the
accessory position.
• You open the driver door within 10
minutes of switching the ignition off or
E260740 to the accessory position.
2. Insert the key blade into the key slot. You can turn this function on using the
3. Turn the key counterclockwise. information display. See Information
Displays (page 81).
4. Remove the key.
54
First-Printing
Doors and Locks
Unlocking the Doors (One-Stage Configurable Unlocking (If Equipped)

Unlock)
Configurable unlocking is set at the time
All doors unlock when you press the unlock of vehicle purchase. It allows you to select
button on the remote control once. which doors unlock when you press the
Note: When you have double locked your unlock button or the luggage compartment
vehicle, the interior unlock button only unlock button on the remote control once
operates for approximately 20 seconds. or twice You cannot switch this feature
back on if you have had it switched off.
You can turn this function on using the See an authorized dealer for further
information display. See Information information.
Displays (page 81).
Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage

Unlock)
The driver and passenger doors unlock
when you do any of the following:
• Pull an interior door handle if you have
not double locked your vehicle.
• Press the unlock button on the remote
control once.
• Press the interior unlock button once.
Note: When you have double locked your
vehicle, the interior unlock button only
operates for approximately 20 seconds.
All doors unlock when you do any of the
following:
• Press the unlock button on the remote
control twice within three seconds.
• Press the interior unlock button twice
within three seconds.
Note: When you have double locked your
vehicle, the interior unlock button only
operates for approximately 20 seconds.
55
First-Printing
Liftgate
MANUAL LIFTGATE Opening the Liftgate
WARNING: It is extremely
dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside
or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people
riding in these areas are more likely to be
seriously injured or killed. Do not allow
people to ride in any area of your vehicle
that is not equipped with seats and
seatbelts. Make sure everyone in your
vehicle is in a seat and properly using a
seatbelt. Failure to follow this warning
could result in serious personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Make sure to close and E257724

latch the liftgate to prevent drawing
exhaust fumes into your vehicle. This will Press the exterior release button hidden
also prevent passengers and cargo from above the license plate.
falling out. If you must drive with the
liftgate open, keep the vents or windows Closing the Liftgate
open so outside air comes into your Pull the strap inside the liftgate to help
vehicle. Failure to follow this warning with closing.
could result in serious personal injury.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing

the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example
a bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Unlocking the Liftgate

Press the button on the remote
control.
56
First-Printing
Security
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT ANTI-THEFT ALARM

SYSTEM
The system will warn you of an
Principle of Operation unauthorized entry to your vehicle. It will
be triggered if any door, the luggage
The system prevents someone from compartment or the hood is opened
starting the vehicle with an incorrectly without using the key or the remote
coded key. control.
The park and direction indicators will flash
Coded Keys and the horn will sound if unauthorized
If you lose a key, you can obtain a entry is attempted while the alarm is
replacement from an authorized dealer. If armed.
possible, provide them with the key Take all remote controls to an authorized
number from the tag provided with the dealer if there is any potential alarm
original keys. You can also obtain extra problem with your vehicle.
keys from an authorized dealer.
Note: Have all of your remaining keys Arming the Alarm
erased and recoded if you lose a key. Have The alarm is ready to arm when there is
replacement keys coded together with not a key in the ignition. Lock your vehicle
recoding your remaining keys. See an to arm the alarm.
authorized dealer for further information
Note: Do not shield your keys with metal Disarming the Alarm
objects. This may prevent the receiver from
Disarm the alarm by:
recognizing a coded key.
• Unlocking the doors or luggage
Arming the Vehicle Immobilizer compartment with the remote control.
When you switch the ignition off the • Switching the ignition on or starting the
vehicle immobilizer will arm automatically engine.
after a short time. • Using a key in the driver’s door to
unlock your vehicle, then switching the
Disarming the Vehicle Immobilizer ignition on within 12 seconds.
When you switch the ignition on the vehicle
immobilizer will disarm automatically if a
correctly coded key is used.
If you are unable to start the vehicle with
a correctly coded key, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer.
57
First-Printing
Steering Wheel
ADJUSTING THE STEERING

WHEEL
WARNING: Do not adjust the

steering wheel when your vehicle is
moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the

correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 100).
2
3
E95179
3. Lock the steering column.
2
1
E95178
1. Unlock the steering column.

2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.
58
First-Printing
Wipers and Washers
WINDSHIELD WIPERS Intermittent Wipe
E270969
E197526
A Short wipe interval.

E197525 B Intermittent wipe.
A Single wipe. C Long wipe interval.
B Intermittent wipe. Use the rotary control to adjust the

C Normal wipe. intermittent wipe interval.
D High-speed wipe. Note: When your vehicle speed increases,

the interval between intermittent wipes may
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before decrease.
you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure that you switch the AUTOWIPERS
windshield wipers off before entering a car
wash. Autowipers uses a rain sensor in the area
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the around the interior mirror. The wipers
windshield, clean the windshield and the operate when the rain sensor detects
wiper blades. See Checking the Wiper water on the windshield in front of it. The
Blades (page 284). If that does not resolve rain sensor continues to monitor the
the issue, install new wiper blades. See amount of water and adjusts the speed of
Changing the Front Wiper Blades (page the wipers.
284). Note: The wipers remain in a slightly raised
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry position during operation and only return to
windshield. This may scratch the glass or the park position a short time after the rain
damage the wiper blades. Always use the sensor detects no water on the windshield.
windshield washers before wiping a dry You can switch autowipers on or off in the
windshield. information display.
Note: If you switch autowipers off in the
information display, the windshield wipers
operate in intermittent mode.
59
First-Printing
Wipers and Washers
If you leave autowipers on, it may not

operate when you switch the ignition on
during freezing temperatures. This is
because the system has deactivated the
rain sensor to prevent damage to the
windshield wipers. Defrost the windshield
before reactivating the rain sensor. You
can reactivate the rain sensor by moving
the rotary control or switching autowipers
off and on.
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
E197526 you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure that you switch the
A High sensitivity. windshield wipers off before entering a car
B Autowipers on. wash.
C Low sensitivity. Wet or winter weather conditions could
cause unexpected wiping or smearing.
Move the wiper lever upward to the first To keep the windshield clear:
position to switch autowipers on.
• Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers
Use the rotary control to adjust the to reduce the amount of smearing on
sensitivity of the autowipers. When you the windshield.
select low sensitivity, the wipers operate • Switch autowipers off.
when the sensor detects a large amount
of water on the windshield. When you Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
select high sensitivity, the wipers operate windshield, clean the windshield and the
when the sensor detects a small amount wiper blades. If that does not resolve the
of water on the windshield. issue, install new wiper blades. See
Changing the Front Wiper Blades (page
Note: Keep the outside of the windshield 284).
clean. The rain sensor is very sensitive and
the wipers may operate if dirt, mist or
insects hit the windshield.
Settings
To switch autowipers on or off, use the information display controls on the steering
wheel to select the following:
Menu Item Action

Vehicle settings Press the OK button.
Wipers Press the OK button.
Rain sensing Press the OK button.
60
First-Printing
Wipers and Washers
WINDSHIELD WASHERS Press the top of the button to switch

intermittent wipe on. Press the top of the
button again to switch continuous wipe
on. Press the bottom of the button to
E270967
switch the rear window wiper off.
Note: Make sure you switch the rear
window wiper off before entering a car
wash.
Reverse Gear Wipe (If Equipped)

If you shift to reverse (R) when the
windshield wipers are on, the rear window
wiper turns on.
Rear Window Washer

E144498
Pull the lever toward you to operate the

windshield washers. When you release the
lever, the wipers operate for a short time.
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This could
cause the washer pump to overheat.
REAR WINDOW WIPER AND

WASHERS E167407
Rear Window Wiper Push the lever away from you to operate
the rear window washer. When you release
the lever, the wipers operate for a short
time.
E171615
A Intermittent wipe.
B Continuous wipe.
C Rear window wiper off.
61
First-Printing
Lighting
GENERAL INFORMATION LIGHTING CONTROL

Condensation in the Exterior Front Lighting Control Positions
Lamps and Rear Lamps
Exterior front lamps and rear lamps have
vents to accommodate normal changes
in air pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur
when the temperature is cold. When
normal condensation occurs, a fine mist
can form on the interior of the lens. The
fine mist eventually clears and exits
through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours
under dry weather conditions. E132706
Examples of acceptable condensation are:

A Off.
• The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,
drip marks or large droplets). B Parking lamps, instrument panel
• A fine mist covers less than 50% of the lamps, license plate lamps and
lens. tail lamps.
Examples of unacceptable condensation C Headlamps.

are:
• A water puddle inside the lamp. Parking Lamps
• Streaks, drip marks or large droplets Note: Parking lamps may turn off
present on the interior of the lens. automatically. This prevents the vehicle
battery from running out of charge.
If you see any unacceptable condensation,
have your vehicle checked by an authorized Switch the ignition off.
dealer.
Both Sides
Select position B on the lighting control to
switch the parking lamps on.
62
First-Printing
Lighting
One Side Slightly pull the lever toward you and

release it to flash the headlamps.
A
AUTOLAMPS
WARNING: The system does not

relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. You may
need to override the system if it does not
turn the headlamps on in low visibility
B conditions, for example daytime fog.
E203715
A Right-hand side. Autolamps turn the headlamps on in low

light situations or when the wipers operate.
B Left-hand side.
Headlamp High Beam
E163718
Push the lever away from you to switch

the high beam on. E259051
Push the lever forward again or pull the

The headlamps remain on for a period of
lever toward you to switch the high beams
time after you switch the ignition off. Use
off.
the information display controls to adjust
Headlamp Flasher the period of time that the headlamps
remain on. See General Information
(page 81).
Note: When you switch the autolamps on,
the headlamps turn on within 10 seconds of
switching the wipers on.
Note: If you switch the autolamps and the
autowipers on, the headlamps turn on when
the windshield wipers continuously operate.
E163719
63
First-Printing
Lighting
Note: The headlamps turn off

approximately 60 seconds after you switch WARNING: You may need to
the wipers off. override the system during inclement
weather.
INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
WARNING: Do not use the system
DIMMER in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy
rain, spray or snow.
The instrument lighting dimmer buttons
are on the lighting control. WARNING: The system may not
Repeatedly press one of the switch the high beams off if the lights of
buttons to adjust the brightness. oncoming vehicles are hidden by
E291299
obstacles, for example guard rails.
E291298
WARNING: Inspect and replace the
windshield wiper blades regularly to
make sure the camera sensor has a clear
HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY view. The windshield wiper blades must
be the correct length.
After you switch the ignition off, you can
switch the headlamps on by pulling the About Automatic High Beam
direction indicator lever toward you. You Control
will hear a short tone. The headlamps will
switch off automatically after three The system is designed to turn the high
minutes with any door open or 30 seconds beams on if all of the following occur:
after the last door has been closed. You • You switched the system on in the
can cancel this feature by pulling the information display.
direction indicator toward you again or • You set the lighting control to the
switching the ignition on. autolamps position.
• The ambient light level is low enough
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM that high beams are required.
CONTROL • There is no traffic in front of your
vehicle.
• Your vehicle speed is greater than
WARNING: The system does not approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).
relieve you of your responsibility to drive The system is designed to turn the high
with due care and attention. You may beams off if any of the following occur:
need to override the system if it does not
turn the high beams on or off. • You switch the system off in the
WARNING: You may need to • You set the lighting control to any
override the system when approaching position except autolamps.
other road users. • You switch the rear fog lamps on.
• The ambient light level is high enough
that high beams are not required.
64
First-Printing
Lighting
• The system detects an approaching • The system detects street lighting.

vehicle's headlamps or rear lamps. • The camera has reduced visibility.
• The system detects severe rain, snow • Your vehicle speed falls below
or fog. approximately 30 km/h (19 mph).
Switching Automatic High Beam Control On or Off

To switch the system on or off, use the information display controls on the steering
wheel to select the following:
Menu Item Action

Lighting Press the OK button.
Auto highbeam Press the OK button.
Automatic High Beam Indicator Overriding Automatic High Beam

Control
It illuminates to confirm when
the system is ready to assist. Push the lever away from you to switch
between high beam and low beam.
Automatic High Beam Control Information Messages
Message Description
Front camera Low visib- The camera has reduced visibility. Clean the windshield. If
ility Clean screen the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked
Front camera temporarily The camera has malfunctioned. Wait a short period of time
not available for the camera to cool down. If the message continues to
appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
You can switch the front fog lamps on if

any of the following occur:
FRONT FOG LAMPS
• You set the lighting control to the
Switching the Front Fog Lamps On parking lamps position.
or Off • You set the lighting control to the
headlamps position.
Only switch the front fog lamps on during
reduced visibility. • You set the lighting control to the
autolamps position and the headlamps
are on.
65
First-Printing
Lighting
The front fog lamp button is on the lighting Rear Fog Lamp Indicator
control.
It illuminates when you switch
Press the button to switch the the rear fog lamps on.
E67040
front fog lamps on or off.
Note: The brightness of the daytime running

lamps may decrease when the front fog HEADLAMP LEVELING
lamps are switched on.
To adjust the level of the headlamp
Front Fog Lamp Indicator beams, do the following:
the front fog lamps on.
REAR FOG LAMPS

2
Switching the Rear Fog Lamps On
or Off 2
WARNING: Do not use the rear fog

1
lamps when it is raining or snowing and
visibility is more than 50 m (164.0 ft).
You can switch the rear fog lamps on if any E132711

1. Press to release the control.
• You switched the front fog lamps on.
2. Rotate the control in accordance with
• You set the lighting control to the your vehicle load to prevent you from
headlamps position. distracting other road users when the
• You set the lighting control to the headlamps are on.
autolamps position and the headlamps Note: Set the control to zero when your
are on. vehicle is unloaded.
The rear fog lamp button is on the lighting Note: Set the headlamp beams to give
control. between 35–100 m (115–328 ft) of road
Press the button to switch the surface illumination when your vehicle is
E67040 rear fog lamps on or off. partially or fully loaded.
3. Press to close the control.
66
First-Printing
Lighting
CORNERING LAMPS
E72898
A Headlamp beam.
B Cornering lamp beam.
The cornering lamps illuminate the inside

of a corner when you are turning the DIRECTION INDICATORS
steering wheel.
E162681
Push the lever up or down to use the

direction indicators.
67
First-Printing
Lighting
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the Reading Lamps

direction indicators flash three times to
indicate a lane change.
INTERIOR LAMPS
Courtesy Lamp
A B C E112208
If you switch the ignition off, the reading

lamps will switch off automatically after
a short period of time to prevent your
vehicle battery from losing charge. To
switch them back on, switch the ignition
on for a short period of time.
E112207
Entrance Lamps
A Off
B Door contact
C On
If you set the switch to position B, the

courtesy lamp will switch on when you
unlock your vehicle, open a door or the
liftgate. If you leave a door open with the
ignition switched off, the courtesy lamp
will switch off automatically after a short
period of time to prevent your vehicle
battery from losing charge. To switch it
back on, switch the ignition on for a short
period of time.
The courtesy lamp will also switch on
when you switch the ignition off. It will E162050
switch off automatically after a short
period of time or when you start the engine. The lamps are located above the rear
If you set the switch to position C with the doors and sliding door. They will switch on
ignition switched off, the courtesy lamp and off automatically when you open and
will switch on. It will switch off close the doors. If you unlock the doors
automatically after a short period of time with the remote control, they will switch
to prevent your vehicle battery from losing on. They will switch off automatically after
charge. To switch it back on, switch the a short period of time.
ignition on for a short period of time.
68
First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
POWER WINDOWS Overriding Bounce-Back
WARNING: When you override the

WARNING: Do not leave children bounce-back feature the window will
unattended in your vehicle and do not not reverse if it detects an obstacle. Take
let them play with the power windows. care when closing the windows to avoid
Failure to follow this instruction could personal injury or damage to your
result in personal injury. vehicle.
WARNING: When closing the
1. Close the window twice until it reaches
power windows, verify they are free of
the point of resistance and let it
obstruction and make sure that children
reverse.
and pets are not in the proximity of the
window openings. 2. Lift the control within two seconds to
override the feature and close the
Press the control to open the window. Bounce-back is now disabled
window. Lift the control to close and you can close the window
the window. manually. The window will go past the
point of resistance and you can close
Note: The power windows operate with the it fully.
ignition on, and for several minutes after you
switch the ignition off or until you open a Note: If the window does not close, have
front door. your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
To reduce wind noise or pulsing noise when Resetting Bounce-Back
just one window is open, slightly open the
opposite window.
WARNING: Bounce-back is off until
One-Touch Open (If Equipped) you reset the memory. Take care when
closing the windows to avoid personal
Fully press the control and release it. Press injury or damage to your vehicle.
again or lift it to stop the window.
One-Touch Close (If Equipped) Carry out all steps within 30 seconds of
starting the sequence.
Fully lift the control and release it. Press 1. Close the window.
again or lift it to stop the window.
2. Press and hold the switch until the
Bounce-Back (If Equipped) window is fully open. Keep the switch
fully pressed for a few seconds.
The window automatically stops and 3. Lift and hold the switch until the
reverses if it detects an obstruction. window is fully closed. Keep the switch
held for a few seconds.
4. Press and hold the switch until the
window is fully open. Keep the switch
fully pressed for a few seconds.
69
First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
5. Lift and hold the switch until the Move the adjustment control in the
window is fully closed. Keep the switch direction of the arrows to adjust the mirror.
held for a few seconds.
Note: Repeat the procedure if the window
Folding the Mirrors (If Equipped)
does not close when you use one-touch.
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Power Exterior Mirrors

mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
E72184
Move the adjustment control downward

to fold or unfold the mirrors.
Note: The power folding mirrors operate
with the ignition on, and for several minutes
after you switch the ignition off.
Note: You can only fold the mirrors when
the adjustment control is set to position B.
Note: If you fold and unfold the mirrors
several times within one minute, the power
fold function may turn off to protect the
E71280
motors from overheating.
A Left-hand mirror switch. Note: Do not manually fold or unfold power
folding mirrors.
B Neutral.
C Right-hand mirror switch. Loose Mirror
If your power-folding mirrors are manually
folded, they may not work properly, even
after you re-position them. You need to
reset them if:
• The mirrors vibrate when you drive.
• The mirrors feel loose.
• The mirrors do not stay in the folded or
unfolded position.
• One of the mirrors is not in its normal
driving position.
E71281
70
First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
To reset the power-fold feature, use the

power-folding mirror control to fold and
unfold the mirrors. You may hear a loud
noise as your reset the power-folding
mirrors. This sound is normal. Repeat this
process as needed each time the mirrors
are manually folded.
INTERIOR MIRROR - VEHICLES

WITH: AUTO-DIMMING
INTERIOR MIRROR/INTERIOR
MIRROR WITH CAMERA
DISPLAY

The mirror dims to reduce the effect of

bright light from behind. It returns to
normal when the bright light from behind
is no longer present or if you shift into
reverse (R).
Do not block the sensors on the front and
back of the mirror.
Note: A rear center passenger or raised rear
center head restraint could prevent light
from reaching the sensor.
INTERIOR MIRROR - VEHICLES

WITH: INTERIOR MIRROR

Pull the tab below the mirror toward you

to reduce the effect of bright light from
behind.
71
First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
GAUGES - PLUG-IN HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE (PHEV)
A B C
F E D
E307181
A Power gauge.
B Information display.
C Speedometer.
D Fuel gauge.
E Automatic transmission position indicators.
F High voltage battery level indicator.
Power Gauge Information Display

The information display shows the
Shows the instantaneous power
following information:
consumption of your vehicle.
• Odometer
The green section indicates that the high
voltage battery is charging when braking, • Trip computer.
decelerating or driving downhill. • MyView information.
The blue section indicates efficient vehicle • Driver assistance information.
driving. • Navigation information.
The white section indicates that the high • Audio information.
voltage battery is discharging when • Phone information.
accelerating. Driving your vehicle in this
section for long periods of time can result • Vehicle and system settings.
in a loss of vehicle performance.
72
First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
• Outside air temperature.

• Shift indicator.
Odometer
Records the total distance traveled by your
vehicle.
A B
The system detects unauthorized
odometer adjustments to avoid total E236403
distance reading fraud. If the system
detects an unauthorized odometer A The fuel filler door is on the
adjustment, the total distance reading left-hand side of your vehicle.
displays XXXX. Recovery of the original
mileage could result in system damage not B The fuel filler door is on the
covered by the vehicle Warranty and may right-hand side of your vehicle.
carry a significant expense.
Automatic Transmission Position
Trip Computer Indicators
See Trip Computer (page 83). The instrument cluster displays the current
position. See Automatic Transmission
Vehicle and System Settings (page 159).
Use the information display control on the
steering wheel to adjust various system High Voltage Battery Level
settings. See General Information (page Indicator
81). Indicates the amount of energy stored in
the high voltage battery. The level
Speedometer increases or decreases as the battery
Shows the vehicle speed. charges and discharges during normal
operation. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle
Fuel Gauge Operation (page 122).
The fuel gauge indicates approximately E309049The arrow adjacent to the

how much fuel is in the fuel tank. battery symbol indicates on
which side of your vehicle the
The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump charge port is located.
symbol indicates on which side of your
vehicle the fuel filler door is located.
73
First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
GAUGES - EXCLUDING: PLUG-IN HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE

(PHEV)
A B C
F E D
E260059
A Tachometer.
B Information display.
C Speedometer.
D Fuel gauge.
E Automatic transmission position indicators.
F Engine coolant temperature gauge.
• Audio information.
Tachometer
• Phone information.
Shows the engine speed. • Vehicle and system settings.
Information Display • Outside air temperature.
• Shift indicator.
The information display shows the
following information: Odometer
• Odometer
Records the total distance traveled by your
• Trip computer. vehicle.
• MyView information.
• Driver assistance information.
• Navigation information.
74
First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
The system detects unauthorized Automatic Transmission Position

odometer adjustments to avoid total Indicators (If Equipped)
distance reading fraud. If the system
detects an unauthorized odometer The instrument cluster displays the current
adjustment, the total distance reading position. See Automatic Transmission
displays XXXX. Recovery of the original (page 159).
mileage could result in system damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty and may Engine Coolant Temperature
carry a significant expense. Gauge
Trip Computer At normal operating temperature, the

needle remains in the center section.
See Trip Computer (page 83).
If the needle enters the red section, the
Vehicle and System Settings engine is overheating. If you continue to
operate the engine at high engine speeds
Use the information display control on the with the needle in the red section, the
steering wheel to adjust various system engine speed reduces automatically to
settings. See General Information (page prevent engine damage. Stop your vehicle
81). as soon as it is safe to do so, switch the
engine off and allow it to cool.
Speedometer
Note: Do not restart the engine until the
Shows the vehicle speed. cause of overheating has been determined
and resolved.
Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge indicates approximately WARNING LAMPS AND
how much fuel is in the fuel tank. INDICATORS
The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump
symbol indicates on which side of your The following warning lamps and
vehicle the fuel filler door is located. indicators alert you to a vehicle condition
that may become serious. Some lamps
illuminate when you start your vehicle to
make sure they work. If any lamps remain
on after starting your vehicle, refer to the
respective system warning lamp for further
information.
A B Note: Some warning indicators appear in

the information display and operate the
E236403
same as a warning lamp but do not
illuminate when you start your vehicle.
A The fuel filler door is on the 12V Battery Charging Condition
left-hand side of your vehicle. Warning Lamp
B The fuel filler door is on the
right-hand side of your vehicle. It illuminates when you switch
the ignition on.
75
First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
If it illuminates when the engine is running Auto-Start-Stop Indicator

this indicates a malfunction. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible. It illuminates green when the
engine stops. It flashes amber
and a message appears when
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicator you need to take an action.
(If Equipped)
It illuminates grey with a strike
It illuminates when you switch out when the system is not
the system on. E146361
available.
E144524
Note: You can display the reason why the
It illuminates white when the system is in system is not available in the information
standby mode. It illuminates green when display.
you set the adaptive cruise speed.
See Using Adaptive Cruise Control Blind Spot Information System
(page 181). Indicator (If Equipped)
Airbag Warning Lamp It illuminates when you switch

E249861 the system off.
If it does not illuminate when you
See Blind Spot Information
switch the ignition on, continues
System (page 195).
E67017 to flash or remains on when the
engine is running, this indicates a
malfunction. Have your vehicle checked Brake Pad Wear Warning Lamp
It illuminates when the brake
pads have worn down to a
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning predetermined limit. Have your
Lamp vehicle checked as soon as possible.
If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates a Brake System Warning Lamp
malfunction. Your vehicle
continues to have normal braking without
the anti-lock brake system function. Have WARNING: Driving your vehicle
your vehicle checked as soon as possible. with the warning lamp on is dangerous.
A significant decrease in braking
Automatic Headlamp High Beam performance may occur. It may take you
Indicator (If Equipped) longer to stop your vehicle. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
It illuminates when the system Driving extended distances with the
turns the headlamp high beam parking brake engaged can cause brake
on. failure and the risk of personal injury.
See Automatic High Beam Control It illuminates when you engage
(page 64). the parking brake and the
ignition is on.
76
First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
If it illuminates when your vehicle is See Using Cruise Control (page 180).
moving, make sure the parking brake is
disengaged. If the parking brake is Diesel Exhaust Fluid Warning
disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid Lamp
level or a brake system fault. Have your
vehicle immediately checked. It illuminates when the diesel
exhaust fluid is low. If the level
Change Engine Oil Indicator is sufficient, this indicates a
system malfunction. Have your vehicle
It displays when the engine oil checked as soon as possible. See
life is becoming depleted. Have Selective Catalytic Reductant System
the engine oil changed as soon (page 142).
as possible.
Note: Do not ignore engine oil change Direction Indicator
indicators and information messages.
Resulting component damage is not It illuminates when you switch a
covered by the Warranty. direction indicator or the hazard
flashers on. Flashes during
Change Engine Oil Now Indicators operation. An increase in the rate of
flashing warns of a failed indicator bulb.
If both indicators display, the
engine oil life is seriously Door Ajar Warning Lamp
depleted. Engine torque reduces
to 70% to further indicate the It illuminates when you switch
serious risk of engine damage. the ignition on and remains on if
E249859
Have the engine oil changed any door or the hood is open.
immediately.
Note: Do not ignore engine oil change Engine Warning Lamps
indicators and information messages.
Resulting component damage is not Malfunction Indicator Lamp
covered by the Warranty. Check Engine
Coolant Temperature Warning If it illuminates when the engine is running

Lamp this indicates a malfunction. If it flashes
when you are driving, immediately reduce
If it illuminates when your vehicle the vehicle speed. Avoid heavy
is moving, this indicates a system acceleration and deceleration and have
malfunction. Stop your vehicle your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
as soon as it is safe to do so and switch
your vehicle off. Have your vehicle checked Powertrain Warning Lamp
Cruise Control Indicator If it illuminates when the engine is running

this indicates a malfunction. If it flashes
It illuminates when you switch when you are driving, immediately reduce
the system on. the vehicle speed. Avoid heavy
E71340
acceleration and deceleration and have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
77
First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
If both lamps illuminate when the engine Lamps on Indicator

is running, stop your vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so. Continuing to drive your It illuminates when you switch
vehicle may cause reduced power or the the headlamp low beam or the
engine to stop. Switch the ignition off and side and rear lamps on.
attempt to restart the engine. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible. Lane Keeping Alert Indicator
Fasten Seatbelt Warning Lamp It illuminates when you switch
the system on.
It illuminates and a chime
sounds until you fasten the
E71880 seatbelts. See Lane Keeping System (page 192).
See Seatbelt Reminder (page 31). Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp
If it illuminates when you are
Front Fog Lamp Indicator driving, refuel as soon as
It illuminates when you switch possible.
the front fog lamps on.
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp
(If Equipped)
Frost Warning Lamp
It illuminates if the tire pressure
in one or more tires is below the
WARNING: Even if the temperature correct tire pressure.
rises to above 4°C (39°F) there is no
See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
guarantee that the road is free of hazards
(page 312).
caused by inclement weather.
It illuminates when the outside Oil Pressure Warning Lamp

air temperature is 4°C (39°F) or
below.
WARNING: If it illuminates when
you are driving do not continue your
Glow Plug Indicator journey, even if the oil level is correct.
If it illuminates, wait until it turns Have your vehicle checked.
off before starting.
If it illuminates when the engine
is running this indicates a
Headlamp High Beam Indicator malfunction. Stop your vehicle
as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the
It illuminates when you switch engine off. Check the engine oil level. See
the headlamp high beam on. Engine Oil Check (page 275).
If the oil level is sufficient, this indicates a
system malfunction. Have your vehicle
immediately checked.
78
First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Pre-Collision Assist Warning Lamp If it does not illuminate when you switch
the ignition on, or remains on when the
It illuminates if your vehicle engine is running, this indicates a
rapidly approaches another malfunction. Have your vehicle checked
vehicle, to warn you of the risk of as soon as possible.
a crash with the vehicle in front of you.
Note: The system is designed to turn off if
It could illuminate red if the distance to the it detects a malfunction.
vehicle ahead is small. See Stability Control (page 167). See
It illuminates amber when you switch the Traction Control (page 166).
system off.
Stability Control and Traction
It illuminates when the system is not Control Off Warning Lamp
available.
Ready to Drive Indicator the system off.
E130458
E298350 It illuminates when you switch
your vehicle on and it is ready to Stop Safely Warning Lamp
drive. A message may appear in
the information display. It illuminates if your vehicle has
E144693
an electrical component fault or
Rear Fog Lamp Indicator failure that causes the vehicle to
shutdown or enter into a limited operating
It illuminates when you switch mode. A message may appear in the
E67040 the rear fog lamps on. information display.
Vehicle Plugged in Indicator

Secondary Interior Heater
Indicator It illuminates when your vehicle
is plugged in. A message may
It illuminates when you switch E228962
appear in the information display
the system on. after attempting to start your vehicle.
Note: This does not indicate that your
Shift Indicator vehicle is charging.
It illuminates to advise you that Water In Fuel Warning Lamp
shifting to a higher or lower gear
may give better performance, If it illuminates when the engine
fuel economy or lower is running this indicates there is
emissions. excess water in the fuel filter.
See Fuel Filter Service Indicator Check
(page 284).
Stability Control and Traction
Control Indicator
Flashes during operation.
E138639
79
First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND

INDICATORS
Airbag Secondary Warning
Sounds when the airbag warning lamp is
not working.
Automatic Transmission
Sounds when you switch the ignition off or
open the driver door and the transmission
is not in park (P).
Door Ajar
Sounds when a door is not fully closed and
your vehicle is moving.
Emergency Door Open (If Equipped)

Continuously sounds when the emergency
door is open.
Engine On
Sounds when the driver door is open and
the key is in the ignition. Sounds when you
open the driver door and Auto-Start-Stop
has turned the engine off.
Exterior Lamps On
Sounds when you open the driver door and
the exterior lamps are on.
Parking Brake On
Sounds when the parking brake is on and
If the warning tone continues after you
have released the parking brake, this
indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Seatbelt Reminder
Sounds when the driver seatbelt is
unfastened and your vehicle is moving.
80
First-Printing
Information Displays
GENERAL INFORMATION
A B C
WARNING: Driving while distracted

can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the
safe operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and E250032

systems when possible. Make sure you A Return button.
B OK button.
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving. C Menu button.
Note: For your safety, some features are Return Button

speed-dependent. Their use is limited to
when your vehicle speed is not moving. Use the return button to go back or to exit.
Information Display Controls OK Button

Use the OK button to make a selection.
You can also use it to scroll through a
menu.
Menu Button
Use the menu button on the main screen
to display the submenu. You can also use
it to go back to the main screen.
Information Display Menus
E257718
Main Menu
Menu Item
Trip computer 1 or Trip computer 2

MyView
Driver assist.
Navigation
81
First-Printing
Menu Item Menu Item
Audio Driver alert

Phone Hill Start Assist
Settings Cross traffic alert
Eco coach
Submenus
Trailer control
Trip computer 1 and Trip computer 2
Cruise control
Menu Item
Speed limiter
Trip computer 1
Rear Park Pilot
Trip computer 2
Navigation
Reset individual values
Configure view Menu Item
Home
MyView
Favourite destinations
Menu Item
Previous destinations
Digital speedometer
Audio
Fuel economy
Trip computer/audio Menu Item
Eco coach Radio
Calm screen USB device.

Bluetooth device.
Driver assist.
Phone
Menu Item
Traction control Menu Item
BLIS All calls
Trailer BLIS Incoming calls
Pre-collision Assist Missed calls
Traffic sign recognition Outgoing calls
Lane keeping system
82
First-Printing
Settings TRIP COMPUTER

Menu Item You can reset the trip computer and
personalize it using the information display.
Information See Information Displays (page 81).
Display
Resetting the Trip Computer
Driver assistance
Navigate to the following main menu item.
Vehicle settings
Vehicle maintenance
MyKey
Menu Item Action
Trip computer 1 Press and hold the OK button until the system reset
confirmation appears.
Trip computer 2 Press and hold the OK button until the system reset
Alternatively you can reset individual trip

values.
Menu Item Action
Trip computer 1 Press the menu button.

Reset individual values Press the OK button.
Reset trip odometer Press and hold the OK button until the system reset
Reset trip timer Press and hold the OK button until the system reset
Reset average fuel Press and hold the OK button until the system reset
Reset average speed Press and hold the OK button until the system reset
83
First-Printing
Personalization Navigate to the following main menu item.
Menu Item Action

Configure view Press the OK button.
Trip odometer Press the OK button.
Trip timer Press the OK button.
Average fuel consump- Press the OK button.
tion
Average speed Press the OK button.
Distance to empty Press the OK button.
Instantaneous fuel Press the OK button.
Note: You can display a maximum of four values.
Trip Odometer Average Speed

Indicates the average vehicle speed since
Registers the total distance since you last
reset the value. you last reset the value.
Trip Timer Distance to Empty

Indicates the approximate distance your
Registers the total time since you last reset
vehicle could travel on the fuel remaining
the value.
in the fuel tank. Changes in driving pattern
Average Fuel may cause the value to vary.
Indicates the average fuel consumption Instantaneous Fuel

since you last reset the value.
Indicates the current fuel consumption.
84
First-Printing
PERSONALIZED SETTINGS
Language
Menu Item Action

Display Press the OK button.
Language Press the OK button. Choose your applicable setting.
Measure Unit
Menu Item Action

Measurement unit Press the OK button. Choose your applicable setting.
Temperature Unit
Menu Item Action

Temperature unit Press the OK button. Choose your applicable setting.
Tire Pressure Unit (If Equipped)
Menu Item Action

Tyre pressure Press the OK button. Choose your applicable setting.
85
First-Printing
Chimes
Menu Item Action

Chimes Press the OK button.
Parking space found Press the OK button.
Information Press the OK button.
Press the OK button to acknowledge and

remove some messages from the
INFORMATION MESSAGES information display. You need to confirm
certain messages before you can access
the menus. The information display will
automatically remove other messages
after a short period of time.
Note: Depending on vehicle options and
instrument cluster type fitted, not all of the
following information messages display or
are available. The information display may
abbreviate or shorten certain messages.
E259919
Airbag
Message Action
Airbag malfunction Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Service now
86
First-Printing
Air Suspension
Message Action
Air suspension malfunc- The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
tion Service required your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Air suspension on due to No action required. Displays when the system turns the air
vehicle speed suspension on after you drive the vehicle over a preset speed.
Automatic High Beam Control

Message Action
Front camera Low visib- Displays when the front camera sensor has reduced visibility.
ility Clean screen Clean the windshield.
Front camera malfunc- The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
tion Service required your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Front camera temporarily Displays if the front camera sensor malfunctions. Wait a
not available short period of time for the sensor to cool down.
If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle
Battery and Charging System

Message Action
Electrical system over- Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the
voltage Stop safely engine off. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Battery low See manual Displays if the battery is low or has no charge. Have your
Cruise Control and Adaptive Cruise Control

Message Action
Front radar sensor Displays when the sensor has reduced visibility.
blocked See manual See Cruise Control (page 180).
Adaptive cruise not Displays when the system is not available.
available See Cruise Control (page 180).
Forward Alert malfunc- The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
tion your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
87
First-Printing
Message Action
See Cruise Control (page 180).
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue) Level

Message Action
AdBlue® low Range Indicates the approximate distance remaining before the
XXXX mls diesel exhaust fluid tank will be empty.
AdBlue® low Range Indicates the approximate distance remaining before the
XXXX km Refill soon diesel exhaust fluid tank will be empty. Refill the diesel
exhaust fluid tank as soon as possible. See Selective
Catalytic Reductant System (page 142).
AdBlue® low No engine Indicates the approximate distance remaining before the
start in XXXX km diesel exhaust fluid tank will be empty and when it will restrict
the engine from starting. Refill the diesel exhaust fluid tank
as soon as possible. See Selective Catalytic Reductant
System (page 142).
AdBlue® level empty. The diesel exhaust fluid tank is empty and is restricting the
Refill to start engine engine from starting. Refill the diesel exhaust fluid tank. The
minimum AdBlue refill quantity required to restart the engine
is 5.7 L (1.3 gal). See Selective Catalytic Reductant System
(page 142).
Note: When filling the diesel exhaust fluid tank from empty, there may be a short period
before the increased diesel exhaust fluid level is registered.
Note: If your vehicle is on a gradient, the minimum diesel exhaust fluid refill quantity required
to restart the engine may be greater than 5.7 L (1.3 gal).
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue) System Malfunction

Message Action
AdBlue® sys malfunction The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
Service required your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
AdBlue® sys No engine The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
start in XXXX km your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
AdBlue® sys Service The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
required to start engine your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
88
First-Printing
Door Open
Message Action
Vehicle is on Displays if you open the driver door when the engine is running
and the vehicle speed is 5 km/h (3 mph) or less.
Displays if you open the driver door when the auto-start-stop
system has turned the engine off.
Engine
Message Action
Service required The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
High engine temperature Displays when the engine temperature is too high.
Stop safely Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so, switch the
engine off and allow it to cool.
If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle
See Engine Coolant Check (page 277).
Change engine oil soon Displays when the engine oil life is becoming depleted. Have
the engine oil changed as soon as possible.
Oil change required Displays when the engine oil life is depleted. Have the engine
oil changed as soon as possible.
Exhaust Filter
Message Action
Exhaust filter at limit If driving conditions and speed limitations on the road allow,
Drive to clean now drive the vehicle continuously for 30 km (20 mi) with a
minimum average speed of 60 km/h (40 mph) to clean the
diesel particulate filter.
Failure to respond to a warning lamp or information message
may cause component damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
Exhaust filter over limit Displays when the exhaust filter is overloaded.
Service now Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Failure to
respond to a warning lamp or information message may
cause component damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
89
First-Printing
Fuel System
Message Action
Water detected in fuel Displays if the system detects there is excess water in the
Service required fuel filter.
See Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap (page 276). See
Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap (page 276).
Hill Start Assist

Message Action
Hill start assist not avail- Displays when hill start assist is not available. Have your
able vehicle checked as soon as possible.
See Hill Start Assist (page 164).
Maintenance
Message Action
Oil change required Displays when the engine oil life is depleted and your vehicle
requires an oil change.
Brake fluid level low Displays if the brake fluid level is low or if there is a brake
Service now system fault.
See Brake Fluid Check (page 280).
Have your vehicle immediately checked.
Brake pad wear Service Displays when the brake pads have worn down to a predeter-
now mined limit.
Washer fluid level low Displays when the washer fluid is low and needs to be refilled.
See Washer Fluid Check (page 284).
Parking Aid
Message Action
Parking aid malfunction The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
Service required your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
See Front Parking Aid (page 170).
90
First-Printing
Parking Brake
Message Action
Park brake applied Displays when the parking brake is set, the engine is running
and your vehicle speed is above 10 km/h (6 mph).
If the warning message remains on after you have released
the parking brake, the system has detected a fault that
requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Pre-Collision Assist
Message Action
Forward Alert not avail- Displays when the system is not available.
able See Pre-Collision Assist (page 206).
Starting System
Message Action
Press brake to start Displays when you start your vehicle as a reminder to fully
press the brake pedal.
See Starting and Stopping the Engine (page 118).
Press clutch to start Displays when you start your vehicle as a reminder to fully
press the clutch pedal.
Cranking time exceeded Displays if your vehicle fails to start.
Steering System
Message Description
Steering malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Stop your vehicle as soon
Service now as it is safe to do so. You continue to have full steering but
you need to exert greater force on the steering wheel. Have
Steering loss Stop safely your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Steering assist malfunc-
tion Service required
91
First-Printing
Traction Control
Message Action
Traction control off Displays when you switch the system off.
See Using Traction Control (page 166).
92
First-Printing
Climate Control
AIR VENTS Switching the Air Conditioning On

and Off
Note: Under certain conditions, the air

conditioning compressor could continue to
operate after you switch air conditioning off.
Switching Maximum Defrost On

and Off
Turn the temperature control
clockwise past the highest
setting to maximize defrosting.
Note: The temperature control springs back
to the highest setting.
Note: When you switch maximum defrost
on, the heated windshield, heated rear
window and air conditioning turn on. The
blower motor is set to the highest speed.
E252151 Note: When you switch maximum defrost
off, the heated windshield and heated rear
window remain on.
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL
Switching Maximum Cooling On
Switching the Climate Control On and Off
and Off
Turn the temperature control
counterclockwise past the
lowest setting to maximize
cooling.
Switching the Recirculated Air On Note: The temperature control springs back
and Off to the lowest setting.
Note: When you switch maximum cooling
off, air conditioning remains on.
Note: The air currently in the passenger

Setting the Blower Motor Speed
compartment recirculates.
Note: Lights on the control illuminate to

indicate the blower motor speed.
93
First-Printing
Climate Control
Note: When you switch the blower motor HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE
off, air conditioning turns off and the
windows could fog up. INTERIOR CLIMATE
Directing Air to the Windshield Air General Hints
Vents Do not place objects under the front seats
as this may interfere with directing air to
the rear seats.
Remove any snow, ice or leaves from the
Directing Air to the Instrument air intake area at the base of the
Panel Air Vents windshield.
Note: You may feel a small amount of air
from the footwell air vents regardless of the
air distribution setting.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside
Directing Air to the Footwell Air your vehicle, do not drive with the system
Vents switched off or with recirculated air always
switched on.
Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield
during humid weather conditions, direct air
to the windshield air vents.
Setting the Temperature
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to fog up.
Note: Use air conditioning with recirculated
air to improve cooling performance and
efficiency.
Quickly Heating the Interior

• Select the highest blower motor speed.
• Select the highest temperature.
• Direct air to the footwell air vents.
Recommended Settings for

Heating
• Select a medium blower motor speed.
E244106
• Select the required temperature.
Turn the temperature control • Direct air to the footwell and
counterclockwise for cooler temperature windshield air vents.
settings.
Turn the temperature control clockwise
Quickly Cooling the Interior
for warmer temperature settings. • Select maximum cooling.
94
First-Printing
Climate Control
Note: To improve the time to reach a Directing Air to the Overhead Air
comfortable temperature in hot weather, Vents and the Footwell Air Vents
drive with the windows open until you feel
cold air through the air vents. When you direct air to the
Overhead and footwell air vents,
Recommended Settings for the system distributes warm air.
Cooling
• Select a medium blower motor speed. HEATED WINDSHIELD
• Select the required temperature.
• Direct air to the instrument panel air Press the button to clear the
vents. windshield of thin ice and fog.
The heated windshield turns off
• Press A/C. after a short period of time.
Defogging the Side Windows in Note: Make sure that the engine is running
Cold Weather before switching the heated windshield on.
• Select maximum defrost. Note: The system does not operate if the
battery charge level is low.
Defogging or Clearing the
Windshield of Thin Ice HEATED REAR WINDOW
• Select maximum defrost.
Press the button to clear the rear
window of thin ice and fog. The
REAR PASSENGER CLIMATE heated rear window turns off
CONTROLS after a short period of time.
Note: Make sure the engine is on before
Adjusting the Blower Motor Speed operating the heated windows.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other
sharp objects to clean or remove decals
from the inside of the heated rear window.
The vehicle Warranty may not cover
Directing Air to the Overhead Air damage caused to the heated rear window
Vents grid lines.
When you direct air to the
overhead air vents, the system HEATED EXTERIOR MIRRORS
distributes cold air. - VEHICLES WITHOUT:
Directing Air to the Footwell Air HEATED REAR WINDOW
Vents Press the button to clear the
When you direct air to the exterior mirrors of thin ice and
footwell air vents, the system fog. Press the button again to
distributes hot air. switch them off. They switch off after a
short period of time.
95
First-Printing
Climate Control
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors Using Auxiliary Heater
with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass
when it is frozen in place. These actions
could cause damage to the glass and WARNING: We recommend that
mirrors. you have a qualified technician check
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or and repair the heater system after a
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other crash. Failure to follow this instruction
petroleum-based cleaning products. could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use the auxiliary

HEATED EXTERIOR MIRRORS heater at fuel filling stations or near
- VEHICLES WITH: HEATED sources of combustible vapors, dust or
in enclosed spaces. Failure to follow this
REAR WINDOW instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
When you switch the heated rear window
on, the heated exterior mirrors turn on. The system requires a minimum of 16 L
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors (3.5 gal) of fuel in the vehicle fuel tank and
with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass the outside air temperature has to be
when it is frozen in place. below 5°C (41°F).
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or Note: The system does not operate if the
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other battery charge level is low.
petroleum-based cleaning products. The Note: Make sure the heater exhaust outlet,
vehicle warranty may not cover damage behind the right-hand front tire, is free from
caused to the mirror housing or glass. snow, ice, mud, and any other blockages to
avoid issues with heater operation.
AUXILIARY HEATER Note: When the system is on, exhaust
fumes come from under your vehicle. This
Principle of Operation is normal.
The system is designed to improve the You can switch the sytem on or off in the
heating time of your engine while it is on. information display. See General
It automatically turns on or off depending Information (page 81).
on the outside air temperature and the Note: If the heater is in the process of
coolant temperature. stopping, excess fuel in the heater burns out
The system warms the engine and the and there is some heat, exhaust and noise.
vehicle interior. It uses fuel from the
vehicle fuel tank. Parking Heater
Principle of Operation
The system is designed to provide heat
when your vehicle is parked.
The system warms the engine and the
vehicle interior. It uses fuel from the
vehicle fuel tank.
96
First-Printing
Climate Control
The system only operates when your When you correctly use the system it:
vehicle is stationary with the engine off. • Keeps the windows clear of thin ice and
Note: Make sure the heater exhaust outlet, helps prevent condensation.
behind the right front tire, is free from snow, • Assists the engine to reach normal
ice, mud, and any other blockages to avoid operating temperature sooner.
issues with heater operation.
Note: If the heater is in the process of
Using Parking Heater stopping, excess fuel in the heater burns out
and there is some heat, exhaust and noise.
WARNING: We recommend that System Settings

you have a qualified technician check You can personalize the settings using the
and repair the heater system after a system settings menu in the information
crash. Failure to follow this instruction display. See General Information (page
could result in personal injury or death. 81).
WARNING: Do not use the parking Switching Continue Heat On
heater at fuel filling stations or near
sources of combustible vapors, dust or When you switch the ignition off, the
in enclosed spaces. Failure to follow this heater starts or continues running if
instruction could result in personal injury conditions permit for up to 30 minutes.
or death. Note: You can use this mode to maintain
a warm cabin after you switch the ignition
The system requires a minimum of 16 L off. After the heater completes this mode,
(3.5 gal) of fuel in the vehicle fuel tank. the check box in the information display
Note: The system does not operate if the resets to unchecked.
battery charge level is low.
Setting the Timer
The system has three different modes, that you can set in the information display.
Timer Mode Description
Once Allows you to set one heating cycle for a specific day. If
conditions permit, the heater starts up to 40 minutes prior
1
to the set date and time.
Time one Allows you to program a heating cycle for each day of the
week. The time remains stored and the system warms up
your vehicle prior to the programmed departure times.
Time two Allows you to program a second heating cycle for each day
of the week. The time remains stored and the system warms
up your vehicle prior to the programmed departure times.
1 You must set the day and time for this mode before you check the box in the information
display.
97
First-Printing
Climate Control
Note: The time and date on your vehicle Note: The maximum possible range of the
clock must be correctly set. transmitter signal is approximately 600 m
(2,000 ft). Electronic devices that operate
Switching the Parking Heater On and in the same frequency may affect the range.
Off With the Remote Control
Press and hold the ON or HEAT button on
The parking heater transmitter allows you the transmitter until a green LED light
to remotely request the heater to start and illuminates on the transmitter.
run for up to 30 minutes or to stop all Press and hold the OFF button on the
heater modes. transmitter until a green LED light
Note: Up to three transmitters can be illuminates on the transmitter. This applies
paired to your vehicle. only for the heater mode running at the
present time, so future timer settings or
Note: The LED light on the remote
future continue heat settings do not
transmitter does not indicate the actual
disable.
status of the heater. The light does not
guarantee the heater received a signal to
start or stop.
The following table lists the parking heater remote control indications.
Transmitter LED Description
Green The transmitter sent a radio signal.

Flashing green The transmitter sent a radio signal and the heater starts.
Fast flashing red The transmitter sent a radio signal, but the heater did not
receive the signal.
Slow flashing red The transmitter sent a radio signal and the heater stops.
Remote Start Limitations

REMOTE START Remote start does not work if:
About Remote Start • The alarm horn is sounding.
• The hood is open.
The system allows you to remotely start
the engine using the FordPass app. • The transmission is not in park (P).
The system can also adjust the interior Enabling Remote Start
temperature according to the settings that
you chose. 1. Using the information display controls
Note: All other vehicle systems remain off
when you have remotely started the engine. 2. Select Vehicle settings.
Note: The vehicle remains secured when 3. Select Remote start.
you have remotely started the engine. A 4. Switch System on or off.
valid key must be inside your vehicle to
switch the ignition on and drive your vehicle.
98
First-Printing
Climate Control
Note: To use remote start, make sure that Note: If you switch Auto on, the system
the modem is enabled. See Connected attempts to heat or cool the interior to 22°C
Vehicle (page 344). (72°F).
Remotely Starting the Engine Note: The heated windshield, heated rear
window and heated seats could turn on in
cold weather.
WARNING: To avoid exhaust Switching Last settings On
fumes, do not use remote start if your
vehicle is parked indoors or in areas that 1. Using the information display controls
are not well ventilated. on the steering wheel, select Settings.
Use the FordPass app to start the engine.
3. Select Remote start.
Note: The direction indicators flash twice.
4. Select Climate control.
Note: The parking lamps turn on when the 5. Switch Last settings on.
engine is running.
Note: If you switch Last settings on, the
Note: The horn sounds if the system fails system remembers the last used settings.
to start.
Note: You must switch on the ignition Switching the Heated Seats Settings
before driving your vehicle. On
Remotely Stopping the Engine on the steering wheel, select Settings.
Use the FordPass app to stop the engine. 2. Select Vehicle settings.
Remote Start Settings 3. Select Remote start.
4. Select Seats.
Use the information display to adjust the
remote start settings. 5. Switch Auto on.
Note: You cannot adjust the climate control Note: If you switch the heated seats
settings when you have remotely started settings on, the heated seats turn on during
the engine. cold weather.
Note: When you switch the ignition on, the Setting the Duration
climate control system returns to the last
used settings. You can set a duration for the engine to
run.
Switching Auto On Note: Wait a few seconds before remotely
1. Using the information display controls starting the engine after the engine stops
on the steering wheel, select Settings. running.
2. Select Vehicle settings. 1. Using the information display controls
4. Select Climate control.
5. Switch Auto on.
4. Select Duration.
99
First-Printing
Seats
SITTING IN THE CORRECT We recommend that you follow these

guidelines:
POSITION
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
WARNING: Do not recline the • Do not recline the seat backrest so that
seatback too far as this can cause the your torso is more than 30° from the
occupant to slide under the seatbelt, upright position.
resulting in serious injury in the event of • Adjust the head restraint so that the
a collision. top of it is level with the top of your
head and as far forward as possible.
WARNING: Always sit upright Make sure that you remain
against your seatback with your feet on comfortable.
the floor. • Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
WARNING: Do not place objects recommend a minimum of 25 cm
higher than the top of the seat backrest. (10 in) between your breastbone and
Failure to follow this instruction could the airbag cover.
result in personal injury or death in the
event of a sudden stop or crash. • Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the
seatbelt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
HEAD RESTRAINTS
E68595
WARNING: Fully adjust the head
When you use them properly, the seat, restraint before you sit in or operate your
head restraint, seatbelt and airbags will vehicle. This will help minimize the risk
provide optimum protection in the event of neck injury in the event of a collision.
of a crash. Do not adjust the head restraint when
100
First-Printing
Seats
WARNING: Rock the seat

backward and forward after releasing
the lever to make sure that it is fully
latched.
WARNING: The driver's seat has

removable stop bolts on the track to
enable access to the vehicle battery. See
Changing the 12V Battery (page 281).
Moving the Seat Backward and

Forward
E66539
Adjusting the Head Restraint
WARNING: Raise the rear head

restraint when the rear seat is occupied
by a passenger or a child restraint.
Adjust the head restraint so that the top

of it is level with the top of your head.
Removing the Head Restraint

Press the locking buttons and remove the
head restraint. E130249
MANUAL SEATS

driver's seat or seatback when your
vehicle is moving.
WARNING: Do not place cargo or

any objects behind the seatback before
returning it to the original position. Pull
on the seatback to make sure that it has
fully latched after returning the seatback
to its original position. An unlatched seat
may become dangerous if you stop
suddenly or have a collision.
101
First-Printing
Seats
Adjusting the Lumbar Support Seat Cushion Adjustment
E146386
Adjusting the Height of the

Driver’s Seat E146959
Recline Adjustment
E146384
E146385
102
First-Printing
Seats
Adjusting the Armrest POWER SEATS
1 WARNING: Do not adjust the driver

seat when your vehicle is moving.
WARNING: Do not place cargo or

3 any objects behind the seat backrest
before returning it to the original position.
WARNING: The driver seat has

removable stop bolts on the track to
enable access to the vehicle battery. See
Changing the 12V Battery (page 281).
E95256
2
E138647
103
First-Printing
Seats
Power Lumbar Recline Adjustment
E138648
E146605
REAR SEATS
With the seat occupied, lift the recline lever
or pull the strap to recline the seat
backrest.
WARNING: Do not use the bench
seats as a bed when your vehicle is Folding the Seat Backrest
moving. Failure to follow this warning
could result in serious personal injury or
death. WARNING: When folding the seat
backrest down, take care not to get your
WARNING: Make sure that the fingers caught in the mechanism.
seats and the seat backrests are secure
and fully locked in their catches.
WARNING: Do not place any

objects on a folded seat. Hard objects
may become projectiles in a crash or
sudden stop, which may increase the risk
of serious personal injury.
WARNING: Do not sit in a seat

facing a folded seat. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
in the event of a sudden stop or crash.
E187831
104
First-Printing
Seats
Easy Entry
Accessing the Third Row Seats
WARNING: Make sure the latch

indicators are not protruding after you
lock the seat legs into the floor catches.
WARNING: Make sure that you

securely fasten the seat catches when
installing. Make sure that the latches are
correctly engaged by checking the red
latch indicators.
E224142
3. Pull the lower lever up.

4. Lift and tilt the entire seat forward.
To bring the seat backrest to the seating
position, reverse the order of the preceding
steps.
Removing the Seats
WARNING: Seats can weigh up to

60 kg (132 lb). Do not attempt to lift or
carry any seat on your own.
WARNING: When folding the seat

backrest down, take care not to get your
fingers caught in the mechanism.
E224141
1. Fold the seat backrest forward by

pulling the upper lever, or pull the red
strap on the seat backrest to release
the seat backrest.
2. Move the seat backrest into the down
position until the recliner engages.
105
First-Printing
Seats
4. Lift and remove the seat. For single

seats, grab the seat on the side
valance. For dual seats, grab the two
sections next to the release handle.
Note: The third row can be stored directly
2 behind the second row to create loading
space.
1
1
E146611
1. Fold all seat backrests forward. See

Accessing the Third Row Seats.
2. Tilt the seat forward. For single seats,
pull the lower lever up and tilt the seat
forward. For dual seats, from the third
row, pull both release straps and tilt
the seat up with the straps. E224144
E224143
E187956
3. Pull the now accessible release handle
to unlock the floor latches and tilt the
seat gently forward.
106
First-Printing
Seats
Installing the Seats

securely fasten the seat catches when
installing. Make sure that the latches are
correctly engaged by checking the red
latch indicators.
E146980
3. The seats have latch indicators at the

bottom of each leg. Check the latch
indicators after installing the seats.
E224145
1. The floor latches are designed to catch

when the seats are gently dropped into
the floor rail.
Note: If the seat latches do not catch,
remove the seat by pulling the release
handle again and repeat the process. See E160371
Removing the Seats.
4. Make sure that the red latch indicators
2. For dual seats and the single third row
on the bottom of the seat legs are not
seat, pull both upper straps and tilt the
visible above floor level.
seat down into the seating position. For
the second row single seat, pull the
large lever rearward and tilt the seat
down.
107
First-Printing
Seats
Double Cab
5
5
E263672
5. Release the seat backrest by pulling

the red straps or the side upper lever E146594
and move the seat backrest up into the
seating position until the recliner The under seat storage guard may be set
engages. to two different positions. Lift up the guard
and pull out to remove.
Seat Storage
• Please handle all seats with care. HEATED SEATS - 2.0L
• Please store the seats in a dry and ECOBLUE, PLUG-IN HYBRID
warm environment ELECTRIC VEHICLE (PHEV)
• Make sure the seats are securely fixed
and cannot fall over.
• Pay special attention to the latches WARNING: Use caution when using
integrated in the seat feet. Store the the heated seat if you are unable to feel
seat on solid ground to prevent pain to your skin because of advanced
possible soiling to the latch age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord
mechanism. injury, medication, alcohol use,
exhaustion or other physical conditions.
The heated seat could cause burns even
at low temperatures, especially if used
for long periods of time. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury.
108
First-Printing
Seats
WARNING: Do not place anything

on the seat that blocks the heat, for
example a seat cover or a cushion. This
could cause the seat to overheat. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
WARNING: Do not poke sharp

objects into the seat cushion or seat
backrest. This could damage the heated
seat element and cause it to overheat.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury.
Do not switch the heated seat on if the E146725

seat is wet.
The heated seat button is on the climate
control assembly.
Repeatedly press the button to
adjust the temperature.
HEATED SEATS - 2.2L DIESEL
WARNING: People who are unable

to feel pain to their skin because of
advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes,
spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol
use, exhaustion or other physical
conditions, must exercise care when
using the heated seat. The heated seat
may cause burns even at low
temperatures, especially if used for long E151818
periods of time. Do not place anything
on the seat that insulates against heat, Note: Only the outboard seat on a dual
such as a blanket or cushion. This may passenger seat is heated.
cause the heated seat to overheat. Do The maximum temperature is reached
not puncture the seat with pins, needles after five or six minutes. It is regulated
or other pointed objects. This may thermostatically.
damage the heating element which may
cause the heated seat to overheat. An The heated seat will remain on until you
overheated seat may cause serious switch it off. If the heated seat is on when
personal injury. you switch the ignition off, it will be on
when you switch the ignition back on.
109
First-Printing
Seats
Do not do the following:

• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allow
the seat to dry thoroughly.
• Operate the heated seats unless the
engine is running. This prevents the
vehicle battery from running out of
charge.
110
First-Printing
230 Volt AC Power Point

WARNING: Do not plug optional
electrical accessories into the cigar
lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar WARNING: Do not keep electrical
lighter can cause damage not covered devices plugged in the power point
by the vehicle warranty, and can result whenever the device is not in use. Do not
in fire or serious injury. use any extension cord with the 230 volt
AC power point, since it will defeat the
WARNING: Do not use a power safety protection design. Doing so may
point for operating a cigar lighter. cause the power point to overload due
Incorrect use of the power points can to powering multiple devices that can
cause damage not covered by the reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and
vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or could result in fire or serious injury.
serious injury.
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the

power point.
Do not hang any accessory from the
accessory plug.
Keep the power point caps closed when
not in use.
Do not insert objects other than an
accessory plug into the power point.
Do not use the power point over the vehicle
capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse
may blow.
Note: The power points turn off after 30 E98199
minutes if the ignition is on and the engine
is not running. The power points may turn You can use the power point for electrical
off if the battery charge level is low. devices that require up to 150 watts. It is
on the center console.
To prevent the battery from running out of
charge:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the vehicle is not
running.
• Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when you park your vehicle
for extended periods.
111
First-Printing
The indicator light on the power point changes to indicate the status.
System Status
On The power point is working, the ignition is

on and a device is plugged in.
Off The power point is off, the ignition is off or
no device is plugged in.
Flashing The power point is in fault mode.
The power outlet temporarily turns off

power when in fault mode if the device CIGAR LIGHTER
exceeds the 150 watt limit. Unplug your
device and switch the ignition off. Switch
the ignition back on, but do not plug your WARNING: Do not plug optional
device back in. Let the system cool off and electrical accessories into the cigar
switch the ignition off to reset the fault lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar
mode. Switch the ignition back on and lighter can cause damage not covered
make sure the indicator light remains on. by the vehicle warranty, and can result
Do not use the power point for certain in fire or serious injury.
electric devices, including:
• Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions.
• Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners,
electric saws and other electric power
tools or compressor-driven
refrigerators.
• Measuring devices, which process
precise data, such as medical
equipment or measuring equipment.
• Other appliances requiring an
extremely stable power supply such as
microcomputer-controlled electric
blankets or touch-sensor lamps.
E103382
Press the element in to use the cigar

lighter. It pops out after a short period of
time.
Do not hold the cigar lighter element
pressed in.
Note: If the power supply does not work
after you switch the ignition off, switch the
ignition on.
112
First-Printing
Note: If you use the socket when the engine

is not running, the battery may run out of
charge.
Note: When you switch the ignition on, you
can use the socket to power 12 volt
appliances with a maximum current rating
of 15 amps.
113
First-Printing
Storage Compartments
CUP HOLDERS FOLDING TRAY
WARNING: Do not place hot drinks WARNING: Do not place hot drinks
in the cup holders when your vehicle is in the cup holders when your vehicle is
moving. moving.
WARNING: Make sure that cups

placed in the holders do not obstruct
your vision while driving.
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Overhead Storage Compartment
Vehicles with Medium Roof
WARNING: Do not place heavy

objects in the storage compartment. The
maximum permitted load is 44 pounds
(20 kilograms). Heavy objects may E154676
become projectiles in a crash or sudden

stop, which may increase the risk of
serious injury.
BOTTLE HOLDERS
WARNING: Do not place glass

objects in the bottle holder.
E158139
114
First-Printing
UNDER SEAT STORAGE -

VEHICLES WITH: PASSENGER
DOUBLE SEAT, VEHICLES
WITHOUT: REAR CLIMATE
CONTROL, EXCLUDING: MILD
HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(MHEV)
Front Passenger Seat
E145944
1
E154714
1. Lift the front of the passenger seat

cushion.
2. Pull the seat cushion forward.
3. Tilt the seat cushion forward.
115
First-Printing
Note: Both the inboard and outboard seats Note: Only the inboard seat has a storage
have a storage compartment. compartment.
UNDER SEAT STORAGE - MILD DEVICE HOLDER

(MHEV), VEHICLES WITH:
PASSENGER DOUBLE SEAT/ can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
REAR CLIMATE CONTROL and injury. We strongly recommend that
Front Passenger Seat device that may take your focus off the
systems when possible. Make sure you
1 are aware of all applicable local laws
devices while driving.
E322468
1. Fully lift the clamp.
E154714
1. Lift the front of the passenger seat

cushion.
E322469
2. Pull the seat cushion forward.
2. Fully rotate the clamp.
3. Tilt the seat cushion forward.
116
First-Printing
E322470
3. Lift the clamp.

4. Place your device on the base.
5. Release the clamp.
Note: Do not leave your device in the device
holder when leaving your vehicle.
117
First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
GENERAL INFORMATION IGNITION SWITCH
WARNING: Extended idling at high

engine speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire or other
damage.
WARNING: Do not park, idle or

drive your vehicle on dry grass or other E72128
dry ground cover. The emission system
heats up the engine compartment and Note: Make sure the key is clean before
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire. inserting it into any lock cylinder.
0(off) - The ignition is off.
WARNING: Do not start the engine
in a closed garage or in other enclosed Note: When you switch the ignition off and
areas. Exhaust fumes can be toxic. leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in
Always open the garage door before you the ignition. This could cause your vehicle
start the engine. battery to lose charge.
I (accessory) - Allows the electrical
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may accessories such as the radio to operate
result in entry of harmful and potentially while the engine is not running.
lethal fumes into the passenger
compartment. If you smell exhaust Note: Do not leave the ignition key in
fumes inside your vehicle, have your position I or II (without the engine running)
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not for too long to avoid vehicle battery losing
drive if you smell exhaust fumes. charge.
II (on) - All electrical circuits operational.
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle Warning lamps and indicators are
may exhibit some unusual driving illuminated.
characteristics for approximately 8 km
III (start) - cranks the engine. Release the
(5 mi) after you reconnect it. This is
key as soon as the engine starts.
because the engine management system
must realign itself with the engine. You
can disregard any unusual driving STEERING WHEEL LOCK
characteristics during this period.
The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment WARNING: Always check that the
standard requirements regulating the steering is unlocked before attempting
impulse electrical field or radio noise. to move your vehicle.
When you start the engine, avoid pressing
the accelerator pedal before and during Locking the Steering Wheel
operation. Only use the accelerator pedal
when you have difficulty starting the 1. Remove the key from the ignition.
engine.
118
First-Printing
2. Slightly rotate the steering wheel to SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE

engage the lock.
Vehicles With a Turbocharger
Unlocking the Steering Wheel
1. Insert the key in the ignition.
WARNING: Do not switch the
2. Turn the key to position I.
engine off when it is running at high
Note: You may have to slightly rotate the speed. If you do, the turbocharger will
steering wheel to assist unlocking it. continue running after the engine oil
pressure has dropped to zero. This will
lead to premature turbocharger bearing
STARTING A DIESEL ENGINE wear.
Switch the ignition on and if the
glow plug indicator lamp Release the accelerator pedal. Wait until
illuminates, wait until it turns off the engine has reached idle speed and then
before starting. switch it off.
1.For vehicles with manual transmission, ENGINE BLOCK HEATER

fully depress the clutch pedal. For
vehicles with automatic transmission,
fully depress the brake pedal.
WARNING: Failure to follow engine
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
block heater instructions could result in
2. Turn the key to the start position to property damage or serious personal
start your vehicle. injury.
Note: Releasing the brake or clutch pedal
during engine starting stops the engine from WARNING: Do not use your heater
cranking. with ungrounded electrical systems or
two-pronged adapters. There is a risk of
Note: When the temperature is below -15°C electrical shock.
(5°F), you may need to crank the engine for
up to 10 seconds. The heater warms the engine coolant. This
Note: You can only operate the starter for allows the climate control system to
a limited period of time. quickly respond. The equipment includes
a heater element installed in the engine
Note: After a limited number of attempts block and a wire harness. You can connect
to start your engine, the system will not the system to a grounded 220-240 volt AC
allow you to try again until a period of time electrical source.
has elapsed, for example 30 minutes.
Note: The heater is most effective when
Failure to Start the ambient temperature is below -18°C
(0°F).
If the engine does not start, wait for a short
period and try again.
119
First-Printing
We recommend that you do the following Make sure the receptacle terminals are
for a safe and correct operation: clean and dry before use. Clean them with
• Use an extension cord suitable for a dry cloth if necessary.
outdoor use and in cold temperatures. The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours
It should be clearly marked that it is of energy per hour of use. The system does
suitable for use with outdoor not have a thermostat. It reaches
appliances. Do not use an indoor maximum temperature after
extension cord outdoors. This could approximately three hours of operation.
result in an electric shock or become a Using the heater longer than three hours
fire hazard. does not improve system performance and
• Use as short an extension cord as unnecessarily uses electricity.
possible.
• Do not use multiple extension cords.
• Make sure that when in operation, the
extension cord plug and heater cord
plug connections are free and clear of
water. This could result in an electric
shock or become a fire hazard.
• Make sure that you park your vehicle in
a clean area, clear of combustible
materials.
• Make sure that you firmly connect the
heater, heater cord and extension cord.
• Check for heat anywhere in the
electrical hookup when the system has
been operating for approximately 30
minutes.
• Make sure that you unplug and properly
stow the system before starting and
driving your vehicle. Make sure the
protective cover seals the terminals of
the block heater cord plug when not in
use.
• Make sure that you check the heater
system for proper operation before
winter.
Using the Engine Block Heater

The engine block heater plug may be found
in one of the following locations:
• Under the hood.
• In the front fog lamp bezel.
• Front lower grille.
120
First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Electric Motor
IGNITION SWITCH Starting the Electric Motor

Turn the key to position III. Release the
key when the ready to drive indicator
illuminates.
STARTING THE ELECTRIC

MOTOR
1. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
2. Press the brake pedal.
3. Turn the key to position III.
E298350 The indicator illuminates when
your vehicle is ready to drive.
SWITCHING OFF THE

ELECTRIC MOTOR
E247596
1. Stop your vehicle.
Note: Make sure the key is clean before
inserting it into any lock cylinder. 2. Shift into park (P).
3. Turn the key to position 0.
Switching the Ignition Off 4. Apply the parking brake.
Turn the key to position 0.
Switching the Ignition to

Accessory Mode
Turn the key to position I. Electrical
accessories, for example the radio, operate
without the electric motor running.
Switching the Ignition On

Turn the key to position II. All electrical
circuits and accessories are operational
and the warning lamps and indicators
illuminate.
Note: The high voltage battery discharges
in this mode.
121
First-Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
HYBRID VEHICLE OPERATION Drive Mode Control

- MILD HYBRID ELECTRIC About Drive Mode Control
VEHICLE (MHEV) Your vehicle has various drive modes that
you can select for different driving
Your vehicle has a 48 volt mild hybrid
conditions. Depending on the drive mode
system. The system is designed to help
that you select, the system adjusts various
reduce fuel consumption and CO2
vehicle settings.
emissions by using regenerative charging
and stopping the engine when your vehicle Selecting a Drive Mode
is coasting at a speed of 12 km/h (7 mph).
The button is on the instrument panel.
Note: You can set the speed at which the
system stops the engine through the E298514 Repeatedly press the button to
information display. See Setting the scroll through the available drive
Engine Stop Speed (page 127). modes.
Note: Regenerative charging results in a
greater degree of engine braking. This is Drive Modes
normal.
Auto EV
PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE This mode automatically uses

the gasoline engine to provide
OPERATION E287836
power when required and will
automatically revert to electric only driving
The system is designed to help reduce fuel when possible.
consumption and CO2 emissions by using
regenerative charging and the gasoline EV now
engine as a generator to capture energy in
the high voltage battery. This mode uses the high voltage
battery only. When you select
The gasoline engine starts and stops to E287826
this mode, a blue indicator
provide power when required.
Conditions that may cause the gasoline
engine to start or remain running include: Vehicle acceleration, top speed and
• Considerable vehicle acceleration. climate control system performance could
be reduced in this mode to maximize the
• Driving uphill. distance your vehicle could travel.
• The high voltage battery charge level
is low. EV override
• Heating or cooling the vehicle interior When your power demand is higher than
in high or low outside temperatures. the high voltage battery can provide, a
• Gasoline engine below normal message appears in the information
operating temperature. display. Press the OK button on the
steering wheel to enable the gasoline
• Gasoline particulate filter regeneration engine to provide additional power.
in process.
Note: The blue indicator turns amber.
122
First-Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
Your vehicle returns to EV Now mode What should I do if the vehicle runs out
when possible. of fuel and the high voltage battery is
out of charge?
EV later
Refuel and start your vehicle normally.
When this mode is selected, the You can drive after the engine charges
current high voltage battery the high voltage battery to the
E287824
charge level is maintained. minimum required level.
Note: Maximum displayed battery charge
is 95%. The system will discharge some of
the battery to allow the regenerative braking
and hybrid systems full operation.
EV charge
This mode uses the gasoline
engine to charge the high voltage
E287822
battery.
Note: This mode is not a substitute for
plug-in charging. Energy usage is most
efficient when you plug-in charge the high
voltage battery.
HYBRID VEHICLE
FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
How long is the high voltage battery
system designed to last?
The high voltage battery system is
designed to last the life of your vehicle.
Does the high voltage battery need
maintenance?
The high voltage battery does not
need maintenance.
Does the heating and cooling systems
work while driving in electric only
mode?
Yes, but it decreases the available
electric range.
What happens if the high voltage
battery runs out of charge?
Plug-in charge your vehicle.
123
First-Printing
Auto-Start-Stop - Manual Transmission, Excluding: Mild Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (MHEV)
WHAT IS AUTO-START-STOP Press the switch to switch the

system off.
The system is designed to help reduce fuel
consumption and CO2 emissions by Note: OFF illuminates in the switch.
stopping the engine when it is idling, for Press the switch again to switch the
example at traffic lights. system back on.
AUTO-START-STOP it detects a malfunction. If the system
malfunctions, have your vehicle checked as
PRECAUTIONS soon as possible.
WARNING: Apply the parking STOPPING THE ENGINE

brake, shift into neutral, switch the
ignition off and remove the key before 1. Stop your vehicle.
you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow 2. Shift into neutral.
this instruction could result in personal 3. Release the clutch pedal and the
injury or death. accelerator pedal.
WARNING: Apply the parking Note: To obtain maximum benefit from the
brake, shift into neutral, switch the system, shift into neutral and release the
ignition off and remove the key before clutch pedal whenever you stop your vehicle
you open the hood or have any service for more than three seconds.
or repair work completed. If you do not Note: Power assist steering turns off when
switch the ignition off, the engine could the engine stops.
restart at any time. Failure to follow this
or death. RESTARTING THE ENGINE
Press the clutch pedal.
SWITCHING AUTO-START- A message appears in the information
STOP ON AND OFF display if the system requires you to take
action.
The system turns on when you switch the
ignition on.
Auto StartStop Press a The system needs to restart Press the accelerator pedal,
pedal to start engine the engine but requires your brake pedal or clutch pedal
confirmation. to restart the engine.
Auto StartStop Select The system needs to restart Shift into neutral to restart
neutral to start engine the engine but cannot the engine.
because the transmission is
in gear.
124
First-Printing
AUTO-START-STOP The Auto-Start-Stop indicator

illuminates gray with a
INDICATORS E146361
strikethrough when the system
is not available.
WARNING: The system may system is not available in the information
require the engine to automatically display.
restart when the auto-start-stop
indicator illuminates green or flashes
amber. Failure to follow this instruction AUTO-START-STOP AUDIBLE
could result in personal injury. WARNING
The Auto-Start-Stop indicator The Auto-Start-Stop audible warning
illuminates green when the sounds if you open the driver door when
engine stops. It flashes amber the system has stopped the engine.
and a message appears when you need to
take action.
AUTO-START-STOP – TROUBLESHOOTING
Auto-Start-Stop – Information Messages
Auto StartStop Manual The system is not func- Shift into neutral and restart
restart required tioning. the engine yourself.
125
First-Printing
Auto-Start-Stop – Frequently Can I permanently switch the

Asked Questions system off?
Why does the engine not always No. The system plays an important role in
stop when I expect it to? reducing the fuel consumption and the CO2
emissions.
The system is designed to work in a way
that complements other vehicle systems, Will the frequent engine starts
allowing them to operate at optimum cause parts to wear out?
performance.
Your vehicle has an enhanced battery and
The system does not stop the engine if: starter motor that are designed for the
• The driver door is open. increased number of engine starts.
• Your vehicle is at high altitude.
• The heated windshield is on.
• The engine is warming up.
• The outside temperature is too low or
too high.
• The battery charge is low.
• The battery temperature is outside the
optimal operating range.
• The engine is required to run to
maintain interior climate and reduce
fogging.
Why does the engine sometimes

restart when I do not expect it to?
that complements other vehicle systems,
allowing them to operate at optimum
performance.
The system restarts the engine if:
• You switch the heated windshield on.
• You switch maximum defrost on.
• Your vehicle starts to roll downhill in
neutral.
maintain adequate brake system
assistance.
fogging.
126
First-Printing
Auto-Start-Stop - Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle (MHEV)
WHAT IS AUTO-START-STOP SWITCHING AUTO-START-

STOP ON AND OFF
consumption and CO2 emissions by The system turns on when you switch the
stopping the engine when it is idling, for ignition on.
example at traffic lights or when your
vehicle is coasting at a speed less than the Press the switch to switch the
engine stop speed that you have set. See system off.
Setting the Engine Stop Speed (page
127). The system is designed to stop the Note: OFF illuminates in the switch.
engine when the transmission is in gear or Press the switch again to switch the
in neutral. system back on.
PRECAUTIONS malfunctions, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.

brake, shift into neutral, switch the
ignition off and remove the key before Stopping the Engine in Gear
you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow
1. Press the brake pedal and slow your
vehicle down to 12 km/h (7 mph) or
injury or death.
less.
WARNING: Apply the parking Note: You can set the speed at which the
brake, shift into neutral, switch the system stops the engine through the
ignition off and remove the key before information display.
you open the hood or have any service 2. Fully press the clutch pedal.
or repair work completed. If you do not
switch the ignition off, the engine could Note: Power assist steering remains on
restart at any time. Failure to follow this when the engine stops.
or death. Stopping the Engine in Neutral
1. Press the brake pedal and slow your
vehicle down to 12 km/h (7 mph) or
AUTO-START-STOP SETTINGS less.
Note: You can set the speed at which the
Setting the Engine Stop Speed system stops the engine through the
on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Press the clutch pedal and shift into
neutral.
3. Release the clutch pedal.
3. Select Rolling StartStop.
Note: Power assist steering remains on
4. Select a setting and press the OK when the engine stops.
button.
127
First-Printing
RESTARTING THE ENGINE The Auto-Start-Stop indicator

illuminates green when the
Restarting the Engine in Gear engine stops. It flashes amber
Release the brake pedal. take action.
Restarting the Engine in Neutral The Auto-Start-Stop indicator

illuminates gray with a
1. Fully press the clutch pedal. E146361
strikethrough when the system
2. Select a gear. is not available.
AUTO-START-STOP system is not available in the information
display.
INDICATORS
AUTO-START-STOP AUDIBLE
WARNING: The system may WARNING
require the engine to automatically
restart when the auto-start-stop The Auto-Start-Stop audible warning
indicator illuminates green or flashes sounds if you open the driver door when
amber. Failure to follow this instruction the system has stopped the engine.
could result in personal injury.
Auto StartStop Manual The system is not func- Shift into neutral and restart
restart required tioning. the engine yourself.
Auto StartStop Select The system cannot restart Shift into neutral.
neutral to start engine the engine.
Auto StartStop Press clutch The system cannot restart Fully press the clutch pedal.
to start engine the engine.
128
First-Printing
Auto-Start-Stop – Frequently Can I permanently switch the

Asked Questions system off?
Why does the engine not always No. The system plays an important role in
stop when I expect it to? reducing the fuel consumption and the CO2
emissions.
that complements other vehicle systems, Will the frequent engine starts
allowing them to operate at optimum cause parts to wear out?
performance.
Your vehicle has an enhanced battery and
The system does not stop the engine if: starter generator that are designed for the
• The driver door is open. increased number of engine starts.
• The driver seatbelt is unfastened.
too high.
fogging.

performance.
• You switch MAX A/C on.
neutral.
maintain adequate brake system
assistance.
fogging.
129
First-Printing
Auto-Start-Stop - Automatic Transmission
WHAT IS AUTO-START-STOP Press the switch to switch the

system off.
consumption and CO2 emissions by Note: OFF illuminates in the switch.
stopping the engine when it is idling, for Press the switch again to switch the
example at traffic lights. system back on.
malfunctions, have your vehicle checked as
PRECAUTIONS soon as possible.

brake, shift into park (P), switch the
ignition off and remove the key before Stop your vehicle, keep your foot on the
you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow brake pedal and the transmission in drive
this instruction could result in personal (D).
injury or death. Note: The engine stops when you shift into
park (P) whether you have your foot on the
WARNING: Apply the parking brake pedal or not.
ignition off and remove the key before Note: Power assist steering turns off when
you open the hood or have any service the engine stops.
or repair work completed. If you do not
switch the ignition off, the engine could RESTARTING THE ENGINE
restart at any time. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury Release the brake pedal or press the
or death. accelerator pedal.
A message appears in the information
SWITCHING AUTO-START- display if the system requires you to take
action.
STOP ON AND OFF
The system turns on when you switch the
ignition on.
Auto StartStop Press brake The system needs to restart Press the brake pedal to
to start engine the engine but requires your restart the engine.
confirmation.
Auto StartStop Press a The system needs to restart Press the brake pedal or the
pedal to start engine the engine but requires your accelerator pedal to restart
confirmation. the engine.
130
First-Printing
AUTO-START-STOP The Auto-Start-Stop indicator

illuminates green when the
INDICATORS engine stops. It flashes amber
take action.
WARNING: The system may
require the engine to automatically The Auto-Start-Stop indicator
restart when the auto-start-stop illuminates gray with a
E146361
indicator illuminates green or flashes strikethrough when the system
amber. Failure to follow this instruction is not available.
could result in personal injury. Note: You can display the reason why the
system is not available in the information
display.
Auto StartStop Shift to P The system is not func- Shift into park (P) and
Restart engine tioning. restart the engine yourself.
Auto StartStop Manual The system is not func- Restart the engine yourself.
restart required tioning.
131
First-Printing
Auto-Start-Stop – Frequently • The engine is required to run to

Asked Questions maintain adequate brake system
assistance.
Why does the engine not always • The engine is required to run to
stop when I expect it to? maintain interior climate and reduce
The system is designed to work in a way fogging.
Can I permanently switch the
performance.
system off?
The system does not stop the engine if: No. The system plays an important role in
reducing the fuel consumption and the CO2
• The driver door is open.
emissions.
• The driver seatbelt is unfastened.
• Your vehicle is at high altitude. Will the frequent engine starts
cause parts to wear out?
• The heated windshield is on.
• The transmission is in manual (M). Your vehicle has an enhanced battery and
starter motor that are designed for the
• Your vehicle is on a steep grade.
increased number of engine starts.
too high.
fogging.

performance.
• You switch the heated windshield on.
neutral.
132
First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS • Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling fuel

vapor can lead to eye and respiratory
tract irritation. In severe cases,
excessive or prolonged breathing of
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel fuel vapor can cause serious illness and
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank permanent injury.
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire. • Avoid getting fuel in your eyes. If you
splash fuel in your eyes, immediately
WARNING: The fuel system may remove contact lenses (if worn), flush
be under pressure. If you hear a hissing with water for 15 minutes and seek
sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not medical attention. Failure to seek
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, proper medical attention could lead to
fuel may spray out, which could cause permanent injury.
serious personal injury. • Fuels can be harmful if absorbed
through the skin. If you splash fuel on
WARNING: Fuels can cause serious your skin, clothing or both, promptly
injury or death if misused or mishandled. remove contaminated clothing and
thoroughly wash your skin with soap
WARNING: Fuel may contain and water. Repeated or prolonged skin
benzene, which is a cancer-causing contact causes skin irritation.
agent. • Be particularly careful if you are taking
Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram
WARNING: When refueling always for the treatment of alcoholism.
shut the engine off and never allow Breathing fuel vapors could cause an
sparks or open flames near the fuel tank adverse reaction, serious personal
filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell injury or sickness. Immediately call a
phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is physician if you experience any adverse
extremely hazardous under certain reactions.
conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
Follow these guidelines when refueling: FUEL QUALITY - GASOLINE

• Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your
vehicle. WARNING: Do not mix diesel with
• Always switch the engine off before gasoline, gasohol or alcohol. This could
refueling. cause an explosion.
• Automotive fuels can be harmful or WARNING: Do not use leaded
fatal if swallowed. Fuel is highly toxic gasoline or gasoline with additives
and if swallowed can cause death or containing other metallic compounds,
permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed for example manganese-based. They
immediately call a physician, even if no could damage the emission system.
symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be Use minimum 95 octane unleaded
apparent for hours. gasoline that meets the specification
defined by EN 228 or the equivalent
national specification.
133
First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Note: We recommend that you only use

high quality fuel. We do not recommend the
use of aftermarket fuel additives or other
engine treatments.
Note: We do not recommend the use of
additional additives to prevent fuel waxing.
E268502 Long-Term Storage

Most diesel fuels contain biodiesel. We
Your vehicle is suitable for use with ethanol recommend that you fill the fuel tank with
blends up to 10% (E5 and E10). fuel that does not contain biodiesel if you
Note: We recommend that you only use intend to store your vehicle for more than
high quality fuel. We do not recommend the two months.
use of aftermarket fuel additives or other
engine treatments. FUEL QUALITY - 2.0L
Long-Term Storage ECOBLUE, HYDROTREATED
Most gasoline contains ethanol. We
VEGETABLE OIL
recommend that you fill the fuel tank with
fuel that does not contain ethanol if you
intend to store your vehicle for more than WARNING: Do not mix
two months. hydrotreated vegetable oil with gasoline,
gasohol or alcohol. This could cause an
explosion. Failure to follow this
FUEL QUALITY - DIESEL instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Do not mix diesel with Use hydrotreated vegetable oil that meets
gasoline, gasohol or alcohol. This could the specification defined by EN 15940 or
cause an explosion. the relevant national specification.
Note: Do not use normal vegetable oil as
Use diesel that meets the specification this may cause engine damage not covered
defined by EN 590 or the relevant national by the vehicle Warranty.
specification.
Note: We do not recommend the use of
additional additives to prevent fuel waxing.
FUEL FILLER FUNNEL

LOCATION
The fuel filler funnel is in the under seat
storage compartment or in the glove
E268503 compartment.
Your vehicle is suitable for use with
biodiesel blends up to 7% (B7).
134
First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel

Container
Running out of fuel can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
WARNING: Do not insert the nozzle
If your vehicle runs out of fuel:
of a fuel container or an aftermarket
• Add a minimum of 5 L (1.1 gal) of fuel funnel into the fuel filler neck. This may
to restart the engine. damage the fuel system filler neck or its
• You may need to switch the ignition seal and cause fuel to run onto the
from off to on several times after ground.
refueling to allow the fuel system to
pump the fuel from the tank to the WARNING: Do not try to pry open
engine. When restarting, cranking time or push open the capless fuel system
takes a few seconds longer than with foreign objects. This could damage
normal. the fuel system and its seal and cause
injury to you or others.
Note: If your vehicle is on a steep slope,
more fuel may be required. WARNING: Do not dispose of fuel
in the household refuse or the public
Filling a Portable Fuel Container sewage system. Use an authorized waste
disposal facility.
WARNING: Flow of fuel through a When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
fuel pump nozzle can produce static a fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel
electricity. This can cause a fire if you are included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler
filling an ungrounded fuel container. Funnel Location (page 134).
Use the following guidelines to avoid Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as
electrostatic charge build-up, which can they may not work with the capless fuel
produce a spark, when filling an system and can damage it.
ungrounded fuel container: When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
• Only use an approved fuel container to a fuel container, do the following:
transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the 1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
container on the ground when filling it.
2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the
• Do not fill a fuel container when it is fuel filler inlet.
inside your vehicle (including the cargo
area).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container when filling it.
• Do not use a device that holds the fuel
pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
135
First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
WARNING: Do not remove the fuel

pump nozzle from its fully inserted
position when refueling.
WARNING: When refueling always

shut the engine off and never allow
sparks or open flames near the fuel tank
filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell
phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is
extremely hazardous under certain
WARNING: Stop refueling when

the fuel pump nozzle automatically
E157452
shuts off for the first time. Failure to
3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel follow this will fill the expansion space
container. in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel
overflowing.
4. Remove the fuel filler funnel.
5. Fully close the fuel filler door. WARNING: Wait at least five
6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it seconds before removing the fuel pump
back in your vehicle or correctly dispose nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain
of it. into the fuel tank.
Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from WARNING: The fuel system may
an authorized dealer if you choose to be under pressure. If you hear a hissing
dispose of the funnel. sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise,
REFUELING - PLUG-IN HYBRID fuel may spray out, which could cause
serious personal injury.
ELECTRIC VEHICLE (PHEV)
WARNING: Read and follow all the
instructions on the pump island.
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank Stop your vehicle, switch the
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray ignition off and press the button
and fire. on the instrument panel to
release the fuel filler door.
WARNING: Do not pry open the Note: The fuel filler door can take up to 15
fuel tank filler valve. This could damage seconds to release before you can open the
the fuel system. Failure to follow this fuel filler door.
instruction could result in fire, personal
injury or death. 1. Open the left-hand front door.
2. Open the fuel filler door.
136
First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
E139202
3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the E162792
first notch on the nozzle A. Keep it

5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within
resting on the cover of the fuel tank
the area shown.
filler pipe opening.
E119081
6. Slightly raise the fuel pump nozzle and

then slowly remove it.
B
E139203 7. Fully close the fuel filler door.
4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position 8. Fully close the left-hand front door.
B when refueling. Holding the fuel Note: To close the fuel filler door, press the
pump nozzle in position A can affect center rear edge of the fuel filler door and
the flow of fuel and shut off the fuel then release.
nozzle before the fuel tank is full.
You must complete the refueling process
within 20 minutes. If 20 minutes elapses,
you must press the button on the
instrument panel again. Fuel pump nozzle
automatic shut off may occur if you do not
press the button on the instrument panel.
137
First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Fuel Filler Door Override Cord
WARNING: The fuel system may

be under pressure. If you hear a hissing
sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out, which could cause
Note: The transmission must be in park (P)

or neutral (N). E301047
When using the fuel filler door override
cord do the following: 3. Pull the fuel filler door override cord.
4. Switch the ignition off.
1. Switch the ignition on.
5. Complete the refueling process within
2. Open the left-hand front door.
20 minutes.
Fuel System Information

Messages
If the fuel filler door fails to open, an
information message appears in the
Message Description
Refuel error See manual A warning message appears in the information display when
the fuel system fails to depressurize or the fuel filler door fails
to release. You may have to use the fuel filler door override
cord.
If the information message appears, do the

following: REFUELING - EXCLUDING:
1. Check the fuel filler door for anything PLUG-IN HYBRID ELECTRIC
that may be obstructing its movement, VEHICLE (PHEV)
for example ice or snow.
2. Remove any obstruction from the fuel
filler door. WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel
3. Press the button on the instrument tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank
panel to release the fuel filler door. may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
4. If the fuel filler door fails to release and
the information message remains in
the information display, use the fuel
filler door override cord.
138
First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
WARNING: Do not try to pry open

or push open the capless fuel system
with foreign objects. This could damage
the fuel system and its seal and cause
injury to you or others.
WARNING: Do not remove the fuel

pump nozzle from its fully inserted
position when refueling.
WARNING: When refueling always

shut the engine off and never allow
sparks or open flames near the fuel tank
filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell
phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is
extremely hazardous under certain E162791
WARNING: Wait at least 10 2. Fully open the fuel filler door.
seconds before removing the fuel pump
nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain Note: Your vehicle does not have a fuel filler
into the fuel tank. cap.
WARNING: Stop refueling when

the fuel pump nozzle automatically
shuts off for the first time. Failure to
follow this will fill the expansion space A
in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel
overflowing.
E139202
3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the

first notch on the nozzle A. Keep it
resting on the cover of the fuel tank
filler pipe opening.
139
First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Note: The fuel filler nozzle inhibitor only

opens when you insert the correct fuel pump
nozzle.
E119081
6. Slightly raise the fuel pump nozzle and

then slowly remove it.
7. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Note: Do not attempt to start the engine
B if you have filled the fuel tank with incorrect
E139203
fuel. Incorrect fuel use can cause damage
4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have
B when refueling. Holding the fuel your vehicle immediately checked.
pump nozzle in position A could affect
the flow of fuel and shut off the fuel System Warnings (If Equipped)
pump nozzle before the fuel tank is full.
If the fuel filler nozzle inhibitor does not
fully close a warning message appears in
the information display.
1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe
to do so and switch the engine off.
2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
3. Apply the parking brake.
5. Fully open the fuel filler door.
6. Check the fuel filler inlet and the area
around it for any items or debris that
may be obstructing its movement.
7. Fully insert a fuel pump nozzle or the
fuel filler funnel provided with your
vehicle into the fuel filler inlet. See
Fuel Filler Funnel Location (page
134). This action should dislodge any
debris that may be preventing the fuel
E162792 filler inlet from fully closing.
5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within 8. Remove the fuel pump nozzle or fuel
the area shown. filler funnel from the fuel filler inlet.
9. Fully close the fuel filler door.
140
First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Note: If this action corrects the problem The first 1,500 km (1,000 mi) of driving is
the message may not immediately reset. If the break-in period of the engine. A more
the message remains and the service engine accurate measurement is obtained after
soon warning lamp illuminates, have your 3,000 km (2,000 mi).
Impacting Fuel Economy
FUEL CONSUMPTION • Incorrect tire inflation pressures. See
Tire Pressures (page 321).
We derive CO2 and fuel consumption • Fully loading your vehicle.
figures in laboratory tests according to
• Carrying unnecessary weight.
Regulation (EC) 715/2007 or CR (EC)
692/2008 and subsequent amendments. • Adding certain accessories to your
vehicle such as bug deflectors, rollbars
They are intended as a comparison or light bars, running boards and ski
between makes and models of vehicles. racks.
They are not intended to represent the real
world fuel consumption you may get from • Using fuel blended with alcohol. See
your vehicle. Fuel Quality (page 134).
• Fuel economy may decrease with lower
Real world fuel consumption is governed
temperatures.
by many factors, for example driving style,
high speed driving, stop-start driving, air • Fuel economy may decrease when
conditioning usage, add-on accessories, driving short distances.
payload and towing. • You may get better fuel economy when
driving on flat terrain than when driving
Advertised Capacity on hilly terrain.
The advertised capacity is the maximum
amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel
tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty.
See Capacities and Specifications
(page 332).
In addition, the fuel tank contains an empty
reserve. The empty reserve is an
unspecified amount of fuel that remains
in the fuel tank when the fuel gauge
indicates empty.
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty
reserve varies and should not be relied upon
to increase driving range.
Fuel Economy
Your vehicle calculates fuel economy
figures through the trip computer average
fuel function. See Trip Computer (page
83).
141
First-Printing
Engine Emission Control
CATALYTIC CONVERTER Note: Resulting component damage may

not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
On-Board Diagnostics System

WARNING: Do not park, idle or
drive your vehicle on dry grass or other Your vehicle has an on-board diagnostics
dry ground cover. The emission system system that monitors the emission control
heats up the engine compartment and system. If any of the following warning
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire. lamps illuminate, this may indicate that
the on-board diagnostics system has
WARNING: The normal operating detected an emission control system
temperature of the exhaust system is malfunction.
very high. Never work around or attempt
to repair any part of the exhaust system
until it has cooled. Use special care when
working around the catalytic converter.
The catalytic converter heats up to a very
high temperature after only a short
period of engine operation and stays hot
after the engine is switched off.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may Continuing to drive your vehicle may cause
result in entry of harmful and potentially reduced power or the engine to stop.
lethal fumes into the passenger Failure to respond to a warning lamp may
compartment. If you smell exhaust cause component damage not covered by
fumes inside your vehicle, have your the vehicle Warranty. Have your vehicle
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not checked as soon as possible.
drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
See Warning Lamps and Indicators
Your vehicle has various emission control (page 75).
components and a catalytic converter that
enables it to comply with applicable SELECTIVE CATALYTIC
exhaust emission standards.
REDUCTANT SYSTEM
To avoid damaging the catalytic converter:
• Do not crank the engine for more than Your vehicle has a selective catalytic
10 seconds at a time. reductant system. This reduces exhaust
emission levels by injecting AdBlue® into
• Do not run the engine with a spark plug
the exhaust system. The engine does not
lead disconnected.
start if you tamper with or disable the
• Do not push-start or tow-start your selective catalytic reductant system.
vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump
Starting the Vehicle (page 228). For the system to correctly operate, you
must maintain the fluid level.
• Do not switch the ignition off when your
vehicle is moving. Note: When you switch the engine off the
selective catalytic reductant system pump
• Do not use leaded fuel.
runs for a short period of time. This is
• Avoid running out of fuel. normal.
142
First-Printing
AdBlue® Guidelines The AdBlue® tank filler pipe is next to the

fuel tank filler pipe and has a blue cap. Fill
• Only use AdBlue® certified to the tank using a fluid pump at an AdBlue®
ISO-22241. filling station or an AdBlue® container.
• Do not put in the vehicle fuel tank. This
can cause engine damage not covered Filling in Cold Climates
by the vehicle Warranty. AdBlue® may freeze when the
• Do not overfill the AdBlue® tank. temperature is below -11°C (12°F). Your
• Do not dilute with water or any other vehicle has a preheating system which
liquid. allows the fluid to operate below -11°C
(12°F). If you overfill the AdBlue® tank and
• Do not re-use an empty fluid container. the fluid freezes, it may cause damage not
• Do not store in direct sunlight. covered by the vehicle Warranty.
• Store at temperatures between -5°C
(23°F) and 20°C (68°F). Filling the AdBlue® Tank Using a
Fuel Station Pump
• Do not store fluid containers in your
vehicle.
• The fluid is non-flammable, non-toxic, WARNING: Do not allow diesel
colorless and water-soluble. exhaust fluid (AdBlue) to come into
• Immediately remove any residue on contact with eyes, skin or clothing.
painted surfaces when filling with Should the fluid come into contact with
AdBlue®. eyes, flush them with plenty of water and
seek medical attention. Clean affected
Filling the AdBlue® Tank skin with soap and water. If swallowed,
drink plenty of water and seek medical
attention immediately.
WARNING: Refill the diesel exhaust

fluid (AdBlue) tank in a well-ventilated
area. When removing the tank cap or a
container cap, ammonia vapor may
escape. Ammonia vapor is an irritant to
the eyes, skin and mucous membranes.
Inhaling ammonia vapor can cause
burning to the eyes, throat and nose
resulting in watering eyes or severe
coughing.
Filling the AdBlue® tank using a fuel

station pump is similar to refueling your
vehicle.
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
E204215
143
First-Printing
Note: The pump nozzle shuts off when the

tank is full.
5. Slightly raise the AdBlue® pump nozzle
and then slowly remove it.
6. Replace the AdBlue® tank filler cap.
Turn it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance and it clicks.
Do not attempt to start the engine if you
have filled the AdBlue® tank with incorrect
fluid. Incorrect fluid use could cause
damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty. Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Filling the AdBlue® Tank Using a

Container
WARNING: Do not allow diesel

E144358 exhaust fluid (AdBlue) to come into
contact with eyes, skin or clothing.
2. Remove the AdBlue® tank filler cap. Should the fluid come into contact with
3. Fully insert the AdBlue® pump nozzle. eyes, flush them with plenty of water and
seek medical attention. Clean affected
skin with soap and water. If swallowed,
drink plenty of water and seek medical
attention immediately.
WARNING: Refill the diesel exhaust

fluid (AdBlue) tank in a well-ventilated
area. When removing the tank cap or a
container cap, ammonia vapor may
escape. Ammonia vapor is an irritant to
the eyes, skin and mucous membranes.
Inhaling ammonia vapor can cause
burning to the eyes, throat and nose
resulting in watering eyes or severe
coughing.
Use containers that have a seal on the

spout.
E228352 Always follow the manufacturer's
instructions.
4. Operate the AdBlue® pump nozzle
within the area shown. 1. Remove the fluid container cap.
144
First-Printing
2. Place the spout on to the container and Checking the AdBlue® Level
tighten it until you feel a strong Status
resistance.
3. Remove the AdBlue® tank filler cap. on the steering wheel, select Settings.
4. Insert the spout into the AdBlue® tank 2. Select Vehicle maintenance.
filler pipe until the seal on the spout
fully seats. 3. Select DEF level.
5. Pour the fluid into the tank. AdBlue® Consumption
Note: The fluid stops flowing when the
tank is full. AdBlue® consumption is directly related
to fuel consumption and is governed by
6. Return the container to the vertical many factors, for example driving style,
position slightly below the AdBlue® high speed driving, stop-start driving, air
tank filler pipe. conditioning usage, add-on accessories,
7. Allow any fluid remaining in the spout payload and towing. The AdBlue®
to drain back into the container. consumption may vary between 1% and
5% of the fuel consumption.
8. Remove the spout from the AdBlue®
tank filler pipe. AdBlue® consumption is specified for a
vehicle variant and not for a single car.
9. Remove the spout from the AdBlue®
container and replace the cap. Selective Catalytic Reductant
10. Replace the AdBlue® tank filler cap. System Warning Lamp
Turn it clockwise until you feel a
strong resistance and it clicks. The warning lamp illuminates if
the system detects the fluid level
Do not attempt to start the engine if you is low or if there is a system
have filled the AdBlue® tank with incorrect malfunction.
fluid. Incorrect fluid use could cause
damage not covered by the vehicle If the warning lamp illuminates, the
Warranty. Have your vehicle checked as information display messages give you an
soon as possible. indication whether the concern is fluid
related or if there is a selective catalytic
Checking the AdBlue® Level reductant system malfunction. If the
1. Using the information display controls warning lamp illuminates when your
on the steering wheel, select Settings. vehicle is moving, and the fluid is at a
sufficient level, this indicates a system
2. Select Vehicle maintenance. malfunction. Have your vehicle checked
3. Select DEF gauge. as soon as possible.
145
First-Printing
Selective Catalytic Reductant System Information Messages

AdBlue® Level
Message Action
AdBlue® low Range : Indicates the approximate distance remaining before the
XXXX km Refill soon AdBlue® tank becomes empty. Refill the AdBlue® tank as
soon as possible.
AdBlue® low Range :
XXXX mls Refill soon
AdBlue® low No engine Indicates the approximate distance remaining before the
start in XXXX km AdBlue® tank becomes empty. The engine would not restart
if you switch the ignition off. Refill the AdBlue® tank as soon
AdBlue® low No engine as possible.
start in XXXX mls
AdBlue® level empty. The AdBlue® tank is empty. The engine would not restart if
Refill to start engine you switch the ignition off. Refill the AdBlue® tank. The
minimum AdBlue® refill quantity required to restart the engine
is available in the information display. See Information
Displays (page 81).
Note: When filling the AdBlue® tank from empty, there may be a short period before the
increased AdBlue® level is registered.
AdBlue® Malfunction
Message Action
AdBlue® system The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
malfunction Service as soon as possible.
required
AdBlue® system No Indicates the approximate distance before a detected system
engine start in XXXX km fault would restrict the engine from starting. The engine would
not restart if you switch the ignition off. Have your vehicle
AdBlue® system No checked as soon as possible.
engine start in XXXX mls
AdBlue® system Service The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
required to start engine as soon as possible.
146
First-Printing
GASOLINE PARTICULATE Regeneration occurs during normal driving,

to varying degrees depending on how you
FILTER drive. Passive regeneration occurs when
you drive at moderate to high speed but if
you generally drive short distances at low
WARNING: Do not park or idle your speed, the engine control system could
vehicle over dry leaves, dry grass or other actively raise the exhaust gas temperature
combustible materials. The regeneration to remove the particles that have collected
process creates very high exhaust gas in the filter to make sure that it continues
temperatures and the exhaust will to correctly operate.
radiate a considerable amount of heat To assist passive regeneration, we
during and after regeneration and after recommend that you make occasional
you have switched the engine off. This is journeys that allow you to:
a potential fire hazard.
• Drive at a varied range of conditions,
To reduce the risk of causing damage to including highway conditions for a
the gasoline particulate filter: minimum of 20 minutes.
• Do not crank the engine for more than • Avoid prolonged engine idling.
10 seconds at a time. • Select a suitable gear to maintain
• Do not push-start or tow-start your engine speed between 1500 and 4000
vehicle. Use booster cables. RPM.
• Do not switch the ignition off when your If the filter is saturated or is approaching
vehicle is moving. saturation, a warning lamp illuminates or
a message appears in the information
• Do not ignore warning lamps, indicators display.
or information messages.
Note: A warning lamp illuminates and a
Gasoline Particulate Filter message appears in the information display
Regeneration on some vehicles.
Particles in the exhaust gas collect in the If you do not take action when a warning
gasoline particulate filter causing a gradual lamp illuminates or a message appears in
restriction over time. This restriction is the information display, you could cause
removed through a regeneration process damage not covered by the vehicle
controlled by the engine control system. Warranty.
The regeneration process converts the
particles in the exhaust gas into harmless Gasoline Particulate Filter
gases. Warning Lamps and Indicators
Malfunction indicator lamp.
147
First-Printing
Gasoline Particulate Filter Information Messages
Message Action
Exhaust filter at limit Drive • Drive at a varied range of conditions, including highway
to clean now conditions for 20 minutes or until the message disap-
pears.
• Avoid prolonged engine idling.
• Select a suitable gear to maintain engine speed
between 1500 and 4000 RPM.
Exhaust filter over limit • Drive at a moderate speed.

Service now • Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration.
• Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER WARNING: Exhaust leaks may

result in entry of harmful and potentially
lethal fumes into the passenger
compartment. If you smell exhaust
WARNING: Do not park or idle your fumes inside your vehicle, have your
vehicle over dry leaves, dry grass or other vehicle inspected immediately. Do not
combustible materials. The regeneration drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
process creates very high exhaust gas
temperatures and the exhaust will Your vehicle has various emission control
radiate a considerable amount of heat components and a diesel particulate filter
during and after regeneration and after that enables it to comply with applicable
you have switched the engine off. This is exhaust emission standards. It filters
a potential fire hazard. harmful diesel particulates, for example
soot from the exhaust gas.
WARNING: The normal operating
temperature of the exhaust system is To avoid damaging the diesel particulate
very high. Never work around or attempt filter:
to repair any part of the exhaust system • Do not crank the engine for more than
until it has cooled. Use special care when 10 seconds at a time.
working around the diesel oxidation
catalytic converter or the diesel • Do not push-start or tow-start your
particulate filter. The diesel oxidation vehicle. Use booster cables.
catalytic converter and the diesel • Do not switch the ignition off when your
particulate filter heat up to very high vehicle is moving.
temperatures after only a short period • Do not ignore warning lamps or
of engine operation and remain hot after information messages regarding
you switch the engine off. exhaust system cleaning and
regeneration.
148
First-Printing
Note: This could result in damage not

covered by the vehicle Warranty. WARNING: The normal operating
On-Board Diagnostics System temperature of the exhaust system is
very high. Never work around or attempt
Your vehicle has an on-board diagnostics to repair any part of the exhaust system
system that monitors the emission control until it has cooled. Use special care when
system. If any of the following warning working around the diesel oxidation
lamps illuminate, this indicates that the catalytic converter or the diesel
on-board diagnostics system has detected particulate filter. The diesel oxidation
an emission control system malfunction. catalytic converter and the diesel
particulate filter heat up to very high
Engine coolant temperature temperatures after only a short period
warning lamp. of engine operation and remain hot after
you switch the engine off.
Ignition warning lamp.
The diesel particulate filter on your vehicle
requires periodic regeneration to maintain
Malfunction indicator lamp. correct operation. The emission control
system automatically carries out this
process. As soot gathers in the system it
Water in fuel warning lamp. begins to restrict the filter. The soot that
gathers inside the filter is cleaned in two
different ways, passive regeneration and
active regeneration. Both methods occur
If you continue to drive your vehicle when automatically and require no actions from
the warning lamp is illuminated, the engine the driver. During automatic regeneration,
could stop without warning. This could the system cleans the diesel particulate
result in damage not covered by the vehicle filter by oxidizing the soot. Cleaning
Warranty. Have your vehicle checked as happens during normal engine operating
soon as possible. conditions at varying levels depending on
See Warning Lamps and Indicators driving conditions.
(page 75). If the diesel particulate filter is near or at
saturation, an information message
Diesel Particulate Filter Automatic appears in the information display. Drive
Regeneration your vehicle in a manner to allow effective
diesel particulate filter cleaning.
WARNING: Do not park or idle your Failure to carry out regeneration when
vehicle over dry leaves, dry grass or other required could result in a clogged diesel
combustible materials. The regeneration particulate filter. If the diesel particulate
process creates very high exhaust gas filter fills beyond the regeneration
temperatures and the exhaust will threshold, the system disables the ability
radiate a considerable amount of heat to carry out regeneration. This could result
during and after regeneration and after in damage not covered by the vehicle
you have switched the engine off. This is Warranty.
149
First-Printing
Where vehicle use meets any of the The automatic regeneration process is
following conditions: most effective when you drive at a steady
• Driving short distances. vehicle speed of 48 km/h (30 mph) or
above for approximately 20 minutes. The
• Prolonged engine idling. frequency and duration of the regeneration
• Frequently switching the engine on and process varies by how you drive your
off. vehicle, the outside air temperature and
• High levels of acceleration and altitude. Frequency varies between 160 km
deceleration. (100 mi) and 500 km (310 mi) and each
regeneration process lasts between 10 and
We recommend you assist the 20 minutes.
regeneration process by:
Note: Changes in the engine or exhaust
• Avoiding prolonged engine idling. sound may be heard during the regeneration
• Drive your vehicle in a manner to allow process.
effective cleaning. Drive at a steady
Note: During regeneration at low speed or
vehicle speed of 48 km/h (30 mph) or
engine idle, you may smell a hot metallic
above for approximately 20 minutes.
odor and could notice a clicking metallic
If the warning lamp illuminates sound. This is due to the high temperatures
the diesel particulate filter could reached during the regeneration process.
have become overloaded. Have This is normal.
Diesel Particulate Filter Manual
Automatic regeneration raises the exhaust Regeneration (If Equipped)
temperature to eliminate the soot
particles. During cleaning soot particles are
converted to harmless gasses. Once WARNING: Do not park or idle your
cleaned the diesel particulate filter vehicle over dry leaves, dry grass or other
continues to trap harmful diesel particles. combustible materials. The regeneration
If you are driving your vehicle in a manner process creates very high exhaust gas
that allows effective cleaning, a message temperatures and the exhaust will
may appear in the information display to radiate a considerable amount of heat
indicate automatic regeneration is in during and after regeneration and after
progress. you have switched the engine off. This is
If you are not driving your vehicle in a
manner that allows effective cleaning, a WARNING: The normal operating
message may appear in the information temperature of the exhaust system is
display to instruct you to drive in a manner very high. Never work around or attempt
that allows automatic regeneration. to repair any part of the exhaust system
until it has cooled. Use special care when
working around the diesel oxidation
catalytic converter or the diesel
150
First-Printing
particulate filter. The diesel oxidation Use the manual regeneration feature
catalytic converter and the diesel when:
particulate filter heat up to very high • You are not able to drive in a manner
temperatures after only a short period that allows effective automatic
of engine operation and remain hot after cleaning. The automatic regeneration
you switch the engine off. process is most effective when you
drive at a steady vehicle speed of
If the diesel particulate filter is near or at 48 km/h (30 mph) or above for
saturation, an information message approximately 20 minutes. .
appears in the information display advising • You choose to manually start the
you to initiate diesel particulate filter regeneration process when the engine
manual regeneration. is idling.
Before you start manual regeneration, do Note: Changes in the engine or exhaust
the following: sound may be heard during the regeneration
• Park your vehicle outside of any process.
enclosed structure. Note: During regeneration at low speed or
• Make sure the transmission is in park engine idle, you may smell a hot metallic
(P) or neutral (N). odor and could notice a clicking metallic
• Make sure the parking brake is on. sound. This is due to the high temperatures
reached during the regeneration process.
• Park your vehicle a minimum of 3 m This is normal.
(10 ft) from any obstructions and
materials that can easily combust or Starting Manual Regeneration
melt, for example, paper, leaves, fuels,
plastics and other dry organic material. You can only start manual regeneration
with the engine running at normal
• Make sure there is a minimum of 12 L operating temperature using the
(2.6 gal) of fuel in the fuel tank. information display.
• Check the engine oil level.
Note: During the use of manual
• Check the engine coolant level. regeneration, you may observe a light
amount of white smoke. This is normal.
Manual Regeneration
Note: If you press any pedal during manual
Where vehicle use has significant engine regeneration the engine may turn off. To
idle operation, frequent vehicle speed less protect the exhaust system you may not be
than 40 km/h (25 mph), or driving short able to restart the engine for 10 minutes.
distances where the engine does not fully
warm up, manual regeneration allows you 1. Using the information display controls
to start diesel particulate filter cleaning on the steering wheel, select Settings.
when the engine is idling. 2. Select Vehicle maintenance.
3. Select Exhaust filter.
4. Press and hold the OK button until a
confirmation message appears in the
151
First-Printing
If a warning illuminates you may Interrupting or Cancelling Manual

not be able to start manual Regeneration
regeneration.
You can interrupt or cancel manual
When you start manual regeneration the regeneration by switching the engine off.
engine speed rises to approximately It may be possible to interrupt or cancel
2000–2500 rpm and the cooling fan manual regeneration by pressing any
speed increases. A change in engine noise pedal.
due to the cooling fan and engine speed Note: To protect the exhaust system you
increase may be heard during the may not be able to restart the engine for 10
regeneration process. minutes.
Depending on the amount of soot Depending on the amount of time allowed
collected by the diesel particulate filter, for manual regeneration to operate, soot
the regeneration process varies depending may not have had sufficient time to be
on the outside air temperature and eliminated. The exhaust system may still
altitude. Manual regeneration may last up be very hot for several minutes after
to 40 minutes. regeneration.
When manual regeneration is complete If you switch the engine off during manual
the cooling fan and engine speed return to regeneration, turbo charger flutter occurs.
normal idling. The exhaust system remains This is a consequence of switching a diesel
very hot for several minutes after engine off during turbo charger boost
regeneration is complete. Do not reposition operation, which is normal.
the vehicle over dry leaves, dry grass or
other combustible materials until the
exhaust system has had sufficient time to
cool.
Diesel Particulate Filter Information Messages
Message Action
Exhaust filter at limit Drive • Drive at a varied range of conditions, including highway
to clean now conditions for 20 minutes or until the message disap-
pears.
• Avoid prolonged engine idling.
• Select a suitable gear to maintain engine speed
between 1500 and 4000 RPM.
Exhaust filter over limit • Drive at a moderate speed.

Service now • Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration.
• Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
152
First-Printing
High Voltage Battery
CHARGING THE HIGH Stopping Charging

VOLTAGE BATTERY The charge port unlock button is next to
the charge port.
AC Charging Unlock your vehicle.
Charging E302975
Press the charge port unlock
button to stop charging the high
Make sure that the convenience cord is voltage battery.
completely unwound before charging. Note: If the convenience cord remains
1. Shift into park (P), apply the parking connected, charging resumes after a short
brake and switch the ignition off. period of time.
2. Plug the convenience cord into the AC Disconnecting the Convenience
outlet. Cord
1. Unlock your vehicle.
2. Press the charge port unlock button.
5
3. Disconnect the convenience cord
coupler from the charge port.
Note: You cannot disconnect the
convenience cord coupler until charging has
been stopped or completed.
Note: Do not use excesive force to
disconnect the convenience cord coupler.
This could damage the charge port and the
convenience cord coupler.
3 4 4. Install the charge port cover.
E302204 5. Close the charge port door.
3. Fully open the charge port door. 6. Disconnect the convenience cord plug
from the AC outlet.
4. Remove the charge port cover.
Note: Do not disconnect the convenience
5. Plug the convenience cord coupler into cord plug from the AC outlet when the
the vehicle charge port. vehicle is charging. This could damage the
Note: Make sure that you fully engage the AC outlet and the convenience cord.
Note: It takes approximately four to six
hours to completely charge a discharged
battery.
Note: If you are using a 230 V charging
station, follow the instructions on the
charging station.
153
First-Printing
HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY LOCATING THE CHARGING

PRECAUTIONS EQUIPMENT
The convenience cord is in a bag under the
WARNING: Do not use the 230 V front passenger seat.
convenience cord with an extension cord,
two-prong adapter, surge protector, CHARGING EQUIPMENT
timer or other adapter.
INDICATORS
WARNING: The AC wall plug must
fit firmly into the AC outlet. If the The convenience cord has indicators
connection feels loose, worn or the AC showing the charging status.
outlet is damaged, please have a
qualified electrician replace the AC
outlet. Using a convenience cord with a
worn outlet may cause burns, property
damage and increase the risk of electric A
shock.
WARNING: This battery pack

should only be serviced by an authorized
B
electric vehicle technician. Improper
handling can result in personal injury or
death. C
CHARGING EQUIPMENT
REQUIREMENTS E299688
Your electrical source must meet certain Charging

requirements for the high voltage batteries Item Indicator Color
Status
to charge:
A Green. Power.
• Make sure that the AC outlet is properly
grounded and in good condition. B Red. Fault.
• Use a dedicated circuit, which means
you cannot have other appliances Check AC
C Amber.
connected to the same circuit. outlet.
Note: If you do not have a dedicated circuit,

contact a qualified electrician for proper
installation.
154
First-Printing
Convenience Cord Indicators

Description
Green Red Amber
The convenience cord is connected to the AC outlet

On Off Off
and ready to charge your vehicle.
If all indicators are off after connecting to the AC
Off Off Off outlet, your vehicle is not charging. Use a different
AC outlet.
The convenience cord is overheating. Check the AC
On Flashing On outlet. If the convenience cord still overheats, use a
different AC outlet.
The convenience cord is charging at a reduced
current rate due to AC outlet overheating. Check the
On Off Flashing
AC outlet. If the AC outlet still overheats, use a
different AC outlet.
The convenience cord plug has overheated. Your
On On Flashing vehicle is not charging. Have the AC outlet checked
On or The AC outlet has malfunctioned. Your vehicle is not
Double
On double charging. Have the AC outlet checked as soon as
flashing
flashing possible. Use a different AC outlet.
The vehicle has malfunctioned. Your vehicle is not
On or
On Off charging. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
flashing
possible.
155
First-Printing
LOCATING THE CHARGE PORT Note: If the charge port indicators flash red,
there is a charging equipment malfunction.
The charge port is on the left-hand side of Disconnect the convenience cord coupler,
your vehicle, under the headlamp. then connect it again to the charge port. If
the charge port indicators still flash red, try
another convenience cord or charging
CHARGE PORT INDICATORS station.
The indicators around the charge port are

divided into five segments. They display HIGH VOLTAGE SHUTOFF
the high voltage battery state of charge in SWITCH
20 percent increments.
In the event of a moderate to severe crash,
the high voltage shutoff switch stops the
power going from the high voltage battery.
Not every impact causes a shutoff.
Should your vehicle shutoff after a crash,
attempt to restart your vehicle:
1. Turn the key to position 0.
2. Press the brake pedal.
3. Turn the key to position III.
E298350 The indicator illuminates when
E301197 your vehicle is ready to drive.
A. State of charge 80-100%. Note: If your vehicle does not restart after
a third attempt, have your vehicle checked
B. State of charge 60-80%. as soon as possible.
C. State of charge 40-60%.
D. State of charge 20-40%.
E. State of charge 0-20%.
Note: The charge port indicators flash blue
to confirm you have correctly engaged the
Note: If the charge port indicators
illuminate red, there is a charging
malfunction. Disconnect the convenience
cord coupler, then connect it again to the
charge port. If the charge port indicators still
illuminate red, have your vehicle checked.
156
First-Printing
Transmission
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
General Information
Do not rest your hand on the gearshift lever
or use the gearshift lever to hang and
support objects. This could cause damage
to the transmission not covered by the
vehicle Warranty.
Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal
or use the clutch pedal to keep your vehicle
stationary when waiting on a hill. This
could cause damage to the clutch not
covered by the vehicle Warranty. E99067
Failure to fully press the clutch pedal could 3. Raise the collar and shift into reverse
cause increased shift efforts, prematurely gear.
wear transmission components or damage
to the transmission.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
If any gear is not fully engaged, fully press
the clutch pedal and shift into neutral. - PLUG-IN HYBRID ELECTRIC
Release the clutch pedal for a moment, VEHICLE (PHEV)
fully press the clutch pedal again and shift
into gear.
Shifting Into Reverse Gear WARNING: Do not apply the brake

pedal and accelerator pedal
Do not shift into reverse gear when your simultaneously. Applying both pedals
vehicle is moving. This could cause simultaneously for more than a few
damage to the transmission not covered seconds will limit engine performance,
by the vehicle Warranty. which may result in difficulty maintaining
speed in traffic and could lead to serious
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
injury.
2. Fully press the clutch pedal and shift
into neutral. WARNING: When your vehicle is
stationary, keep the brake pedal fully
pressed when shifting gears. Failure to
personal injury, death or property
damage.
WARNING: Apply the parking

ignition off and remove the key before
injury or death.
157
First-Printing
Transmission
Selector Lever Positions Shifting Out of Park (P)

The instrument cluster displays the current
position. WARNING: Do not drive your
vehicle until you verify that the
Park (P)
stoplamps are working.
In park (P), power is not transmitted to the
driven wheels and the transmission is WARNING: If the parking brake is
locked. You can start the vehicle with the fully released, but the brake warning
transmission in this position. lamp remains illuminated, the brakes
may not be working properly. Have your
Shift into park (P) only when your vehicle vehicle checked as soon as possible.
is stationary.
Reverse (R) Use the brake shift interlock lever to move

the selector lever out of park (P) if you
Shift into reverse (R) only when your cannot start the vehicle.
vehicle is stationary.
In the event of an electrical malfunction,
Neutral (N) it is possible that a fuse has blown or the
stoplamps are not working.
WARNING: In neutral (N) your

WARNING: When doing this
vehicle has the ability to roll freely. If you
procedure, you need to take the
intend to leave your vehicle, make sure
transmission out of park (P) which
you apply the parking brake.
means your vehicle can roll freely. To
avoid unwanted vehicle movement,
In neutral (N), power is not transmitted to always fully apply the parking brake prior
the driven wheels but the transmission is to doing this procedure. Use wheels
not locked. chocks if appropriate.
Drive (D)
Drive (D) is the normal position for driving.
Low (L)
Low (L) provides maximum regenerative
braking. You can shift into low (L) at any
vehicle speed.
Brake Shift Interlock

About Brake Shift Interlock
Brake shift interlock prevents you from
shifting out of park (P) when you have
started your vehicle and not pressed the
brake pedal. E305705
158
First-Printing
Transmission
1. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, 4. Move the selector lever from park (P)
remove the panel. to neutral (N).
5. Install the panel.
6. Press the brake pedal, start the vehicle
and release the parking brake.
Transmission Not in Park (P)

Audible Warning
you have not moved the selector lever to
park (P).
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
3 - 6-SPEED AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
WARNING: Do not apply the brake

pedal and accelerator pedal
E182199 simultaneously. Applying both pedals
2. Locate the brake shift interlock lever. simultaneously for more than a few
seconds will limit engine performance,
which may result in difficulty maintaining
speed in traffic and could lead to serious
injury.
WARNING: When your vehicle is

stationary, keep the brake pedal fully
pressed when shifting gears. Failure to
personal injury, death or property
damage.
WARNING: Apply the parking

ignition off and remove the key before
injury or death.
E174827
3. Push the brake shift interlock lever Selector Lever Positions

toward the rear of your vehicle and
hold it there. The instrument cluster displays the current
position.
159
First-Printing
Transmission
Park (P) • Press the + button to upshift.

In park (P), power is not transmitted to the • Press the – button to downshift.
driven wheels and the transmission is Shift into another gear to switch the
locked. You can start the engine with the feature off.
transmission in this position.
Shift into park (P) only when your vehicle Brake Shift Interlock
is stationary. About Brake Shift Interlock
Reverse (R) Brake shift interlock prevents you from
shifting out of park (P) when you have
Shift into reverse (R) only when your
switched the ignition on and not pressed
vehicle is stationary and the engine is at
the brake pedal.
idle speed.
Shifting Out of Park (P)
Neutral (N)
WARNING: Do not drive your

WARNING: In neutral (N) your
vehicle until you verify that the
vehicle has the ability to roll freely. If you
stoplamps are working.
intend to leave your vehicle, make sure
you apply the parking brake.
WARNING: If the parking brake is
fully released, but the brake warning
In neutral (N), power is not transmitted to lamp remains illuminated, the brakes
the driven wheels but the transmission is may not be working properly. Have your
not locked. You can start the engine with vehicle checked as soon as possible.
the transmission in this position.
Drive (D) Use the brake shift interlock lever to move

the selector lever out of park (P) if you
Drive (D) is the normal position for driving. cannot start the engine.
Manual (M) In the event of an electrical malfunction,
it is possible that a fuse has blown or the
In manual (M), you can upshift or stoplamps are not working. See Fuse
downshift using the buttons on the Specification Chart (page 245).
selector lever.
If the vehicle battery has no charge, jump
SelectShift™ start your vehicle. See Jump Starting the
Vehicle (page 228).
About SelectShift™
Use this feature to upshift or downshift WARNING: When doing this
using the buttons on the selector lever. procedure, you need to take the
transmission out of park (P) which
Using SelectShift™ means your vehicle can roll freely. To
Shift into manual (M) to switch the feature avoid unwanted vehicle movement,
on. always fully apply the parking brake prior
to doing this procedure. Use wheels
chocks if appropriate.
160
First-Printing
Transmission
2. Locate the brake shift interlock lever.
E182198
1. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver,

remove the panel.
E174827
3. Push the brake shift interlock lever

toward the rear of your vehicle and
hold it there.
4. Move the selector lever from park (P)
to neutral (N).
5. Install the panel.
6. Press the brake pedal, start the engine
and release the parking brake.
Transmission Not in Park (P)

3 Audible Warning
you have not moved the selector lever to
park (P).
E182199
161
First-Printing
Transmission
Automatic Transmission Information Messages
Message Description
Transmission malfunc- The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
tion Service now your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Transmission Service
required
Transmission overtemper- The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop your
ature Stop safely vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so, leave the engine running
and allow the transmission to cool. Wait until the message
Transmission over- disappears.
heating Stop safely
Transmission too hot
Press brake
Transmission limited The transmission has limited functionality. The system has
function See manual detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle
Transmission warming Displays at low outside temperatures, if it takes a few seconds
up Please wait for the transmission to engage a gear.
Fully press the brake pedal until the message disappears.
Transmission not in Park Displays as a reminder to shift into park (P).
162
First-Printing
Brakes
GENERAL INFORMATION Brake Assist

Brake assist detects when you brake
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
heavily by measuring the rate at which you
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
press the brake pedal. It provides
continuous squeal sound is present, the
maximum braking efficiency as long as you
brake linings may be worn-out. If your
press the pedal. Brake assist can reduce
vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder
stopping distances in critical situations.
in the steering wheel while braking, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Anti-lock Brake System
dealer.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the This system helps you maintain steering
wheels, even under normal driving control and vehicle stability during
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the emergency stops by keeping the brakes
brakes wear. See Cleaning the Wheels from locking.
(page 305).
Note: Depending on applicable laws and HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
regulations in the country for which your ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
vehicle was originally built, the brake lamps
may flash during heavy braking. Following The anti-lock braking system does not
this the hazard warning flashers may also eliminate the risks when:
flash when your vehicle comes to a stop. • You drive too closely to the vehicle in
Wet brakes result in reduced braking front of you.
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a • Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
few times when driving from a car wash or
standing water to dry the brakes. • You take corners too fast.
• The road surface is poor.
Brake Over Accelerator
Note: If the system activates, the brake
In the event the accelerator pedal pedal may pulse and may travel further.
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You
and firm pressure to the brake pedal to may also hear a noise from the system. This
slow the vehicle and reduce engine power. is normal.
If you experience this condition, apply the
brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe
stop. Shift the transmission to park (P)
PARKING BRAKE -
(automatic transmission) or to a low gear AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
(manual transmission), switch the engine
off and apply the parking brake. Inspect
the accelerator pedal and the area around WARNING: Always fully apply the
it for any items or debris that may be parking brake and make sure you shift
obstructing its movement. If none are into park (P). Switch the ignition off and
found and the condition persists, have your remove the key whenever you leave your
vehicle towed to the dealer for service. vehicle.
To apply the parking brake:

1. Firmly press the brake pedal.
163
First-Printing
Brakes
2. Pull the parking brake lever upward to 3. Press the release button and push the
its fullest extent. lever down.
Note: Do not press the release button when
pulling the parking brake lever upward. HILL START ASSIST
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing uphill, shift into park (P) and turn the
steering wheel away from the curb. WARNING: The system does not
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and replace the parking brake. When you
facing downhill, shift into park (P) and turn leave your vehicle, always apply the
the steering wheel toward the curb. parking brake.
To release the parking brake: WARNING: You must remain in
1. Firmly press the brake pedal. your vehicle when the system turns on.
At all times, you are responsible for
2. Slightly pull the parking brake lever
controlling your vehicle, supervising the
upward.
system and intervening, if required.
3. Press the release button and push the Failure to take care may result in the loss
parking brake lever downward. of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
PARKING BRAKE - MANUAL WARNING: The system will turn
TRANSMISSION off if a malfunction is apparent or if you
rev the engine excessively. Failure to take
care may result in the loss of control of
WARNING: Always set the parking your vehicle, serious personal injury or
brake fully. death.
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and The system makes it easier to pull away
facing uphill select first gear and turn the when your vehicle is on a slope without the
steering wheel away from the curb. need to use the parking brake.
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and When the system is active, your vehicle will
facing downhill select reverse gear and turn remain stationary on the slope for two to
the steering wheel toward the curb. three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows time to move your foot
Note: Do not press the release button while from the brake to the accelerator pedal.
pulling the lever up. The system releases the brakes
To apply the parking brake: automatically once the engine has
developed sufficient drive to prevent your
1. Press the foot brake pedal firmly. vehicle from rolling down the slope. This
2. Pull the parking brake lever up to its is an advantage when pulling away on a
fullest extent. slope, for example from a car park ramp,
traffic lights or when reversing uphill into
To release the parking brake:
a parking space.
1. Press the brake pedal firmly.
Note: The system will not operate if the
2. Pull the lever up slightly. parking brake is applied.
164
First-Printing
Brakes
Note: There is no warning light to indicate

the system is either on or off.
Using Hill Start Assist

1. Press the brake pedal to bring your
vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
the brake pedal pressed.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle
is on a slope, the system will activate
automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle will remain
on the slope without rolling away for
approximately two to three seconds.
This hold time will automatically be
extended if you are in the process of
driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
system will release the brakes
automatically.
Note: When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal and press the pedal again when
the system is active, you will experience
significantly reduced brake pedal travel. This
is normal.
Switching the System On and Off

Vehicles with Manual Transmission
You can switch this feature on or off in the
information display. The system
remembers the last setting when you start
your vehicle.
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission

You cannot turn the system on or off.
When you switch the ignition on, the
system automatically turns on.
165
First-Printing
Traction Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels
and, when needed, reduces engine power
at the same time. If the wheels spin when
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,
the system reduces engine power in order
to increase traction.
USING TRACTION CONTROL

The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,
switching traction control off may be
beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin.
When you switch traction control off,
stability control remains fully active.
Switching the System Off and On

Using the Information Display
Controls
If required, you can switch this feature off
using the information display controls. See
General Information (page 81).
Switching the System Off Using

the Switch (If Equipped)
The location of the switch is on the
instrument panel.
Press the switch. You will see a message
in conjunction with an illuminated icon in
the display. Press the switch again to
return the system to normal mode.
166
First-Printing
Stability Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Stability Control Warning Lamp

Flashes during operation. See
Electronic Stability Control Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 75).
WARNING: The system is designed
to aid the driver. It is not intended to
Side-Wind Stabilization (If Equipped)
replace your attention and judgment. The system applies the brakes on one side
You are still responsible to drive with due of your vehicle to reduce the effect of a
care and attention. sudden side-wind gust on your vehicle's
path. When the system turns on, the
The system supports stability when your stability and traction control light flashes,
vehicle starts to slide away from your and a message may appear in the
intended path. The system does this by information display. You may notice a
braking individual wheels and reducing slight deceleration and may still need to
engine torque. make a steering correction to maintain the
The system also provides an enhanced intended vehicle path. The system does
traction control function by reducing not turn on for a continuous side-wind or
engine torque if the wheels spin when you during turns.
accelerate. This helps to pull away on
slippery roads or loose surfaces, and USING STABILITY CONTROL
improves comfort by limiting wheel spin in
hairpin bends. Note: The system automatically turns on
each time you switch the ignition on.
You can switch the traction control system

off and on. See Using Traction Control
B (page 166).
B
A
A B A
E72903
A Without ESC.
B With ESC.
167
First-Printing
Parking Aids (If Equipped)
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The sensing system warns the driver of

obstacles within a certain range of your
vehicle. The system automatically turns
on each time you switch the ignition on.
WARNING: The system may not
detect objects with surfaces that absorb You can turn the system on or
reflection. Always drive with due care off by pressing the parking aid
E139213 button. If your vehicle does not
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash. have a parking aid button, the system can
be switched off through the information
WARNING: To help avoid personal display menu or from the pop-up message
injury, always use caution when in that appears once you shift the
reverse (R) and when using the sensing transmission into reverse (R). See
system. General Information (page 81).
WARNING: Traffic control systems, If a fault is present in the system, a warning

inclement weather, air brakes, external message appears in the information
motors and fans may affect the correct display and does not allow you to switch
operation of the sensing system.This the system on.
may cause reduced performance or false See Information Messages (page 86).
alerts.
WARNING: The system may not REAR PARKING AID

detect small or moving objects,
particularly those close to the ground.
Note: Some accessories such as large detect objects with surfaces that absorb
trailer hitches, bike or surfboard racks can reflection. Always drive with due care
cause reduced performance or false alerts. and attention. Failure to take care may
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice result in a crash.
and large accumulations of dirt. Blocked
sensors may affect system accuracy. Do WARNING: The system may not
not clean the sensors with sharp objects. detect small or moving objects,
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage
leaving the sensors misaligned, this will WARNING: To help avoid personal
cause inaccurate measurements or false injury, always use caution when in
alerts. reverse (R) and when using the sensing
Note: The sensing system cannot be turned system.
off when a MyKey is present. See Principle
of Operation (page 43). WARNING: The parking aid system
can only assist you to detect objects
We recommend that you take some time when your vehicle is moving at parking
to get to know the system and its speeds. To help avoid personal injury you
limitations by reading this section. must take care when using the parking
aid system.
168
First-Printing
If the system malfunctions, a message

Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover up the sensors.
Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp
objects.
leaving the sensors misaligned, this may
cause inaccurate measurements or false
alerts.
Note: Some add-on accessories, for
example large trailer hitches or bike or E130178
surfboard racks can cause reduced
performance or false alerts. Sensor coverage area is up to 180 cm
(70 in) from the rear bumper.
The sensors are active when the
transmission is in reverse (R) and the The system detects large objects when
vehicle speed is less than 5 km/h (3 mph). you shift into reverse (R) and any of the
When the parking aid system sounds a following occur:
tone, the audio system may reduce the set • Your vehicle is moving backward at low
volume. speed.
A warning tone sounds when an object • Your vehicle is stationary but an object
approaches your vehicle. As your vehicle is approaching the rear of your vehicle
moves closer to an object, the rate of the at low speed.
tone increases. The warning tone • Your vehicle is moving backward at low
continuously sounds when an object is speed and an object is moving toward
30 cm (12 in) or less from the center of the your vehicle, for example another
rear bumper. vehicle at low speed.
Note: There is a decreased coverage area If your vehicle remains stationary for two
at the outer corners. seconds the audible warning turns off. If
your vehicle moves backward the tone
sounds again.
Note: If the detected object is 30 cm (12 in)
or less from the rear bumper, the audible
warning does not turn off.
Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped)

When you shift into reverse (R), the system
provides object distance indication through
the information display.
169
First-Printing
• As the distance to the object • If there is no object detected, the

decreases, the indicator blocks distance indicator blocks are gray.
illuminate and move toward the vehicle
icon.
Rear Parking Aid Information Messages
Message Description
Park Pilot malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Check Park Pilot The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Check rear Park Pilot The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Rear Park Pilot not available A sensor is blocked or the system has malfunctioned.
Sensor blocked See manual Clean the bumper or remove any obstruction. If the
message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked

FRONT PARKING AID Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp
objects.
WARNING: The system may not leaving the sensors misaligned, this may
detect objects with surfaces that absorb cause inaccurate measurements or false
reflection. Always drive with due care alerts.
and attention. Failure to take care may The sensors are active when the
result in a crash. transmission is in any position other than
park (P). When the parking aid system
WARNING: The system may not sounds a tone, the audio system may
detect small or moving objects, reduce the set volume.
A warning tone sounds when an object
WARNING: The parking aid system approaches your vehicle. As your vehicle
can only assist you to detect objects moves closer to an object, the rate of the
when your vehicle is moving at parking tone increases. The warning tone
speeds. To help avoid personal injury you continuously sounds when an object is
must take care when using the parking 30 cm (12 in) or less from the front bumper.
aid system. The system turns off when the vehicle
speed reaches 8 km/h (5 mph).
The sensors are on the front bumper.
170
First-Printing
• As the distance to the object

decreases, the indicator blocks
illuminate and move toward the vehicle
icon.
• If there is no object detected, the
distance indicator blocks are gray.
When you shift into reverse (R), the system
provides audio warnings and visual
indication when your vehicle is moving and
the detected object is moving toward your
vehicle. When you stop your vehicle, the
E187330 audio warnings stop after two seconds.
Visual indication remains on when the
Sensor coverage area is up to 70 cm
transmission is in reverse (R).
(28 in) from the center of the bumper.
When you shift into any forward gear, the
If the transmission is in reverse (R), the
system provides audio warnings and visual
system detects objects when your vehicle
indication when your vehicle is moving at
is moving at low speed or an object is
a speed of approximately 8 km/h (5 mph)
moving toward your vehicle, for example
or below and the system detects an object
another vehicle at low speed. When you
within the detection zone. When you stop
stop your vehicle, the audible warning turns
your vehicle, the audio warnings stop after
off after two seconds.
two seconds and visual indication stops
If the transmission is in any forward gear, after four seconds.
the system provides audible warnings
Note: If the detected object is 30 cm (12 in)
when your vehicle is moving and an object
or less from your vehicle, visual indication
is within the detection area. When you stop
remains on.
your vehicle, the audible warning turns off
after two seconds and the visual warning When you shift into neutral (N), the system
turns off after four seconds. only provides visual indication if your
vehicle is moving at a speed of
Press the parking aid button to
approximately 8 km/h (5 mph) or below,
switch the system off.
E139213 for example, your vehicle is moving on a
slope, and the system detects an object
If the system malfunctions, a message moving toward your vehicle. When you
appears in the information display. stop your vehicle, visual indication stops
after four seconds.
Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped)
The system provides object distance
indication through the information display.
171
First-Printing
Front Parking Aid Information Messages
Message Description
Park Pilot malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Check Park Pilot The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Check front Park Pilot The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Front Park Pilot not avail- A sensor is blocked or the system has malfunctioned.
able Sensor blocked See Clean the bumper or remove any obstruction. If the
manual message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked

objects.
SIDE SENSING SYSTEM
cause inaccurate measurements or false
WARNING: The system may not alerts.
detect objects with surfaces that absorb
reflection. Always drive with due care Note: If you switch traction control off, the
and attention. Failure to take care may side sensing system also turns off.
result in a crash. Note: Some accessories, for example large
trailer hitches or bike or surfboard racks can
WARNING: The system may not cause reduced performance or false alerts.
detect small or moving objects,
particularly those close to the ground. Note: The system does not detect an object
that is moving toward the side of your
WARNING: To help avoid personal vehicle, for example another vehicle moving
injury, always use caution when in at low speed, if it does not pass a front or
reverse (R) and when using the sensing rear sensor.
system. The system uses the front and rear
outermost parking aid sensors to detect
WARNING: The parking aid system objects that are near to the sides of your
can only assist you to detect objects vehicle. The system displays them on a
when your vehicle is moving at parking virtual map in the information display as
speeds. To help avoid personal injury you your vehicle moves past them.
must take care when using the parking
aid system. The sensors are on the front and rear
bumpers.
172
First-Printing
The system may not function if: Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped)
• You switch the ignition on, off and back
on within a few seconds.
• Your vehicle remains stationary for over
two minutes.
• The anti-lock brake system activates.
• The traction control system activates.
To reinitialize the system, you may have to
drive your vehicle approximately 3 m
(10 ft).
E190459
The system provides object distance

indication through the information display.
• As the distance to the object
decreases, the indicator blocks
E190458 illuminate and move toward the vehicle
icon.
The sensor coverage area is up to 60 cm • If there is no object detected, the
(24 in) from the side of your vehicle. distance indicator blocks are gray.
When the system detects an object within When you shift into reverse (R), the system
the coverage area and the driving path of provides audible warnings and visual
your vehicle, an audible warning sounds. indication when detected objects are
As the object moves closer to your vehicle, within 60 cm (24 in) and are inside the
the rate of the tone increases. driving path of your vehicle. When you stop
your vehicle, the audible warnings turn off
after two seconds.
173
First-Printing
When you shift into any forward gear, the

system provides audible warnings and WARNING: You are responsible for
visual indication when your vehicle is controlling your vehicle at all times. The
moving at a speed of approximately system is designed to be an aid and does
8 km/h (5 mph) or below and the system not relieve you of your responsibility to
detects an object within the detection drive with due care and attention. Failure
zone. When you stop your vehicle, the to follow this instruction could result in
audible warnings turn off after two the loss of control of your vehicle,
seconds and visual indication turns off personal injury or death.
after four seconds.
When you shift into neutral (N), the system The active park assist button is
only provides visual indication if your located on the instrument panel.
vehicle is moving at a speed of
approximately 8 km/h (5 mph) or below.
For example, your vehicle is moving on a Driving into a Parking Space
slope, and the system detects an object 1. Press the active park assist button.
moving toward your vehicle. When you
stop your vehicle, visual indication turns Note: The system searches for parallel
off after four seconds. parking spaces on the passenger side. Press
the active park assist button again to make
If the system is not available, the side the system search for perpendicular spaces.
distance indicator blocks do not display.
2. Use the direction indicator lever to
search for a parking space on the driver
ACTIVE PARK ASSIST or passenger side of your vehicle.
3. Drive your vehicle approximately 1 m
The system assists parking into and out of (3 ft) away from and parallel to the
parking spaces. Sensors are used to detect other parked vehicles when searching
parking spaces. The system then steers as for a parking space.
required to maneuver into or out of a
parking space. You control the accelerator, Note: A tone sounds and a message
brakes and changing gears. appears in the information display when
active park assist finds a suitable parking
Using Active Park Assist space.
4. Bring your vehicle to a complete
standstill.
WARNING: You must remain in
your vehicle when the system turns on. 5. Release the steering wheel and shift
At all times, you are responsible for into reverse (R).
controlling your vehicle, supervising the 6. Drive backward and your vehicle steers
system and intervening, if required. itself into the parking space.
Failure to take care may result in the loss 7. Follow the instructions on the
of control of your vehicle, serious information display.
Note: When parking is complete, a tone
WARNING: The sensors may not sounds and an information message
detect objects in heavy rain or other appears.
conditions that cause interference.
174
First-Printing
Leaving a Parking Space Canceling Active Park Assist

The system assists leaving only parallel To cancel parking assistance at any time,
parking spaces. press the active park assist button or turn
1. Press the active park assist button. the steering wheel.
2. Use the direction indicator lever to Note: It also cancels when your vehicle
choose the direction to leave. exceeds 9 km/h (6 mph).
3. Release the steering wheel and shift Brake System Intervention
into reverse (R).
When active park assist is controlling the
4. Follow the instructions on the steering, it may under certain conditions
information display. apply the brakes to slow or stop your
Note: After the system drives your vehicle vehicle.
to a position where you can exit the parking Note: This could cause the parking
space in a forward movement, a message assistance to cancel.
appears instructing you to take full control
of your vehicle.
Active Park Assist Troubleshooting
Symptom Possible Cause
The system does not search for You may have switched traction control off.
a parking space.
The transmission is in reverse (R). Your vehicle must
be moving forward to be able to detect a parking space.
The system does not offer a The sensors may be blocked. For example, snow, ice
parking space. or large accumulations of dirt. Blocked sensors can
affect how the system functions.
The sensors in the front or rear bumper could be
damaged.
There is not enough room in the parking space for your
vehicle to safely park.
There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on
the opposite side of the parking space.
The parking space is more than 1.5 m (5 ft) or less than
0.5 m (2 ft) away.
The vehicle speed is greater than 35 km/h (22 mph)
for parallel parking or greater than 30 km/h (19 mph)
for perpendicular parking.
175
First-Printing
Symptom Possible Cause
You recently disconnected or replaced the battery. After

you reconnect the battery you must drive your vehicle
on a straight road for a short period of time.
The system does not correctly An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the
position your vehicle in a system from correctly aligning your vehicle.
parking space.
Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be
correctly parked.
Your vehicle stopped too far past the parking space.
The tires may not be correctly installed or maintained.
For example, not inflated correctly, improper size, or of
different sizes.
A repair or alteration changes the detection capabilities.
A parked vehicle has a high attachment. For example,
a salt sprayer, snowplow or moving truck bed.
The parking space length or position of parked objects
changes after your vehicle passes the space.
You are using a spare tire or a tire that is significantly
worn more than the other tires.
The temperature around your vehicle quickly changes.
For example, driving from a heated garage into cold
outside temperature, or after leaving a car wash.
REAR VIEW CAMERA WARNING: Reverse your vehicle

slowly. Failure to follow this instruction
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: The rear view camera
system is a reverse aid supplement WARNING: To help avoid personal
device that still requires the driver to use injury always use caution when in reverse
it in conjunction with the interior and (R) and when using the rear view
exterior mirrors for maximum coverage. camera.
WARNING: Objects that are close WARNING: Do not switch the
to either corner of the bumper or under camera features on or off when your
the bumper, might not be seen on the vehicle is moving.
screen due to the limited coverage of the
camera system.
176
First-Printing
The rear view camera provides an image

of the area behind your vehicle. During
operation, lines appear in the display that
represents the path of your vehicle and
proximity to objects behind it.
Rear View Camera Positions
WARNING: Use caution when the

rear cargo door is ajar. If the rear cargo
door is ajar, the camera will be out of
position and the video image may be
incorrect. All guidelines disappear when
the rear cargo door is ajar. Failure to
personal injury. E142834
The camera is on the rear cargo door or

liftgate.
Using the Rear View Camera

The rear view camera system displays
what is behind your vehicle when you shift
the transmission into reverse (R).
Note: When towing, the camera only sees
what you are towing. In some vehicles, the
guidelines may disappear when you connect
the trailer tow connector.
The system may not correctly operate in
any of the following conditions:
• Nighttime or dark areas if the reverse
E142833 lamps are not operating.
• If the camera is obstructed. Clean the
lens with a soft, lint-free cloth and
non-abrasive cleaner.
• The camera is misaligned due to
damage to the rear of your vehicle.
Rear View Camera Guidelines
WARNING: Objects above the

camera may not be visible. Check the
area behind your vehicle when necessary.
177
First-Printing
The system uses three types of

E Fixed guidelines. Show the
guidelines to help you see what is actual path of your vehicle when
behind your vehicle: reversing in a straight line. Red
zone.
A B C D E F Rear bumper.
Note: Active guidelines are only available
when the transmission is in reverse (R).
Active guidelines are only available with
fixed guidelines. To use active guidelines,
turn the steering wheel to point the
guidelines toward an intended path. If you
change the steering wheel position when
reversing, your vehicle might deviate from
the original intended path.
Note: Guidelines do not display if the rear
cargo door is open.
The fixed and active guidelines fade in and
out depending on the steering wheel
position. When the steering wheel position
is straight the active guidelines do not
display. Objects in the red zone are closest
to your vehicle and objects in the green
zone are further from your vehicle.
F Manual Zoom
E142436
A Active guidelines. Show the WARNING: When manual zoom is

intended path of your vehicle on, the full area behind your vehicle may
when reversing. not show. Be aware of your surroundings
when using the manual zoom feature.
B Centerline. Helps you align the
center of your vehicle with a Press the zoom in or zoom out symbol to
trailer. change the view.
C Fixed guidelines. Show the Note: Manual zoom is only available when
actual path of your vehicle when you shift into reverse (R).
reversing in a straight line. Green
zone. Note: The rear bumper remains in the
image as a reference point.
D Fixed guidelines. Show the
actual path of your vehicle when Note: Only the centerline shows when you
reversing in a straight line. Yellow switch on manual zoom.
zone.
178
First-Printing
System Settings
You can adjust the camera settings using
the touchscreen. See Settings (page 382).
Rear View Camera Delay
You can switch this feature on or off using
the vehicle settings menu. The default
setting is off. See Settings (page 382).
If you switch this feature on, the image
continues to display when you shift from
reverse (R) until:
• The vehicle speed sufficiently
increases.
• You shift your vehicle into park (P).
• You apply the parking brake on vehicles
with a manual transmission.
Enhanced Parking Aids or Park

Pilot (If Equipped)
You can switch this feature on or off using
the vehicle settings menu. See Settings
(page 382).
The system shows an image of your vehicle
and the sensing zones. When the reverse
sensing system detects an object, the
zones display red, yellow and green
indicators to indicate the proximity of the
object.
179
First-Printing
Cruise Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The indicator appears when you switch the

system on.
Switching the System Off

relieve you of your responsibility to drive Press and release the cruise control icon,
with due care and attention. when the system is in standby mode or
switch the ignition off.
Cruise control allows you to control your Note: You erase the set speed when you
speed using the switches on the steering switch the system off.
wheel. You can use cruise control when
you exceed approximately 30 km/h Setting the Cruise Speed
(19 mph).
Drive to the desired speed.
USING CRUISE CONTROL Press the toggle button upward

to set the current speed.
Press the toggle button

WARNING: Do not use cruise downward to set the current
control on winding roads, in heavy traffic speed.
or when the road surface is slippery. This
could result in loss of vehicle control, Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
serious injury or death.
Note: The set speed appears in the
WARNING: When you are going information display.
downhill, your vehicle speed could
increase above the set speed. The Changing the Set Speed
system does not apply the brakes. Press the toggle button upward
to increase the set speed.
Your vehicle speed could decrease below
the set speed when driving uphill. To help
the system to maintain the set speed when
downward to decrease the set
going uphill, downshift to a lower gear.
speed.
Note: The system cancels if your vehicle
speed drops below 16 km/h (10 mph) under The set speed changes in small
the set speed when driving uphill. increments.
To help the system to maintain the set Note: Press and hold the toggle button
speed when going downhill, downshift to upward or downward to change the set
a lower gear. speed in larger increments.
The cruise controls are on the steering Note: If you accelerate by pressing the
wheel. accelerator pedal, the set speed will not
change. When you release the accelerator
Switching the System On pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that
you previously set.
Press the button.
E71340
180
First-Printing
Cruise Control
Canceling the Set Speed

Press the button, or tap the WARNING: The system is not a
brake pedal to cancel the set crash warning or avoidance system.
speed.
Note: The set speed is stored. detect pedestrians or objects in the road.
Resuming the Set Speed WARNING: The system does not
Press to resume the set speed. detect oncoming vehicles in the same
lane.

in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy
USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE rain, spray or snow.
CONTROL
WARNING: Do not use tire sizes
other than those recommended because
this can affect the normal operation of
WARNING: You are responsible for the system. Failure to do so may result
controlling your vehicle at all times. The in a loss of vehicle control, which could
system is designed to be an aid and does result in serious injury.
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure The system adjusts the vehicle speed to
to follow this instruction could result in maintain the set gap between you and the
the loss of control of your vehicle, vehicle in front of you in the same lane.
personal injury or death. You can select four gap settings.
WARNING: Pay close attention to The system uses a radar that projects a
changing road conditions such as beam directly in front of your vehicle.
entering or leaving a highway, on roads
with intersections or roundabouts, roads
without visible lanes of travel, roads that
are winding, slippery, unpaved, or steep
slopes.

detect stationary or slow moving
vehicles below 10 km/h (6 mph).

when towing a trailer that has
aftermarket electronic trailer brake E248321
controls. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your The adaptive cruise controls are on the
vehicle, personal injury or death. steering wheel.
181
First-Printing
Cruise Control
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control Following a Vehicle

On
Press to set the system in WARNING: When following a
standby mode. vehicle that is braking, your vehicle does
E144529
not always decelerate quickly enough to
avoid a crash without driver intervention.
Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure
WARNING: The system only warns

of vehicles detected by the radar sensor.
In some cases there may be no warning
E260516
or a delayed warning. Apply the brakes
The indicator, current gap setting and set when necessary. Failure to follow this
speed appear in the information display. instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed
When a vehicle ahead of you enters the
Drive to the required speed. same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in
Press the toggle button upward the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts
to set the current speed. to maintain a preset gap distance. A
vehicle graphic appears in the information
display.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
Note: When you are following a vehicle and
The indicator, current gap setting and set you switch on a direction indicator, adaptive
speed appear in the information display. cruise control may provide a small
temporary acceleration to help you pass.
Your vehicle maintains a consistent gap
from the vehicle ahead until:
• The vehicle in front of you accelerates
to a speed above the set speed.
• The vehicle in front of you moves out
of the lane you are in.
E249552 • You set a new gap distance.
A vehicle graphic appears in the The system applies the brakes to slow your
information display if the system detects vehicle to maintain a safe gap distance
a vehicle in front of you. from the vehicle in front. The system only
applies limited braking. You can override
Note: When adaptive cruise control is the system by applying the brakes.
active, the speedometer may vary slightly
from the set speed displayed in the If the system determines that its maximum
information display. braking level is not sufficient, an audible
warning sounds when the system
continues to brake. Take immediate action.
182
First-Printing
Cruise Control
Note: The brakes may emit noise when

applied by the system.
Setting the Gap Distance

You can decrease or increase the
distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle in front by
pressing the gap control.
E249552
Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap
appropriate to the driving conditions. The selected gap appears in the
information display as shown by the bars
in the image. You can select four gap
settings.
Adaptive Cruise Control Distance Between Vehicle Settings

Set Speed Graphic Display Time Gap - Distance Gap Dynamic Beha-
- Bars Indicated Seconds vior
km/h (mph) Between m (yd)
Vehicles
100 (62) 1 1 28 (31) Sport.

100 (62) 2 1.4 39 (43) Normal.
100 (62) 3 1.8 50 (55) Normal.
100 (62) 4 2.2 61 (67) Comfort.
When you switch the ignition on, the Changing the Set Speed
system selects the last chosen gap setting.
Press the toggle button upward
Overriding the System to increase the set speed.

WARNING: If you override the downward to decrease the set
system by pressing the accelerator speed.
pedal, it does not automatically apply
the brakes to maintain a gap from any You can adjust the set speed in small or
vehicle ahead. large increments. Press the toggle button
upward or downward once to adjust the
Use the accelerator pedal to intentionally set speed in small increments. Press and
exceed the set speed limit. hold the toggle button upward or
downward to adjust the set speed in large
When you override the system, the vehicle increments.
graphic disappears from the information
display.
183
First-Printing
Cruise Control
The system may apply the brakes to slow Hilly Condition Usage
your vehicle to the new set speed. The set
speed continuously displays in the Select a lower gear when the system is
information display when the system is active and you are driving downhill on
active. steep grades, for example in mountainous
areas. The system needs additional engine
Canceling the Set Speed braking in these situations to reduce the
load on the brake system to prevent it from
Press the button, or tap the overheating.
brake pedal.
Note: A tone sounds and the system turns
off if it applies brakes for an extended period
The last set speed displays with a of time. This allows the brakes to cool. The
strikethrough and the last gap setting system operates after the brakes cool.
appears but does not erase.
Note: The set speed also cancels if you Switching Adaptive Cruise Control
press the clutch pedal for an extended Off
period. Press the button.
Resuming the Set Speed E144529
Press the button. Note: The set speed erases when you
switch the system off.
Detection Issues
The vehicle speed returns to the previously
set speed and gap setting. The set speed
continuously shows in the information WARNING: On rare occasions,
display when the system is active. detection issues can occur due to the
Note: Only use resume if you are aware of road infrastructures, for example bridges,
the set speed and intend to return to it. tunnels and safety barriers. In these
cases, the system may brake late or
Automatic Cancellation unexpectedly. At all times, you are
responsible for controlling your vehicle,
The system does not operate if the vehicle supervising the system and intervening,
speed is below 20 km/h (12 mph). A tone if required.
sounds and adaptive braking releases if
the vehicle speed falls below 20 km/h WARNING: If the system
(12 mph). malfunctions, have your vehicle checked
Automatic cancellation can also occur as soon as possible.
when:
The radar has a limited field of view. It does
• The tires lose traction.
not detect all vehicles in all situations and
• The engine speed is too low. could detect vehicles later that you expect.
• You apply the parking brake. The lead vehicle graphic does not display
if the system does not detect a vehicle in
Note: If the engine speed drops too low, front of you.
the information display advises you to shift
to a lower gear.
184
First-Printing
Cruise Control
If something hits the front of your vehicle

or damage occurs, the radar-sensing zone
may change. This could cause the system
to malfunction. Have your vehicle checked
System Not Available

The system may not turn on if there is:
• A blocked sensor.
• High brake temperature.
• A failure in the system or a related
system.
Adaptive Cruise Control System

Sensors

operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from
obstruction.
E71621
Detection issues can occur:

A When driving on a different line
than the vehicle in front.
B With vehicles that edge into your
lane. The system can only detect E243054
these vehicles once they fully
move into your lane. The camera is mounted behind the interior
mirror.
C There may be issues with the
detection of vehicles in front
when driving into and coming out
of a bend or curve in the road.
In these cases, the system may brake late

or unexpectedly. You should stay alert and
take action when necessary.
185
First-Printing
Cruise Control
A message displays if something obstructs

the radar signals from the sensor. The
system cannot detect a vehicle ahead and
does not function when something blocks
the sensor.
Note: You cannot see the sensor, it is
behind a fascia panel.
Note: Keep the front of your vehicle free of
dirt, metal badges or objects. Vehicle front
protectors, aftermarket lights, additional
paint or plastic coatings could also degrade
E244279
sensor performance.
The radar is behind the front grille below
the license plate.
Cause Action
The surface of the radar in the radiator grille Clean the radiator grille in front of the radar
is dirty or obstructed. or remove any obstruction.
The surface of the radar is clean but the Wait a short period of time. It may take
message remains in the display. several minutes for the radar to detect that
it is free from obstruction.
Heavy rain or snow interfere with the radar Do not use the system in these conditions
signals. because it may not detect any vehicles
ahead.
Swirling water, snow or ice on the surface Do not use the system in these conditions
of the road interfere with the radar signals. because it may not detect any vehicles
ahead.
You are in a desert or remote area with no Wait a short period of time or switch to
other vehicles and no roadside objects. normal cruise control.
Due to the nature of radar technology, a Switching to Normal Cruise

blocked sensor message could display Control
when the sensor is not blocked. This can
happen, for example, when driving in
sparse rural or desert environments. A false WARNING: Normal cruise control
blocked condition self clears or clears after will not brake when your vehicle is
you switch the ignition off and on. approaching slower vehicles. Always be
aware of which mode you have selected
and apply the brakes when necessary.
186
First-Printing
Cruise Control
You can change from adaptive cruise information display.

control to cruise control using the
To switch between adaptive cruise control and normal cruise control, use the
information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following:
Menu Item Action
Driver assist. Press the menu button.

Cruise control Press the OK button.
Mode Press the OK button. Press the toggle button upward or
downward to choose your required setting. Press the OK
button.
The cruise control indicator

replaces the adaptive cruise Adaptive Cruise Control Indicator
E71340 control indicator if you select The indicator appears when you
normal cruise control. The gap setting switch the system on.
does not display, the system does not E144524
automatically respond to lead vehicles and

The indicator appears in the information
adaptive braking does not activate. The
display when the system is in standby
system remembers the last setting when
mode and when you set the adaptive
you start your vehicle.
cruise speed.
Adaptive Cruise Control Information Messages
Message Action
Adaptive cruise control The radar has reduced visibility.

not available Sensor
blocked See manual
Adaptive cruise control The system is not available.
not available
Adaptive cruise control The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
malfunction as soon as possible.
Cruise control active You have switched normal cruise control on. Adaptive braking
Adaptive braking off turns off.
187
First-Printing
Cruise Control
Adaptive Cruise Control With Note: The system does not set the vehicle
Speed Sign Recognition (If Equipped) speed to speed limits shown with a
supplementary traffic sign in the information
display.
WARNING: You are responsible for Note: You can override the set speed at any
controlling your vehicle at all times. The time.
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to Note: The adaptive cruise control gap
drive with due care and attention. Failure setting normally operates.
Switching Between the Cruise
the loss of control of your vehicle,
Control Modes
You can change between the cruise control
The system combines speed sign modes using the information display.
recognition with adaptive cruise control.
The system allows you to set the vehicle
speed to the speed limit detected by the
speed sign recognition system. For
example, if the speed sign recognition
system detects a 80 km/h (50 mph)
speed limit, the vehicle speed is set to
80 km/h (50 mph).
To switch between the cruise control modes, use the information display controls
on the steering wheel to select the following:
Menu Item Action

Mode Press the OK button. Press the toggle button upward or
downward to choose your required setting. Press the OK
button.
If you select this mode, a bracket appears

Intelligent Mode around the set speed and the detected
speed limit sign in the information display.
The system is designed to set the vehicle
speed sign recognition system before your
vehicle passes the speed limit sign.
Under certain conditions, the system may
not adjust the vehicle speed until after your
vehicle passes the speed limit sign.
E265663
188
First-Printing
Cruise Control
Note: The set speed adjusts when the Adjusting the Set Speed Tolerance
system detects a different maximum speed Settings
limit.
You can set a permanent speed tolerance
If the system does not detect a speed limit, that is above or below the detected speed
the vehicle speed remains at the current limit through the tolerance menu in the
set speed. information display.
Automatic Cancellation
If the speed sign recognition system
detects a speed limit below the minimum
adaptive cruise control set speed, a tone
sounds and the system returns to standby
mode.
To adjust the speed tolerance setting, use the information display controls on
the steering wheel to select the following:
Menu Item Action

Tolerance Press the OK button. Press the toggle button upward or
downward to choose your required speed setting. Press the
OK button.
Normal Mode
Adaptive Mode
If you select this mode, normal cruise
If you select this mode, adaptive cruise
control operates. The gap setting does not
control operates with manual set speed
display, the system does not automatically
input. The system does not set the vehicle
respond to lead vehicles and adaptive
braking does not activate.
speed sign recognition system.
Adaptive Cruise Control With Speed Sign Recognition Information

Messages
Message Action
Adaptive cruise control Navigation system based speed limit information is not
Speed sign recognition available. If the message continues to appear, have your
not available vehicle checked as soon as possible.
189
First-Printing
Driving Aids
SPEED LIMITER You can adjust the set speed in small or

large increments. Press the toggle button
Principle of Operation upward or downward once to adjust the
set speed in small increments. Press and
hold the toggle button upward or
WARNING: When you are going downward to adjust the set speed in large
downhill, your vehicle speed could increments.
increase above the set speed. The
system does not apply the brakes. Canceling the Set Speed
Press to cancel the set speed
limiter. The system returns to
standby mode.
replace your attention and judgment.
You are still responsible to drive with due
care and attention. Resuming the Set Speed
Press to resume the set speed
The system allows you to set a speed to limiter.
which your vehicle becomes limited. The
set speed sets the effective maximum
speed of your vehicle. You can temporarily Intentionally Exceeding the Speed
exceed the set speed if required, for Limit
example to overtake.
Firmly press the accelerator pedal to
Using Speed Limiter temporarily exceed the set speed limit. The
system resumes when the vehicle speed
The controls are on the steering wheel. drops below the set speed limit, or when
you press the RES button.
Switching the System On and Off
System Warnings
Press to set the system in
standby mode. Press again to If you intentionally exceed the set speed,
switch the system off. a warning appears in the information
display.
Setting the Speed Limiter If you unintentionally exceed the set speed,
Press the toggle button upward for example when you are going downhill,
or downward with the system in a warning appears in the information
standby mode to set the speed display and a tone sounds.
limiter to the current vehicle
speed. The set speed is stored INTELLIGENT SPEED LIMITER
and displayed in the information
display. Principle of Operation
WARNING: When you are going

downhill, your vehicle speed could
increase above the set speed. The
system does not apply the brakes.
190
First-Printing
Driving Aids
Setting the Speed Limiter

WARNING: The system is designed Press the toggle button upward
to aid the driver. It is not intended to or downward with the system in
replace your attention and judgment. standby mode to set the speed
You are still responsible to drive with due limiter to the current vehicle
care and attention. speed. The set speed is stored
and displayed in the information
The system allows you to limit the vehicle display.
speed to the maximum speed limit
detected by the traffic sign recognition Note: The set speed limiter adjusts when
system. For example, if the traffic sign the system detects a different maximum
recognition system detects a 80 km/h speed limit.
(50 mph) speed limit, the vehicle speed is Note: If the system cannot detect a
limited to 80 km/h (50 mph). You can maximum speed limit, the system returns
temporarily exceed the set speed if to standby mode.
required, for example to overtake.
You can adjust the set speed in small or
Note: The system does not detect speed large increments. Press the toggle button
limits shown with a supplementary traffic upward or downward once to adjust the
sign. set speed in small increments. Press and
You can change between the speed limiter hold the toggle button upward or
modes using the information display. See downward to adjust the set speed in large
General Information (page 81). increments.
You can set a permanent speed tolerance Canceling the Set Speed
that is in addition to the detected speed
limit through the tolerance menu in the Press to cancel the set speed
information display. See General limiter. The system returns to
Information (page 81). standby mode.
Using Intelligent Speed Limiter Resuming the Set Speed

The controls are on the steering wheel. Press to resume the set speed
limiter. The system sets the
Switching the System On and Off speed limiter to the detected
maximum speed limit at the time it
Press to set the system in
resumes.
standby mode. The system
prompts you to set a speed or
show the detected speed limit as the set Intentionally Exceeding the Speed
speed. Press again to switch the system Limit
off. Firmly press the accelerator pedal to
Note: The system does not limit the vehicle temporarily exceed the set speed limit. The
speed in standby mode. system resumes when the vehicle speed
drops below the set speed limit, or when
you press the RES button.
191
First-Printing
Driving Aids
System Warnings
A warning appears in the information WARNING: Large contrasts in
display if any of the following occur: outside lighting can limit sensor
performance.
• The vehicle speed exceeds the current
set speed. WARNING: The system will not
• The system detects a maximum speed operate if the sensor cannot track the
limit that is lower than the current road lane markings.
vehicle speed.
• You intentionally exceed the set speed. WARNING: If damage occurs in the
immediate area surrounding the sensor,
• You unintentionally exceed the set
have your vehicle checked as soon as
speed, for example when you are going
possible.
downhill. A tone also sounds.
Note: A tone sounds if you continue to WARNING: The system may not
exceed the set speed. correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted
Note: If the traffic sign recognition system with a suspension kit not approved by
detects a speed limit outside the us.
operational speed range, a tone sounds and
the system returns to standby mode. The system is designed to alert you by
providing temporary steering assistance
or steering wheel vibration when it detects
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM an unintended lane departure. The system
detects and tracks the road lane markings
using a camera mounted behind the
WARNING: You are responsible for interior mirror. The system only operates
controlling your vehicle at all times. The when the vehicle speed is greater than
system is designed to be an aid and does approximately 60 km/h (37 mph). You
not relieve you of your responsibility to can view the system status in the
drive with due care and attention. Failure information display.
to follow this instruction could result in Note: The system works when the camera
the loss of control of your vehicle, can detect at least one lane marking or the
personal injury or death. edge of the road.
The system may not correctly operate in
any of the following conditions:
function if the sensor is blocked.
• The system does not detect at least
WARNING: The sensor may one lane marking or the edge of the
incorrectly track lane markings as other road.
structures or objects. This can result in • You switch the direction indicator on.
a false or missed warning.
• You apply direct steering, accelerate
fast or brake hard.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not • The vehicle speed is less than 60 km/h
function. Rain, snow and spray can all (37 mph).
limit sensor performance.
192
First-Printing
Driving Aids
• The anti-lock brake, stability control or Alert Mode

traction control system activates.
Provides steering wheel vibration when the
• Narrow lane width. system detects an unintended lane
The system may not correct lane departure.
positioning in any of the following
conditions: Adjusting the Steering Wheel Vibration
Intensity
• High winds.
• Uneven road surfaces.
on the steering wheel, select Driver
• Heavy or uneven loads. assist..
• Incorrect tire pressure. 2. Select Lane keeping system.
Switching Lane Keeping System 3. Select Intensity.
On or Off 4. Select a setting and press the OK
button.
Note: This setting does not affect aid mode.
Note: The system remembers the last
setting when you start your vehicle.
Adjusting the Lane Keeping System
Sensitivity
E132099 on the steering wheel, select Driver
Press the button on the direction indicator assist..
stalk. 2. Select Lane keeping system.
Note: A warning indicator may remain 3. Select Sensitivity.
illuminated in the information display when 4. Select a setting and press the OK
you switch the system off. button.
Note: The system may turn on when you
start your vehicle. Aid Mode
Provides temporary steering assistance
Lane Keeping System Settings toward the lane center when the system
The system has different settings that you detects an unintended lane departure.
can view or adjust using the information Note: When aid mode is on and the system
display. does not detect any steering activity for a
Note: The system remembers the last short period of time, for example lightly
setting when you start your vehicle. If the holding the steering wheel, the system alerts
system detects a MyKey, the mode is set to you to put your hands on the steering wheel.
alert.
193
First-Printing
Driving Aids
Alert and Aid Mode Lane Keeping System Display

Provides temporary steering assistance
toward the lane center when the system
detects an unintended lane departure. If
your vehicle continues drifting out of the
lane, the steering wheel vibrates.
E313922
When the system is on, a graphic of lane

markings appears in the information
display.
Lane Keeping System Warning

Lamps and Indicators
Lane Keeping Alert Indicators
E165517
It illuminates in the information
A Alert mode. E251020
display when you switch the
B Aid mode. system on and Aid Mode or Alert
and Aid Mode are selected.
Note: The diagram illustrates general zone
coverage. It does not provide exact zone It illuminates in the information
parameters. display when you switch the
system on and Alert Mode is
Switching the Lane Keeping System selected.
Mode
1. Using the information display controls Lane Keeping Aid Warning Lamp
assist.. It could illuminate when you
switch the system off. If it
2. Select Lane keeping system. illuminates when you are driving,
3. Select Mode. this indicates a malfunction. Have your
4. Select a setting and press the OK
button.
194
First-Printing
Driving Aids
Black and White Information Display
Indicator System Status
Gray. Unavailable.
White. Available.
White and inverted. Temporary steering assistance.
White and flashing. Temporary steering assistance and steering wheel vibration.
Color Information Display
Indicator System Status
Gray. Unavailable.
Green. Available.
Amber. Temporary steering assistance.
Red. Temporary steering assistance and steering wheel vibration.
Lane Keeping System Messages
Message Action
Lane keeping system

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
malfunction Service
required
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION WARNING: The system may not

operate properly during severe weather
SYSTEM conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due
care and attention. Failure to take care
WARNING: Do not use the blind may result in a crash.
spot information system as a
replacement for using the interior and
exterior mirrors or looking over your
shoulder before changing lanes. The
blind spot information system is not a
replacement for careful driving.
195
First-Printing
Driving Aids
Vehicles with Manual Transmission

The system turns on when all of the
following occur:
• You start your vehicle.
• The vehicle speed is greater than
10 km/h (6 mph).
Note: The system does not operate in
reverse (R).
Blind Spot Information System

E255695 Sensors
The system is designed to detect vehicles
that may have entered the blind spot zone.
The detection area is on both sides of your
vehicle, extending rearward from the
exterior mirrors to approximately 4 m
(13 ft) beyond the rear bumper. The
detection area extends to approximately
18 m (59 ft) beyond the rear bumper when
the vehicle speed is greater than 48 km/h E205199
(30 mph) to alert you of faster
approaching vehicles. The sensors are behind the rear bumper
on both sides of your vehicle.
Note: The system does not prevent contact
with other vehicles. It is not designed to Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
detect parked vehicles, pedestrians, animals and large accumulations of dirt.
or other infrastructures. Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Using the Blind Spot Information
System Note: Blocked sensors could affect system
performance.
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
If the sensors are blocked, a message may
The system turns on when all of the appear in the information display. The
following occur: indicators remain illuminated in the exterior
• You start your vehicle. mirror but the system does not alert you.
• You shift into drive (D). Switching the Blind Spot
• The vehicle speed is greater than Information System On and Off
10 km/h (6 mph).
Note: The system does not operate in park on the steering wheel, select Settings.
(P) or reverse (R).
2. Select Driver assistance.
3. Select BLIS.
4. Switch BLIS on or off.
196
First-Printing
Driving Aids
When you switch the system off, a warning The blind spot information system with
lamp illuminates in the instrument cluster trailer tow is designed to detect vehicles
and the alert indicators flash twice. that may have entered the blind spot zone.
The detection area is on both sides of your
The system remembers the last setting
vehicle and trailer, extending rearward
when you start your vehicle.
from the exterior mirrors to the end of your
Note: The system may not correctly operate trailer. When you attach a trailer and have
when towing a trailer. The system turns off set up a trailer, the blind spot information
when you attach a trailer, if your vehicle has system with trailer tow becomes active
an approved trailer tow module and tow when driving forward above 10 km/h
bar. For vehicles with an aftermarket trailer (6 mph).
tow module or tow bar, turn the system off
You can set up the trailer length, select a
when you attach a trailer.
trailer or switch blind spot information
To permanently switch the system off, system with trailer tow off.
contact an authorized dealer.
Blind Spot Information System trailer setting when you start your vehicle.
Indicator Setting up the Trailer Length
When the system detects a
E249861 vehicle, an alert indicator
illuminates in the exterior mirror
on the side the approaching vehicle is
coming from. If you turn the direction
indicator on for that side of your vehicle,
the alert indicator flashes.
Note: The system may not alert you if a
vehicle quickly passes through the detection E293526
zone.
A Trailer length.
Blind Spot Information System
with Trailer Tow B Trailer width.
C Trailer hitch.
The system operates only if the trailer front

width is less than 2.5 m (8.2 ft), and the
total length from the trailer hitch to the
rear of the trailer is less than 10 m (33 ft).
3. Select BLIS.
4. Select Trailer lengths.
E293525
5. Select Trailer A, Trailer B or Trailer C.
197
First-Printing
Driving Aids
6. Select the trailer length at the closest When you switch the system off, a warning
available value. lamp illuminates and the alert indicators
Note: Proper measurement and flash twice.
measurement entry are required for the Note: The system turns off and a message
system to function as designed. appears when a trailer is connected, but not
7. Press the OK button. set up or selected.
Note: If you attach load carriers such as Blind Spot Information System
bike racks or cargo racks with electrical Limitations
lighting, enter a length of 1 m (3 ft). Cross
Traffic Alert remains on. Some trailers may cause a slight change
in system performance:
Selecting a Trailer • Wide box trailers, especially those
If you select a trailer in the information wider than the towing vehicle, may
display prior to connecting a trailer, the cause false alerts to occur when driving
system loads that configuration and an next to infrastructure or near parked
information message appears in the cars. A false alert may also occur while
information display when you connect the making a 90-degree turn or driving
trailer. through a roundabout.
• Wide trailers that have a total length
greater than 6 m (20 ft) may cause
delayed alerts when a vehicle is
2. Select Driver assistance. passing at high speed.
3. Select BLIS. • Box trailers that have a width greater
4. Select Trailer. than 2.5 m (8.2 ft) may cause early
alerts when you pass a vehicle.
5. Select Trailer A, Trailer B or Trailer C.
• Clam shell or V-Nose box trailers with
6. Press the OK button. a width greater than 2.5 m (8.2 ft) may
cause delayed alerts when a vehicle
Switching the Blind Spot Information
traveling the same speed as your
System with Trailer Tow Off
vehicle merges lanes.
on the steering wheel, select Settings. Blind Spot Information System
Warning Lamp
3. Select BLIS. It illuminates in the instrument
E249861 cluster if you switch the system
4. Select Trailer. off.
5. Select None. If it illuminates when the system is on this
6. Press the OK button. indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle
198
First-Printing
Driving Aids
Blind Spot Information System Information Messages
Message Description
Trailer BLIS Add trailer Displays if the new trailer is attached but not selected. Select
Exit Press OK to select a trailer.
BLIS not available Sensor Displays if the blind spot information system sensors are
blocked See manual blocked.
BLIS and cross traffic Displays if you attach a trailer to your vehicle.
alert deactivated Trailer
attached
BLIS malfunction The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
The system is designed to alert you of

vehicles approaching from the sides behind
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT your vehicle when you shift into reverse
(R).
WARNING: Do not use the cross Using Cross Traffic Alert

traffic alert system as a replacement for
The system is designed to detect vehicles
using the interior and exterior mirrors or
that approach at a speed between 6 km/h
looking over your shoulder before
(4 mph) and 60 km/h (37 mph). Coverage
reversing out of a parking space. The
decreases when the sensors are partially,
cross traffic alert system is not a
mostly or fully obstructed. Slowly reversing
replacement for careful driving.
helps increase the coverage area and
effectiveness.
operate properly during severe weather The system turns on when you start the
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy engine and you shift into reverse (R). The
rain and spray. Always drive with due system turns off when you shift out of
care and attention. Failure to take care reverse (R).
may result in a crash.
199
First-Printing
Driving Aids
E142440
The sensor on the left-hand side is only

partially obstructed and zone coverage on
the right-hand side is maximized.
E142441
200
First-Printing
Driving Aids
Zone coverage also decreases when Cross Traffic Alert behavior when
parking at narrow angles. The sensor on trailer is attached
the left-hand side is mostly obstructed and
zone coverage on that side is severely Note: The system may not correctly operate
reduced. when towing a trailer. For vehicles with an
approved trailer tow module and tow bar,
Cross Traffic Alert System Sensors the system turns off when you attach a
trailer. For vehicles with an aftermarket
trailer tow module or tow bar, we
recommend that you switch the system off
when you attach a trailer.
Cross traffic alert remains on when you
attach a trailer in vehicles equipped with
a Blind Sport Information System with
Trailer Tow under the following conditions:
E205199 • You connect a trailer.
• The trailer is a bike rack or cargo rack
The sensors are behind the rear bumper
with a maximum length of 1 m (3 ft).
on both sides of your vehicle.
• You set the trailer length to 1 m (3 ft)
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice in the information display.
See Blind Spot Information System
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper (page 195).
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Blocked sensors could affect system Switching the System On and Off
performance.
To switch cross traffic alert on or off, use
If the sensors are blocked, a message may the Information display. See General
appear in the information display when Information (page 81).
you shift into reverse (R).
Note: The system turns on every time you
Cross Traffic Alert System switch the ignition on. To permanently
Limitations switch the system off, contact an authorized
dealer.
The system may not correctly operate
when any of the following occur: Cross Traffic Alert Indicator
• The sensors are blocked. When the system detects an
• Adjacently parked vehicles or objects approaching vehicle a tone
E268294
are obstructing the sensors. sounds, a warning lamp

illuminates in the relevant exterior mirror
• Vehicles approach at speeds less than
and arrows appear in the information
6 km/h (4 mph) or greater than
display to show which side the
60 km/h (37 mph).
approaching vehicle is coming from.
• The vehicle speed is greater than
12 km/h (7 mph). Note: If arrows do not display, a message
• You reverse out of an angled parking
space.
201
First-Printing
Driving Aids
If the system malfunctions, a warning lamp Note: In exceptional conditions, the system
illuminates in the instrument cluster and could alert you, even when there is nothing
a message appears in the information in the detection zone, for example a vehicle
display. Have your vehicle checked as soon passing further away from your vehicle.
as possible.
Cross Traffic Alert Information Messages
Message Action
Cross traffic alert Displays instead of indication arrows when the system
detects a vehicle. Check for approaching traffic.
Cross traffic not available Displays if the cross traffic alert system sensors are blocked.
Sensor blocked See Clean the sensors. If the message continues to appear, have
manual your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Cross traffic malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Cross traffic alert deactiv- Displays if you attach a trailer to your vehicle.
ated Trailer attached
Note: Do not carry out windshield repairs

in the immediate area surrounding the
TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION sensor.
Principle of Operation Note: If your vehicle has a suspension kit
not approved by us, the system may not
correctly function.
WARNING: You are responsible for Note: Always fit Ford original parts when
controlling your vehicle at all times. The replacing headlamp bulbs. Other bulbs may
system is designed to be an aid and does reduce system performance.
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure Note: The system may not detect all traffic
to follow this instruction could result in signs and may incorrectly read signs.
the loss of control of your vehicle, Note: Keep the windshield free from
personal injury or death. obstructions for example bird droppings,
insects and snow or ice.
Note: The system is designed to detect
function if the sensor is blocked.
traffic signs meeting the Vienna convention.
Note: In cold and severe weather conditions Note: Traffic sign data provided by the
the system may not function. Rain, snow, navigation system contains information
spray and large contrasts in lighting can all integrated to the data carrier release.
prevent the sensor from functioning The sensor is behind the interior rear view
correctly. mirror. It continuously monitors road signs
to inform you of the current maximum
speed limit and overtaking regulations.
202
First-Printing
Driving Aids
The system detects recognizable traffic If the system detects a supplementary

signs, for example: traffic sign, it displays below the respective
• Speed limit signs. traffic sign. For example, when passing a
reduced speed limit in wet road conditions
• No overtaking signs. sign.
• Speed limit cancellation signs.
If your vehicle has a navigation system,
• No overtaking cancellation signs. stored traffic sign data may influence the
indicated speed limit value.
Using Traffic Sign Recognition
Switching Speed Warning On and Off
Setting the System Speed Warning
You can switch the speed warning on and
The system has a number of speed off using the information display. See
warning levels that you can set using the General Information (page 81).
information display. See General
Information (page 81). Note: The system remembers the last
System Display
WRONG WAY ALERT

replace your attention and judgment.
You are still responsible to drive with due
care and attention.
E132994
WARNING: At all times, you are
The system can display two traffic signs
responsible for controlling your vehicle,
in parallel.
supervising the system and intervening,
You can view the status at any time using if required. Failure to take care may result
the information display. in the loss of control of your vehicle,
The system displays recognizable traffic serious personal injury or death.
signs in four stages as follows:
1. All new traffic signs appear brighter operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
than the others in the display. Keep the windshield free from
2. After a predetermined time they obstruction.
display normally.
3. After a predetermined distance they The system is designed to alert you if it
are greyed out. detects that you are driving the wrong way
on a freeway exit road. The system uses a
4. After another predetermined distance sensor behind the interior mirror to detect
they are deleted. no entry signs and uses information from
the navigation system.
203
First-Printing
Driving Aids
Note: Do not carry out windshield repairs If the system detects that you are driving
in the immediate area surrounding the the wrong way on a freeway exit road, a
sensor. message appears in the information
Note: Traffic sign data provided by the display and a tone sounds. The audio
navigation system contains information system volume mutes and navigation
integrated to the data carrier release. system guidance pauses.
Note: The system is designed to detect Note: In cold and severe weather conditions
traffic signs meeting the Vienna convention. the system may not function. Rain, snow,
spray and large contrasts in lighting can all
Note: The system may not detect all traffic prevent the sensor from functioning
signs and may incorrectly read signs. correctly.
Note: If your vehicle has a suspension kit Note: The system may not correctly operate
not approved by us, the system may not in areas under construction or new
correctly function. infrastructure.
Note: Always fit Ford original parts when Note: In exceptional conditions, the system
replacing headlamp bulbs. Other bulbs may could alert you even if you are not driving
reduce system performance. the wrong way on a freeway exit road.
Note: The system does not operate in some
countries. We recommend that you check
system availability before use.
Switching Wrong Way Alert On or Off

To switch wrong way alert on or off, use the information display controls on the
steering wheel to select the following:
Menu Item Action

Wrong way alert Press the OK button.

Wrong Way Alert Information Messages
Message Action
Check driving direction The system has detected that you are driving the wrong way
on a freeway exit road. Press the OK button.
204
First-Printing
Driving Aids
ECO Viewing the Trip Summary

Eco Mode on the steering wheel, select MyView.
How Does Eco Mode Work 2. Select Eco coach.
The system is designed to monitor certain Efficient Drive Mode

driving characteristics to help you drive
more efficiently. See Economical Driving What Is Efficient Drive Mode
(page 223). Efficient drive mode is a predictive coach
Note: The efficiency levels do not result in that provides near real-time traffic
a defined fuel consumption figure. See Fuel information to help you drive more
Consumption (page 141). efficiently by releasing the accelerator
pedal.
Note: The system only indicates the
efficiency level for the current trip. The Switching Efficient Drive Mode On and
system resets each time you switch the Off
ignition on.
Instantaneous Efficiency Level on the steering wheel, select Driver
assist..
The display ring increases as the
instantaneous efficiency level increases 2. Select Eco coach.
and illuminates when it reaches maximum 3. Switch Eco advice on and off.
efficiency. The level continuously updates
to indicate the efficiency level for the Displaying the Efficient Drive Mode
current trip.
Viewing the Instantaneous Efficiency on the steering wheel, select Driver
Level assist..
1. Using the information display controls The display ring can provide information
on the steering wheel, select MyView. about speed limit, freeway ramp, slope,
curve, crosswalk, etc.
2. Select Eco coach.
Efficient Drive Mode Indicator
Trip Summary
It indicates that you have to
The calculated trip summary is shown as E308186
slowly decelerate.
four colored bars. The bars travel from left
to right as the calculated efficiency levels
increase. The bars indicate the average
efficiency level for acceleration,
deceleration, speed and gear shifting
during the total distance traveled by your
vehicle for the current trip.
Note: Vehicles with an automatic
transmission do not have a bar for gear
shifting.
205
First-Printing
Driving Aids
Trip Summary
The calculated trip summary is shown as WARNING: The system may fail or
five colored bars. The bars travel from left operate with reduced function during
to right as the calculated efficiency levels cold and severe weather conditions.
increase. The bars indicate the average Snow, ice, rain, spray and fog can
efficiency level for acceleration, adversely affect the system. Keep the
deceleration, speed, gear shifting and front camera and radar free of snow and
compliance score during the total distance ice. Failure to take care may result in the
traveled by your vehicle for both last and loss of control of your vehicle, serious
current trips. personal injury or death.
Note: Vehicles with an automatic WARNING: The system may not
transmission do not have a bar for gear operate properly if your vehicle has a
shifting. non-Ford windshield. Do not carry out
Viewing the trip summary windshield repairs in the area around the
sensor.
on the steering wheel, select MyView. WARNING: Some situations and
2. Select Eco coach. objects prevent hazard detection. For
example low or direct sunlight, inclement
3. Switch the engine off. weather, unconventional vehicle types,
4. Press the OK button. and pedestrians. Apply the brakes when
necessary. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: You are responsible for WARNING: The Pre-Collision Assist

controlling your vehicle at all times. The system with brake support cannot help
system is designed to be an aid and does prevent all collisions. Do not rely on this
not relieve you of your responsibility to system to replace your judgment and the
drive with due care and attention. Failure need to maintain correct distance and
to follow this instruction could result in speed.
the loss of control of your vehicle,
personal injury or death. The pre-collision assist system is active
when your vehicle reaches a speed greater
WARNING: The system does not than approximately 10 km/h (6 mph).
operate during hard acceleration or Pedestrian detection is active at speeds
steering. Failure to take care may lead up to 80 km/h (50 mph).
to a crash or personal injury. Note: The system is not designed to detect
animals.
Note: The system is not designed to detect
vehicles or cyclists that are traveling in a
different direction.
206
First-Printing
Driving Aids
If your vehicle is rapidly approaching

another stationary vehicle, a vehicle or
cyclist traveling in the same direction as
E156130
yours, or a pedestrian within your driving
path, the system is designed to provide
three levels of functionality.
Level of Functionality Description
Alert When activated, a warning lamp flashes and an audible

warning sounds.
Brake support The system is designed to help reduce the impact speed by
preparing the brakes for rapid braking. The system does not
automatically apply the brakes. If you press the brake pedal,
the system could apply additional braking up to maximum
braking force, even if you lightly press the brake pedal.
Active braking The system is designed to apply the brakes if it detects a
crash is imminent. This may help reduce impact or avoid the
crash.
Adjusting the Sensitivity of Distance

Switching Active Braking On and Alert
Off
1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Driver
on the steering wheel, select Driver assist..
assist..
2. Select Pre-collision Assist.
3. Select Alert sensitivity.
3. Switch Active braking on or off.
4. Select a setting and press the OK
Distance Alert (If Equipped) button.
A warning lamp illuminates if the distance Distance Indication (If Equipped)

to the vehicle ahead is small.
A graphical indication displays the time
Note: The warning lamp does not gap to vehicles ahead of you traveling in
illuminate if cruise control or adaptive cruise the same direction.
control is active.
Note: The graphic does not display if you
switch on cruise control or adaptive cruise
control.
207
First-Printing
Driving Aids
Vehicle Speed System Sensit- Distance Indic- Distance Gap Time Gap
ivity ator Color
100 km/h Normal. Gray. Greater than Greater than 0.9
(62 mph) 25 m (82.0 ft) . seconds.
Yellow. 17–25 m 0.6-0.9
(55.8–82.0 ft) seconds.
Red. Less than 17 m Less than 0.6
(55.8 ft). seconds.
Switching Distance Indication On and

Off
assist..
3. Switch Distance indication on or off.
Pre-Collision Assist System

Sensors E244279
The radar sensor is behind the front grille

below the license plate.
objects.
E243054
The camera is mounted behind the interior cause inaccurate measurements or false
mirror. alerts.
Blocked sensors could affect system
accuracy. A message may appear in the
Pre-Collision Assist Warning Lamp

It illuminates if your vehicle
rapidly approaches another
vehicle, to warn you of the risk of
a crash with the vehicle in front of you.
208
First-Printing
Driving Aids
It could illuminate red if the distance to the It illuminates amber when you switch the
vehicle ahead is small. system off or if the system is not available.
Pre-Collision Assist Information Messages
Message Action
Pre-collision assist not The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
available as soon as possible.
Pre-collision assist not The sensors are dirty. Clean the sensors. If the message
available Sensor blocked continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
The following table lists possible causes and actions for when a blocked sensor
message may display.
Cause Action
The surface of the radar in the radiator grille Clean the radiator grille in front of the radar
is dirty or obstructed. or remove any obstruction.
The surface of the radar is clean but the Wait for a short period of time. It may take
message remains in the display. several minutes for the system to detect
that there is no obstruction.
Heavy rain, spray, snow, or fog is interfering The system is temporarily disabled. The
with the radar signals. system should reactivate after a short
period of time when the weather conditions
improve.
The radar is misaligned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
The windshield in front of the camera is Clean the outside of the windshield in front
dirty or obstructed. of the camera.
The windshield in front of the camera is Wait for a short period of time. It may take
clean but the message remains in the several minutes for the camera to detect
display. that there is no obstruction.
Excessive heat around the camera. Wait for a short period of time. The
message should clear when the temper-
ature around the camera decreases.
209
First-Printing
Driving Aids
DRIVE CONTROL - DIESEL E298514Repeatedly press the button to

scroll through the available drive
Selectable Drive Modes modes. Release the button to
confirm your selected drive mode.
Your vehicle has various drive modes that
you can select for different driving Normal
conditions. Depending on the drive mode
that you select, the system adjusts various Vehicle settings suited for
vehicle settings, for example steering, gear balanced driving.
E225310
shifting, handling and powertrain response.
Note: This is the default mode each time
Selecting a Drive Mode you switch the ignition on.
The button is on the instrument panel. Eco
E267164 Vehicle settings suited for

economical driving.
Selectable Drive Modes Information Messages
Message Action
Drive mode not available The system is not available. If it is still not available the next
time you switch the ignition on, the system has detected a
fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
If the system is off and the vehicle is driven

above a set speed, the system will turn
SELF-LEVELING SUSPENSION itself back on. If there is a fault in the
system, a message may appear in the
Air Suspension (If Equipped) instrument cluster. If this message persists,
have your vehicle inspected by an
Air suspension is designed to maintain a
authorized dealer.
constant suspension height for all loading
conditions. The air springs will be pumped
up if your vehicle is sitting low or lowered
if your vehicle is sitting high. The system
begins running after the engine has started
and stays active for up to approximately
45 minutes after the engine has been shut
down.
The air suspension system can be turned
on or off though the instrument cluster.
See General Information (page 81).
Note: The system should be turned off
before any service is performed in order to
prevent adjustments during service.
210
First-Printing
Current Highway Information
WHAT IS CURRENT HIGHWAY

INFORMATION
The system is designed to provide near
real-time information about the road in
front of you.
ENABLING CURRENT
HIGHWAY INFORMATION
Note: Make sure that the modem is
enabled. See Connected Vehicle (page
344).
1. Select Settings.
2. Select FordPass Connect.
3. Select Connectivity settings.
4. Switch Vehicle connectivity on.
5. Switch Location on.
6. Switch Vehicle data & Remote ctrl on.
7. Switch Live Traffic on.
8. Switch Local hazard information on.
CHECKING CURRENT
HIGHWAY INFORMATION
STATUS
2. Select Information.
3. Select Local hazard information.
211
First-Printing
Load Carrying
GENERAL INFORMATION REAR LOADSPACE HATCHES

You can carry long items inside your vehicle
WARNING: Make sure that you by opening the access hatch in the
properly secure objects in the luggage bulkhead.
compartment. Failure to follow this Note: Fully open the access hatch against
instruction could result in personal injury the bulkhead when in use.
in the event of a sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: Do not place objects

on the luggage cover. Failure to follow
injury or death in the event of a sudden
stop or crash.
WARNING: The appropriate

loading capacity of your vehicle can be
limited either by volume capacity (how
much space is available) or by payload
capacity (how much weight the vehicle
should carry). Once you have reached
the maximum payload of your vehicle,
do not add more cargo, even if there is
space available. Overloading or E146024
improperly loading your vehicle can
contribute to loss of vehicle control and
vehicle rollover. ROOF RACKS AND LOAD
CARRIERS - VEHICLES WITH:
WARNING: Make sure that you fully
close the liftgate to prevent exhaust INTEGRATED ROOF RACK
fumes from entering your vehicle. If you
are unable to fully close the liftgate,
open the air vents or the windows to WARNING: When loading the roof
allow fresh air to enter your vehicle. racks, we recommend you evenly
Failure to follow this instruction could distribute the load, as well as maintain
result in personal injury or death. a low center of gravity. Loaded vehicles,
with higher centers of gravity, may
WARNING: Do not exceed the handle differently than unloaded
maximum front and rear axle loads for vehicles. Take extra precautions, such
your vehicle. as slower speeds and increased stopping
distance, when driving a heavily loaded
Note: When loading long objects into your vehicle.
vehicle, for example pipes, timber or
furniture be careful not to damage the WARNING: Do not exceed the
interior trim. maximum front and rear axle loads for
your vehicle.
212
First-Printing
Load Carrying

are fitting a roof rack.
You must place loads directly on the

crossbars fitted to the roof rack side rails.
Note: Never place loads directly on the roof
panel.
Make sure that you securely fasten the
load. Check to make sure the straps are
secure before driving and at each fuel stop.
The maximum roof loading using two
adjacent rails is 75 kg (165 lb).
The maximum roof loading using all rails
is 130 kg (287 lb).
E171581
Raising and Lowering the
Crossbars Note: Make sure the crossbars are in the
folded position before entering a car wash.
WARNING: The crossbars are

heavy. To help avoid personal injury take
care when lowering the crossbars.
WARNING: When folding the

crossbars down, take care not to get your
fingers caught in the mechanism.
WARNING: Do not tether loads

near the release lever.
213
First-Printing
Load Carrying
ROOF RACKS AND LOAD

CARRIERS - VEHICLES
WITHOUT: INTEGRATED ROOF
RACK
WARNING: When loading the roof

racks, we recommend you evenly
distribute the load, as well as maintain
a low center of gravity. Loaded vehicles,
with higher centers of gravity, may
handle differently than unloaded
vehicles. Take extra precautions, such
as slower speeds and increased stopping
distance, when driving a heavily loaded
vehicle.
WARNING: Do not exceed the

maximum permissible roof load.
WARNING: Do not exceed the

maximum axle load for your vehicle. See
Vehicle Identification Plate (page 328).

E167062 are fitting a roof rack.
1. Pull the release lever.
WARNING: Do not place loads
2. Raise or lower the crossbars until they directly on the roof panel.
lock into place.
WARNING: If you use a roof rack,
the fuel consumption of your vehicle will
be higher and you may experience
different driving characteristics.
For correct roof rack system function, you

must place loads directly on crossbars
fitted to the roof rack side rails.
Make sure that you securely fasten the
load. Check to make sure the straps are
secure before driving and at each fuel stop.
214
First-Printing
Load Carrying
Medium Roof 100 (220)

Variant Maximum Roof
Load (Including
Roof Rack) kg (lb) LOAD RETAINING FIXTURES
Low Roof 150 (331) Note: The number of load retaining fixtures
may vary depending on your vehicle model.
215
First-Printing
Load Carrying
Securing Cargo
Except Kombi
E146219
216
First-Printing
Load Carrying
Kombi
E146220
217
First-Printing
Load Carrying
Variant Maximum Load

Value
All 5,000 N (1,125 lb)
218
First-Printing
Towing
TOWING A TRAILER - PLUG-IN When towing a trailer:

HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE • Obey country specific regulations for
(PHEV) towing a trailer.
• Do not exceed 100 km/h (62 mph)
even if a country allows higher speeds
WARNING: Your vehicle is not under certain conditions.
approved for trailer towing. Never tow a • Place loads as low as possible and
trailer with your vehicle. central to the axle of your trailer. If you
are towing with an unladen vehicle, the
load in your trailer should be placed
TOWING A TRAILER - toward the nose, within the maximum
EXCLUDING: PLUG-IN HYBRID nose load, as this gives the best
stability. See Capacities and
ELECTRIC VEHICLE (PHEV) Specifications (page 326).
• The trailer nose weight (vertical weight
on the tow ball), is essential for the
WARNING: Do not exceed driving stability of your vehicle and
100 km/h (62 mph). This could result in trailer.
the loss of vehicle control, serious • The vertical weight on the tow ball
personal injury or death. should be at least 4% of the trailer
weight and not exceed the maximum
WARNING: Do not exceed the permissable weight. See Capacities
maximum gross train weight stated on and Specifications (page 326).
your vehicle identification plate. This
could result in the loss of vehicle control, • Reduce speed immediately if the trailer
serious personal injury or death. See shows any sign of swaying. See Trailer
Vehicle Identification Plate (page 328). Sway Control (page 220).
• Use a low gear when descending a
WARNING: Do not exceed the steep downhill gradient.
maximum permissible trailer nose weight
Note: The maximum permissible trailer
(vertical weight on the tow ball) as
nose weight on the trailer identification
stated in the vehicle specification chart.
plate is the trailer manufacturer’s testing
This could result in the loss of vehicle
value. The vehicle maximum permissible
control, serious personal injury or death.
trailer nose weight may be lower.
See Capacities and Specifications
(page 326). The stability of your vehicle to trailer
combination is very much dependent on
WARNING: The anti-lock braking the quality of the trailer.
system does not control the overrun Towing a trailer changes the vehicle
brake on the trailer. This could result in handling characteristics and increases
the loss of vehicle control, serious stopping distances. Adapt your speed and
personal injury or death. driving behavior to the load of the trailer.
219
First-Printing
Towing
The gross train weight stated on the TOWING THE VEHICLE ON

vehicle identification plate applies for road
gradients up to 12% and altitudes up to FOUR WHEELS - AUTOMATIC
1,000 m (3,281 ft) when towing a trailer. In TRANSMISSION, EXCLUDING:
mountainous regions the engine PLUG-IN HYBRID ELECTRIC
performance decreases due to lower air
density with increasing altitude. In high VEHICLE (PHEV)
altitude regions above 1,000 m (3,281 ft),
the stipulated maximum permitted gross
train weight must be reduced by 10% for WARNING: You must switch the
every extra 1,000 m (3,281 ft). ignition on when your vehicle is being
Note: Not all vehicles are suitable or towed. Failure to follow this warning
approved to have tow bars fitted. See an could seriously increase the risk of injury
authorized dealer for further information. or death.
Trailer Lighting WARNING: If your vehicle has a

steering wheel lock make sure the
The electrical system on your vehicle is ignition is in the accessory or on position
suitable for towing trailers with LED lamps. when being towed.
WARNING: You must make sure

TRAILER SWAY CONTROL the transmission selector lever is placed
in position N. Failure to follow this
Note: This feature does not prevent trailer
warning could damage the transmission
sway, but reduces it once it begins.
and may lead to a crash or injury.
Note: This feature cannot stop all trailers
from swaying. WARNING: The brake and steering
Note: In some cases, if your vehicle speed assistance will not operate unless the
is too high, the system may turn on multiple engine is running. Press the brake pedal
times, gradually reducing your vehicle speed. harder and be aware of increased
stopping distances and heavier steering.
This feature applies your vehicle brakes at
individual wheels and if necessary, reduces WARNING: Too much tension on
engine power. If the trailer begins to sway, a tow rope could cause damage to your
the traction control warning lamp flashes vehicle or the vehicle that is towing.
and a message will appear in the
information display. Slow your vehicle WARNING: Do not tow your vehicle
down, pull safely to the side of the road if the ambient temperature is below 0°C
and check for correct load distribution. (32°F).
See Load Carrying (page 212).
Emergency Towing
If your vehicle is disabled without access
to wheel dollies, a car-hauling trailer, or a
flatbed transport vehicle it can be
flat-towed with all wheels on the ground.
220
First-Printing
Towing
You may do this under the following TOWING THE VEHICLE ON

conditions:
FOUR WHEELS - MANUAL
• Your vehicle is facing forward so that
it is towed in a forward direction. TRANSMISSION
• The transmission selector lever is
placed in position N. If the transmission
gear shift lever cannot be moved to WARNING: You must switch the
position N, it may need to be ignition on when your vehicle is being
overridden. See Automatic towed. Failure to follow this warning
Transmission (page 159). could seriously increase the risk of injury
or death.
• Maximum speed is 50 km/h (31 mph).
• Maximum distance is 80 km (50 mi). WARNING: The brake and steering
Drive off slowly and smoothly without assistance will not operate unless the
jerking the vehicle you are towing. engine is running. Press the brake pedal
harder and be aware of increased
You must only use the recovery hook that stopping distances and heavier steering.
was delivered with your vehicle. See
Towing Points (page 229). WARNING: If your vehicle has a
Tow ropes or rigid towing bars must be steering wheel lock make sure the
placed on the same side. For example; right ignition is in the accessory or on position
hand rear towing point to right hand front when being towed.
towing point.
WARNING: Too much tension on
You must use a tow rope or rigid towing a tow rope could cause damage to your
bar that is of the correct strength for the vehicle or the vehicle that is towing.
weight of the towing vehicle and the
vehicle that is being towed. WARNING: When towing your
Note: Using a rigid towing bar is the safest vehicle you must select neutral. Failure
way to tow a vehicle. to follow this warning could damage the
transmission and may lead to a crash or
The weight of the vehicle that is being injury.
towed must not exceed the weight of the
towing vehicle. Drive off slowly and smoothly without
jerking the vehicle you are towing.
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON You must only use the towing eye that was
FOUR WHEELS - PLUG-IN delivered with your vehicle. See Towing
HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE Points (page 229).
(PHEV) Tow ropes or rigid towing bars must be
placed on the same side. For example; right
If you need to tow your vehicle, contact a hand rear towing point to right hand front
professional towing service or, if you are a towing point.
member of a roadside assistance program, You must use a tow rope or rigid towing
your roadside assistance service provider. bar that is of the correct strength for the
The front wheels must be lifted off the weight of the towing vehicle and the
ground. vehicle that is being towed.
221
First-Printing
Towing
The weight of the vehicle that is being

towed must not exceed the weight of the
towing vehicle.
Do not exceed 50 km/h (31 mph).
222
First-Printing
Driving Hints
REDUCED ENGINE ECONOMICAL DRIVING

PERFORMANCE
The following helps to improve fuel
consumption:
• Regularly check your tire pressures and
WARNING: If you continue to drive
make sure that they are inflated to the
your vehicle when the engine is
correct pressure. See Tire Pressures
overheating, the engine could stop
(page 321).
without warning. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of • Follow the recommended maintenance
control of your vehicle. schedule and carry out the
recommended checks.
If the engine coolant temperature gauge • Plan your journey and check the traffic
needle moves to the upper limit position, before you set off.
the engine is overheating. See Gauges • Avoid idling the engine in cold weather
(page 74). or for extended periods. Start the
You must only drive your vehicle for a short engine only when you are ready to set
distance if the engine overheats. The off.
distance you can travel depends on • Do not carry unnecessary weight in your
ambient temperature, vehicle load and vehicle as extra weight wastes fuel.
terrain. The engine continues to operate
with limited power for a short period of • Do not add unnecessary accessories
time. to the exterior of your vehicle, for
example running boards. If you use a
If the engine temperature continues to rise, roof rack, remember to fold it down or
the fuel supply to the engine reduces. The remove it when not in use.
air conditioning switches off and the engine
• Drive smoothly, accelerate gently and
cooling fan operates continually.
anticipate the road ahead to avoid
1. Gradually reduce your speed and stop heavy braking.
your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do • Switch off all electric systems when
so. not in use, for example air conditioning.
2. Immediately switch the engine off to Make sure that you unplug any
prevent severe engine damage. accessories from the auxiliary power
3. Wait for the engine to cool down. points when not in use.
4. Check the coolant level. See Engine
Coolant Check (page 277). COLD WEATHER
5. Have your vehicle checked as soon as PRECAUTIONS
possible.
The functional operation of some
components and systems can be affected
at temperatures below -25°C (-13°F).
223
First-Printing
Driving Hints
BREAKING-IN
Tires
New tires need to be run-in for
approximately 500 km (300 mi). During
this time, you may experience different
driving characteristics.
Brakes and Clutch

Avoid heavy use of the brakes and clutch
if possible for the first 150 km (100 mi) in E176913
town and for the first 1,500 km (1,000 mi)
on freeways. When driving through standing water, drive
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle.
Engine Your brake performance and traction may
be limited. After driving through water and
Avoid driving too fast during the first as soon as it is safe to do so:
1,500 km (1,000 mi). Vary your speed
frequently and change up through the • Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
gears early. Do not labor the engine. brakes and to check that they work.
• Check that the horn works.
Vehicles With a Diesel Engine
• Check that the exterior lights work.
During the first 3,000 km (2,000 mi), you • Turn the steering wheel to check that
may notice a ticking sound when your the steering power assist works.
vehicle slows down. This is due to
adjustments of your new diesel engine and
is normal. FLOOR MATS
DRIVING THROUGH WATER

WARNING: Use a floor mat
designed to fit the footwell of your
vehicle that does not obstruct the pedal
WARNING: Do not drive through area. Failure to follow this instruction
flowing or deep water as you may lose could result in the loss of control of your
control of your vehicle. vehicle, personal injury or death.
Note: Driving through standing water can WARNING: Pedals that cannot
cause vehicle damage. move freely can cause loss of vehicle
Note: Engine damage can occur if water control and increase the risk of serious
enters the air filter. personal injury.
Before driving through standing water,

check the depth. Never drive through water
that is higher than the bottom of the wheel
hubs.
224
First-Printing
Driving Hints
WARNING: Secure the floor mat

to both retention devices so that it
cannot slip out of position and interfere
with the pedals. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not place additional

floor mats or any other covering on top
of the original floor mats. This could
result in the floor mat interfering with the
operation of the pedals. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in the loss of
death.
WARNING: Always make sure that

objects cannot fall into the driver foot
well while your vehicle is moving. Objects
that are loose can become trapped
under the pedals causing a loss of
vehicle control.
E142666
To install the floor mats, position the floor

mat eyelet over the retention post and
press down to lock in position.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the
installation procedure.
Note: Regularly check the floor mats to
make sure they are secure.
225
First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
HAZARD FLASHERS Note: Various system checks are

automatically carried out before the vehicle
Note: Depending on applicable laws and will restart. if your vehicle fails to restart
regulations in the country for which your after the third attempt, the system has
vehicle was originally built, your brake lamps detected a fault that requires service. We
may flash during heavy braking. Following recommend you contact an authorized
this your hazard warning flashers may also dealer.
flash once your vehicle comes to a stop. To
stop the hazard warning flashers press the Keyless Starting (If Equipped)
button or drive off normally. 1. Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once.
E71943 2. Press the brake pedal, and then press
For item location: See Instrument Panel and release the button once.
(page 18). 3. Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once.
FUEL SHUTOFF 4. Press the brake pedal and then press
the button until the engine starts.
Note: Various system checks are
WARNING: If your vehicle has been automatically carried out before the vehicle
involved in a crash, have the fuel system will restart. if your vehicle fails to restart
checked. Failure to follow this instruction after the third attempt, the system has
could result in fire, personal injury or detected a fault that requires service. We
death. recommend you contact an authorized
dealer.
In the event of a moderate to severe crash,
your vehicle is fitted with a fuel pump JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
shut-off feature that stops the flow of fuel
to the engine. Not every impact will cause - 2.2L DURATORQ-TDCI DIESEL
a shutoff.
Should the engine turn off after a crash,
you may restart the engine by carrying out WARNING: Connect batteries with
the following. only the same nominal voltage.
Ignition Switch WARNING: Use only adequately

sized cables with insulated clamps.
2. Switch the ignition to position III. Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the
disabled vehicle as this could damage the
3. Switch the ignition off. vehicle electrical system.
4. Switch the ignition on again to
re-enable the fuel pump.
226
First-Printing
Connecting the Jumper Cables
C D
E145290
2. Lift up the battery positive connection

point cover. For item location, refer to
the appropriate under hood overview.
See Maintenance (page 268).
B WARNING: Make sure that the

cables are clear of any moving parts and
fuel delivery system parts.
3. Connect one end of the positive jumper

E102925
cable to the positive terminal of the
discharged battery and the other end
to the positive terminal of the booster
A Vehicle with the discharged
battery.
battery.
B Vehicle with the booster battery.
C Positive jumper cable.
D Negative jumper cable.
1. Switch the ignition off and any

electrical equipment.
E145291
227
First-Printing
Connecting the Jumper Cables

WARNING: Do not connect the
negative jumper cable to any other part
of your vehicle. Use the ground point.
4. Connect one end of the negative

jumper cable to the negative terminal
of the booster battery or to a suitable A
ground point and the other end to the
ground point on your vehicle.
Starting the Engine

1. Start the engine of the vehicle with the
booster battery and keep the engine C D
speed between 2000 and 3000 RPM.
discharged battery.
3. When the engine starts, run the engines
for three minutes before you
disconnect the jumper cables.
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse B
order that they were connected.
Note: Do not switch the headlamps on
before you disconnect the jumper cables.
The peak voltage could cause the bulbs to
fail. E102925
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE A Vehicle with the discharged

- 2.0L ECOBLUE battery.
B Vehicle with the booster battery.
C Positive jumper cable.
WARNING: Connect batteries with
D Negative jumper cable.
only the same nominal voltage.
1. Switch the ignition off and any
WARNING: Use only adequately electrical equipment.
sized cables with insulated clamps.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the

disabled vehicle as this could damage the
vehicle electrical system.
228
First-Printing
WARNING: Do not connect the

negative jumper cable to any other part
of your vehicle. Use the ground point.
4. Connect one end of the negative

jumper cable to the negative terminal
of the booster battery or to a suitable
ground point and the other end to the
ground point on your vehicle.
Starting the Engine

booster battery and keep the engine
E145290 speed between 2000 and 3000 RPM.
2. Lift up the battery positive connection
discharged battery.
point cover. For item location, refer to
the appropriate under hood overview. 3. When the engine starts, run the engines
See Maintenance (page 268). for three minutes before you
disconnect the jumper cables.
WARNING: Make sure that the Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
cables are clear of any moving parts and order that they were connected.
fuel delivery system parts. Note: Do not switch the headlamps on
before you disconnect the jumper cables.
3. Connect one end of the positive jumper The peak voltage could cause the bulbs to
cable to the positive terminal of the fail.
discharged battery and the other end
to the positive terminal of the booster
battery. TOWING POINTS
Front Towing Point

towing eye is fully tightened. Failure to
personal injury.

ignition on when your vehicle is being
towed.
E299456
229
First-Printing
Towing Eye Location
E265227
E146426
The towing eye may be found:
• Secured to the floor under the
1. Carefully remove the cover. passenger seat.
2. Install the towing eye. • Secured to the rear of the seat base
Note: It has a left-hand thread. Turn it under the passenger seat.
counterclockwise to install it. • Secured under the second row
passenger seat.
Rear Towing Point
• Inside the driver door storage
compartment.
• Inside the toolkit within the front step
storage compartment.
Note: You must carry the towing eye in your
vehicle at all times.
E142319
230
First-Printing
Emergency Equipment
FIRST AID KIT

Space is provided in the passenger's side
lower door bin.
WARNING TRIANGLE
Space is provided in the driver's side lower
door bin.
231
First-Printing
Fuses
FUSE BOX LOCATIONS - 2.0L Body Control Module

ECOBLUE, PLUG-IN HYBRID
ELECTRIC VEHICLE (PHEV)
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
E260233
The fuse box is behind the removable trim

panel.
E319023
FUSE BOX LOCATIONS - 2.2L
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box DIESEL
E260233
The fuse box is behind the removable trim

panel.
Pre-fuse Box
E146726
The fuse box is under the driver seat.
232
First-Printing
Fuses
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box Body Control Module
E260233 E260233
The fuse box is behind the removable trim The fuse box is behind the removable trim
panel. panel.
Pre-fuse Box
The fuse box is under the driver seat.
233
First-Printing
Fuses
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART - PLUG-IN HYBRID ELECTRIC

VEHICLE (PHEV)
2 3 4 5 6
11
7 8 9 10
17
12 13 14 15 16
25
18 19 21 23 24 26
22
20
31
29
27 28 30 32 33
38
34 35 36 37
59
39 40 41 42 43
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
52 53 54 55 56 57 58
E308021
Item Fuse Rating Protected Component
1 50 A Wipers.
2 - Not used.
3 40 A Right-hand heated windshield element.
4 15 A Rear washer motor.
5 - Not used.
6 5A Fuel door actuator.
234
First-Printing
Fuses
7 40 A Front blower motor.

8 40 A Left-hand heated windshield element.
9 - Not used.
10 5A Fuel tank isolation valve.
Auxiliary power point.
11 40 A
USB port.
12 20 A Horn.
13 10 A Vehicle power 3.
14 5A Heater core isolation valve.
15 5A Turbo coolant pump.
16 - Not used.
17 10 A Right-hand high-intensity discharge headlamps.
18 40 A Rear window defroster.
19 30 A Fuel pump driver module.
20 10 A Power folding mirrors.
21 15 A High temperature coolant pump.
22 40 A Rear blower motor.
23 - Not used.
24 40 A Run/Start.
25 40 A Auxiliary power points.
26 10 A Left-hand high-intensity discharge headlamps.
27 - Not used.
28 15 A Motor electronics coolant pump.
29 40 A Brake vacuum pump.
30 15 A Traction battery coolant pump.
31 5A Anti-lock brake system.
32 - Not used.
235
First-Printing
Fuses
33 30 A Powertrain control module.

35 5A Traction battery cooling valve.
36 5A Front evaporator shutoff valve.
37 - Not used.
38 - Not used.
40 5A Air conditioning compressor.
41 5A Chiller shutoff valve.
42 5A Rear heater shutoff valve.
43 60 A Anti-lock brake system pump.
44 25 A Cooling fan.
45 30 A Trailer socket.
46 40 A Heater element 3.
49 10 A Positive temperature coefficient heater.
50 5A Rear evaporator shutoff valve.
51 15 A Battery energy control module.
53 5A Bypass shutoff valve.
54 10 A Battery charge control module.
55 5A Vehicle control module.
56 - Not used.
57 25 A Anti-lock brake system valves.
59 - Cooling fan relay.
236
First-Printing
Fuses
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box
2 4 6 8 19 20 21 22
31 32 33 34 35
1 3 5 7 9
23 24 25 26
11 13 15 17
36 37 38 39 40
10 12 14 16 18
27 28 29 30
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55
41 42
56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74 75
43 44
84 85 86
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83
E296291
1 5A USB port.
2 - Not used.
3 5A USB port.
4 - Not used.
5 5A USB port.
6 - Not used.
7 - Not used.
8 - Not used.
9 10 A Heated exterior mirrors.
10 - Not used.
11 - Not used.
12 15 A Vehicle control module.
237
First-Printing
Fuses

15 - Not used.
16 5A Rain sensor.
17 - Not used.
18 20 A Rear window wiper motor.
19 - Not used.
20 - Not used.
21 20 A Heated rear window.
23 20 A Auxiliary power point.
25 25 A Windshield wiper motor.
27 - Not used.
28 - Not used.
29 - Not used.
30 - Not used.
31 - Not used.
32 - Not used.
33 - Not used.
34 - Not used.
35 - Not used.
36 - Not used.
37 - Not used.
38 - Not used.
39 - Not used.
238
First-Printing
Fuses
40 - Not used.
41 - Not used.
42 40 A Run/start relay.
43 10 A Upfitter relay.
45 10 A Upfitter interface module.
46 15 A Trailer tow module.
47 10 A Generator alternating current/direct current inverter.
48 - Not used.
49 10 A Brake pedal switch.
50 - Not used.
51 - Not used.
52 30 A Driver power seat.
53 60 A Battery.
54 - Not used.
55 50 A Body control module.
56 - Not used.
57 - Not used.
58 10 A Upfitter interface control module.
59 10 A Blind spot information system.
60 10 A Not used.
61 7.5 A Tachograph.
64 - Not used.
65 - Not used.
66 10 A Upfitter relay.
239
First-Printing
Fuses
67 - Not used.
68 5A Trailer tow module.
69 5A Electronic power assist steering.
70 - Not used.
71 10 A Heated seats.
73 20 A Lighting control.
74 - Not used.
75 20 A Power distribution box.
76 10 A Not used.
77 5A Headlamp switch.
Electric motor direct current/alternating current
78 10 A
inverter.
79 - Run/start relay.
80 5A Not used.
81 40 A Vehicle dynamics control module.
82 30 A Not used.
85 - Not used.
240
First-Printing
Fuses
Pre-fuse Box
1 8
2
13 14
9
3
4 10
5
11 15
6
12
7
E296043

2 80 A Electronic power assist steering.
3 150 A Auxiliary heater.
4 - Not used.
5 - Not used.
6 150 A Passenger compartment fuse box.
7 60 A Camper.
8 - Battery.
9 470 A Direct current/Direct current inverter.
10 300 A Engine compartment fuse box.
11 - Not used.
12 150 A Driver compartment fuse box.
241
First-Printing
Fuses
13 - Load shed relay.

14 180 A Auxiliary power point 1.
Body Control Module
E145984
1 - Not used.
2 10 A Power inverter.
Power window switch.
3 7.5 A
Power exterior mirrors.
4 20 A Not used.
5 - Not used.
6 10 A Anti-theft alarm horn.
7 10 A Not used.
8 5A Telematics modem.
242
First-Printing
Fuses
Intrusion sensor.
9 5A
Rear air conditioning.
10 - Not used.
11 - Not used.
12 7.5 A Climate control.
Data link connector.
13 7.5 A Steering column.
Instrument cluster.
14 - Not used.
15 15 A SYNC 3 module.
16 - Not used.
18 7.5 A Not used.
19 5A Battery back-up sounder.
20 5A Ignition switch.
21 5A Positive temperature coefficient heater control.
22 5A Pedestrian alert control module.
23 30 A Not used.
24 30 A Not used.
25 20 A Driver door module.
26 30 A Passenger door module.
27 30 A Not used.
28 30 A Not used.
29 15 A Not used.
30 5A Not used.
31 10 A
Remote key receiver.
32 20 A Radio.
243
First-Printing
Fuses
33 - Not used.
Tachograph.
Message center.
Positive temperature coefficient heater.
34 30 A Direct current/Alternating current inverter.
Lane keeping system camera.
Parking aid.
Steering column.
35 5A Not used.
Parking aid.
36 15 A Lane keeping system camera.
Steering column control module.
37 20 A Not used.
38 30 A Power windows.
244
First-Printing
Fuses
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART - 2.0L ECOBLUE

2 3 4 5 6
11
7 8 9 10
17
12 13 14 15 16
25
18 19 21 23 24 26
22
20
31
29
27 28 30 32 33
38
34 35 36 37
59
39 40 41 42 43
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
52 53 54 55 56 57 58
E308021
1 50 A Wipers.
2 - Not used.
3 40 A Right-hand heated windshield element.
4 15 A Rear window washer pump.
5 - Not used.
6 - Not used.
7 40 A Front blower motor.
245
First-Printing
Fuses
8 40 A Left-hand heated windshield element.

9 15 A Rear door latch.
10 5A Battery energy control module - MHEV.
Auxiliary power point.
11 40 A
USB port.
12 20 A Horn.
13 20 A Selective catalytic reduction system.
15 - Not used.
16 - Not used.
17 10 A Right-hand high-intensity discharge headlamps.
18 40 A Rear window defroster.
19 20 A Front fog lamps.
20 10 A Power folding mirrors.
22 40 A Rear blower motor.
23 20 A Fuel pump.
24 40 A Starter relay.
26 10 A Left-hand high-intensity discharge headlamps.
29 40 A Fuel filter heater.
30 15 A Coolant pump.
31 5A Anti-lock brake system.
32 15 A Transmission control module.
33 30 A Starter motor.
246
First-Printing
Fuses

36 5A Belt integrated starter generator - MHEV.
Glow plugs.
37 5A
Powertrain control module.
38 60 A Glow plugs.
41 10 A Glow plug monitor.
42 15 A Transmission control unit.
43 60 A Anti-lock brake system pump.
46 - Not used.
47 40 A Rear suspension.
49 15 A Nitrogen oxides sensor.
50 5A Closed crankcase ventilation heater.
51 10 A Air conditioning clutch.
53 5A Active tensioner - MHEV.
54 20 A Backup alarm.
55 25 A Transmission fluid pump.
56 20 A Fuel fired booster heater.
Anti-lock brake system with electronic stability
57 25 A
control.
59 - Cooling fan relay.
247
First-Printing
Fuses
2 4 6 8 19 20 21 22
31 32 33 34 35
1 3 5 7 9
23 24 25 26
11 13 15 17
36 37 38 39 40
10 12 14 16 18
27 28 29 30
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55
41 42
56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74 75
43 44
84 85 86
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83
E296291
1 5A USB port.
2 - Not used.
3 5A USB port.
4 - Not used.
5 5A USB port.
6 - Not used.
7 - Not used.
8 - Not used.
9 10 A Heated exterior mirrors.
10 - Not used.
11 - Not used.
12 - Not used.
248
First-Printing
Fuses
13 - Not used.
14 - Not used.
15 - Not used.
16 5A Rain sensor.
17 - Not used.
18 20 A Rear window wiper motor.
19 - Not used.
20 - Not used.
27 - Not used.
28 - Not used.
29 - Not used.
30 - Not used.
31 - Not used.
32 - Not used.
33 - Not used.
34 - Not used.
35 - Not used.
36 - Not used.
37 - Not used.
38 - Not used.
39 - Not used.
249
First-Printing
Fuses
40 - Not used.
41 - Not used.
43 - Upfitter relay.
45 10 A Upfitter module.
46 15 A Trailer tow module.
47 5A Fuel fired heater.
48 - Not used.
49 10 A Brake pedal switch.
50 - Not used.
51 - Not used.
52 30 A Driver power seat.
53 60 A Battery.
56 - Not used.
57 - Not used.
Connector camper body interface.
58 10 A Upfitter interface control module.
Secondary junction box.
59 - Not used.
60 - Not used.
64 - Not used.
65 - Not used.
250
First-Printing
Fuses
66 10 A Enhanced cut off relay system.

67 - Not used.
68 5A Trailer tow module.
70 - Not used.
Adaptive front lighting module.
73 20 A
Headlamp leveling.
74 - Not used.
75 10 A Power distribution box.
76 - Not used.
77 5A Headlamp switch.
78 - Not used.
79 5A Run/start relay.
80 - Not used.
81 - Not used.
82 - Not used.
85 - Not used.
251
First-Printing
Fuses
Pre-fuse Box
1 8
2
13 14
9
3
4 10
5
11 15
6
12
7
E296043

3 150 A Auxiliary heater.
4 - Not used.
5 - Not used.
6 150 A Passenger compartment fuse box.
7 60 A Camper.
8 - Battery.
9 470 A Direct current/Direct current inverter.
10 300 A Engine compartment fuse box.
11 - Not used.
12 150 A Driver compartment fuse box.
252
First-Printing
Fuses
13 - Load shed relay.

Body Control Module
E145984
1 - Not used.
Power window switch.
3 7.5 A
Power exterior mirrors.
4 20 A Not used.
5 - Not used.
6 10 A Not used.
7 10 A Not used.
8 5A Anti-theft alarm horn.
253
First-Printing
Fuses
Intrusion sensor.
9 5A
Rear air conditioning.
10 - Not used.
11 - Not used.
12 7.5 A Climate control.
13 7.5 A Steering column.
Instrument cluster.
14 15 A Battery energy control module - MHEV.
15 15 A SYNC 3 module.
16 - Not used.
18 7.5 A Not used.
19 5A Battery back-up sounder.
20 5A Ignition switch.
21 5A Positive temperature coefficient heater control.
22 5A Pedestrian alert control module.
23 30 A Not used.
24 30 A Not used.
25 20 A Driver door module.
26 30 A Passenger door module.
27 30 A Not used.
28 30 A Not used.
29 15 A Not used.
30 5A Not used.
31 10 A
Remote key receiver.
Radio.
32 20 A
Telematics module.
254
First-Printing
Fuses
33 - Not used.
Tachograph.
Message center.
Positive temperature coefficient heater.
34 30 A Direct current/Alternating current inverter.
Lane keeping system camera.
Parking aid.
Steering column.
35 5A Not used.
Parking aid.
36 15 A Lane keeping system camera.
Steering column control module.
37 20 A Not used.
38 30 A Power windows.
255
First-Printing
Fuses
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART - 2.2L DIESEL

E148826
Fuse Location Fuse Rating Protected Component
F1 - Not used.
F2 - Not used.
F3 - Not used.
256
First-Printing
Fuses
F4 - Not used.
F5 3A Diesel particulate filter vaporizer glow plug.
F6 3A
control.
Powertrain control module.
F7 7.5 A
Telematics control unit module.
F8 - Not used.
F9 30 A Left-hand windshield wiper.
F10 30 A Right-hand windshield wiper.
F11 10 A Air conditioning clutch.
F12 20 A Diesel particulate filter vaporizer glow plug.
F13 - Not used.
F14 - Not used.
F15 - Not used.
F16 - Not used.
F17 - Not used.
F18 40 A
control.
F19 30 A Starter motor solenoid.
F20 60 A Glow plugs.
F21 60 A Ignition relay 3.
F22 30 A Fuel fired booster heater.
F23 10 A Not used (spare).
F24 7.5 A Fuel pump.
F25 15 A Not used (spare).
F26 - Not used.
F27 - Not used.
F28 - Not used.
257
First-Printing
Fuses
F29 3A Audio unit.

F30 60 A Low-speed cooling fan.
F31 - Not used.
F32 60 A Windshield wiper motor.
F33 - Not used.
F34 - Not used.
F35 15 A Powertrain control module.
F36 7.5 A Mass air flow sensor.
F37 7.5 A Fuel volume control valve.
F38 7.5 A Air conditioning clutch.
Exhaust gas temperature sensor.
Fuel vaporizer system fuel pump.
F39 15 A Coolant bypass solenoid valve.
Low-speed cooling fan.
High-speed cooling fan.
Relay Number Circuits Switched
R1 Ignition relay 3.
R2 Not used.
R3 Rear window wiper.
R4 Windshield wiper relay.
R5 Not used.
R6 Windshield wipers.
R7 Windshield wiper speed.
R8 Fuel heater.
R9 Starter motor.
R10 Air conditioning clutch.
R11 Fuel vaporizer system glow plug.
258
First-Printing
Fuses
R12 Fuel pump.

R13 Not used.
R14 Not used.
R15 Low-speed cooling fan.
R16 Not used.
R17 Powertrain control module.
R18 High-speed cooling fan.
E148827
F1 10 A Restraints control module.

F2 - Not used.
F3 10 A Heated exterior mirrors.
F4 - Not used.
259
First-Printing
Fuses
F5 20 A Fuel fired booster heater.

F6 5A Tachograph.
F7 10 A Adaptive cruise control.
F8 40 A Direct current/alternating current inverter.
F9 - Not used.
F10 30 A Driver power seat.
F11 - Not used.
F12 - Not used.
F13 - Not used.
F14 5A Powertrain control module.
F15 40 A Powertrain control module.
F16 40 A Passenger compartment fuse box.
F17 - Not used.
F18 30 A
control.
F19 5A Tachograph.
Heated windshield relay.
Heated exterior mirror relay.
F20 5A
AC power point.
Direct current/alternating current inverter.
F21 10 A Modified vehicle connection.
F23 7.5 A Climate control.
F24 5A Headlamp leveling.
F25 7.5 A Interior lighting.
F26 10 A Heated seats.
F27 10 A Heated seats.
F28 20 A Cornering lamps.
260
First-Printing
Fuses
Rear view camera.

F29 10 A Interior rear view mirror.
Lane keeping system.
F30 5A Adaptive cruise control.
F31 - Not used.
F32 10 A Interior lamp.
F33 - Not used.
F34 20 A Rear window wiper.
F35 5A Power folding mirrors.
F36 20 A Horn.
F37 7.5 A Not used (spare).
Windshield wiper relay.
Rear window wiper relay.
F38 5A
Horn relay.
Blower motor relay.
Power windows.
F39 7.5 A Rear heating, ventilation and air conditioning.
Remote keyless entry.
F40 40 A Blower motor.
F41 40 A Rear blower motor.
F42 30 A Heated rear window.
F43 30 A Trailer module.
F44 60 A Auxiliary power points.
F45 - Not used.
F46 30 A Power windows.
F47 20 A Cigar lighter.
F48 20 A Rear auxiliary power points.
F49 20 A Front auxiliary power points.
261
First-Printing
Fuses

F52 40 A Left-hand heated windshield element.
F53 40 A Right-hand heated windshield element.
R1 Fuel fired booster heater.

R2 Auxiliary power points.
R3 Not used.
R5 Not used.
R7 Horn.
R8 Not used.
R9 Blower motor.
R10 Rear blower motor.
Heated rear window.
R11
Heated exterior mirrors.
R12 Right-hand heated windshield element.
R13 Left-hand heated windshield element.
262
First-Printing
Fuses
Pre-fuse Box
E148828
Alternator.
F1 470 A Starter motor.
Engine junction box.
F3 - Not used.
F4 200 A Auxiliary junction box.
F6 80 A Electric booster heater.
F7 80 A Heated windshield relay.
F8 100 A Engine junction box.
263
First-Printing
Fuses
Body Control Module
E148830
F1 15 A Central locking system.

F2 15 A Central locking system.
Ignition switch.
F3 15 A
Auxiliary battery.
F4 5A Parking assist control module.
Rain sensor module.
F5 5A
Autolamps.
264
First-Printing
Fuses
F6 15 A Windshield washer pump.

F7 7.5 A Exterior mirrors.
F8 15 A Front fog lamps.
F9 10 A Right-hand high beam.
F10 10 A Left-hand high beam.
Right-hand exterior lamps.
F11 25 A
Left-hand side lamps.
Anti-theft alarm horn.
F12 20 A
Battery back-up sounder.
F13 15 A Auxiliary power point relay.
Interior lighting.
Daytime running lamps.
F14 25 A Direction indicators.
Rear fog lamp.
Left-hand exterior lamps.
F15 25 A Right-hand side lamps.
High mounted stoplamp.
F16 20 A Audio control.
Blower motor.
F17 7.5 A Instrument cluster.
Climate control.
Lighting control.
F18 10 A
Steering wheel module.
F19 5A Front control/display interface module.
Passive anti-theft system.
F20 5A
Ignition.
Audio control.
F21 3A
Accessory delay.
265
First-Printing
Fuses
CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING: Always replace a fuse

with one that has the specified
amperage rating. Using a fuse with a
higher amperage rating can cause severe E217331
wire damage and could start a fire.
If electrical components in the vehicle are
not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown
fuses are identified by a broken wire within
the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses
before replacing any electrical
components.
Fuse Types
E207206
Callout Fuse Type
A Micro 2
B Micro 3
C Maxi
D Mini
266
First-Printing
Fuses
Callout Fuse Type
E M Case
F J Case
G J Case Low Profile
267
First-Printing
Maintenance
GENERAL INFORMATION Check When Refueling

• Washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid
Check (page 284).
WARNING: Do not work on a hot • Tire pressures. See Tire Pressures
engine. (page 321).
WARNING: Switch the ignition off • Tire condition. See Tire Care (page
and apply the parking brake. 309).
WARNING: Do not touch the Check Monthly

electronic ignition system parts after you • Engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check
have switched the ignition on or when (page 275).
the engine is running. The system
operates at high voltage. Failure to • Engine coolant level. See Engine
adhere to this warning could result in Coolant Check (page 277).
serious personal injury or death. • Brake fluid level. See Brake Fluid
Check (page 280).
WARNING: Keep your hands and • Pipes, hoses and reservoirs for leaks.
clothing clear of the engine cooling fan.
• Air conditioning operation.
WARNING: If your vehicle has • Parking brake operation.
self-leveling air suspension, you must • Horn operation.
switch the system off before carrying out
any maintenance or repair. Failure to • Wheel Lug Nut Torque. See Lug Nuts
follow this warning could result in serious (page 325).
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
Under certain conditions, the engine HOOD - LHD
cooling fan may continue to run for several
minutes after you switch your vehicle off.
See Engine Cooling Fan (page 277).
Opening the Hood
Make sure that you fit filler caps securely
after carrying out maintenance checks.
1
In addition to regular servicing, we
recommend that you carry out the
following checks.
Check Daily
• Exterior lamps.
• Interior lamps.
• Warning lamps and indicators.
E251852
1. Open the left-hand front door and pull

the hood release handle up.
268
First-Printing
Maintenance
Closing the Hood

2
1. Remove the strut from the catch and
secure it correctly in the clip.
2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop
under its own weight for the last
20–30 cm (8–12 in).
Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly
closed.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE

HOOD - RHD
Opening the Hood
3
1
E217707
2. Slightly lift the hood.

3. Move the catch to the left.
E251852
4. Open the hood.
1. Open the left-hand front door and pull
the hood release handle up.
E87786
5. Support the hood with the strut.
269
First-Printing
Maintenance
Opening the Hood if the Vehicle

2 Battery has no Charge
1. Unlock the right-hand front door using
the key and access the left-hand front
footwell. See Locking and Unlocking
(page 51).
3
3
E251853
2. Remove the hood release handle by

E217707 carefully prying it upward in the
position shown.
3. Slide the hood release handle down to
3. Move the catch to the left. remove it from the hood release lever.
4. Open the hood.
E251854
E87786
4. Pull the hood release lever up.
270
First-Printing
Maintenance
7. Open the hood.

5
6 E87786
Closing the Hood

1. Remove the strut from the catch and
secure it correctly in the clip.
2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop
E252070 under its own weight for the last
20–30 cm (8–12 in).
Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly
6. Move the catch to the left. closed.
271
First-Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 2.0L ECOBLUE
A B C D E F G H
I
E221303
A Washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 284).

B Brake and clutch fluid reservoir (right-hand drive). See Brake Fluid Check
(page 280). See Clutch Fluid Check (page 281).
C Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 275).
D Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 275).
E Air filter assembly.
F Brake and clutch fluid reservoir (left-hand drive). See Brake Fluid Check (page
280). See Clutch Fluid Check (page 281).
G Engine compartment fusebox. See Fuses (page 232).
H Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 277).
I Power steering fluid reservoir. See Power Steering Fluid Check (page 281).
272
First-Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 2.2L DIESEL
A B C D E F G H
I
E146432
A Brake and clutch fluid reservoir (right-hand drive). See Brake Fluid Check
(page 280). See Clutch Fluid Check (page 281).
B Washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 284).
C Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 275).
D Air filter assembly.
E Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 275).
F Brake and clutch fluid reservoir (left-hand drive). See Brake Fluid Check (page
280). See Clutch Fluid Check (page 281).
G Engine compartment fusebox. See Fuses (page 232).
H Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 277).
I Power steering fluid reservoir. See Power Steering Fluid Check (page 281).
273
First-Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - PLUG-IN HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE

(PHEV)
A B C D E F G
E305593
I H
A Washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 284).

B Electric motor coolant reservoir. See Coolant Check (page 279).
C Brake fluid reservoir (right-hand drive). See Brake Fluid Check (page 280).
D Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 275).
E Brake fluid reservoir (left-hand drive). See Brake Fluid Check (page 280).
F Engine compartment fusebox. See Fuses (page 232).
G Engine coolant reservoir. See Coolant Check (page 279).
H Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 275).
I Air filter assembly.
274
First-Printing
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 1.0L ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 2.2L

ECOBOOST™ DIESEL
A B A B
E141337 E90983
A Minimum. A Minimum.
B Maximum. B Maximum.
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 2.0L ENGINE OIL CHECK

ECOBLUE
1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
A B 2. Check the oil level before starting the
engine, or switch the engine off and
wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into
the oil pan.
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with
a clean, lint-free cloth. Reinstall the
dipstick and remove it again to check
E226469 the oil level.
If the oil level is at the minimum mark,
A Minimum. immediately add oil.
B Maximum. Note: Make sure that the oil level is
between the minimum and the maximum
marks.
Note: The oil consumption of new engines
reaches its normal level after approximately
5,000 km (3,000 mi).
275
First-Printing
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
WARNING: Do not add engine oil

when the engine is hot. Failure to follow
injury.
WARNING: Do not remove the filler

cap when the engine is running.
Do not use supplemental engine oil 2

additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
1. Clean the area surrounding the engine
oil filler cap before you remove it.
2. Remove the engine oil filler cap.
3. Add engine oil that meets our
specifications. See Capacities and 1
Specifications (page 326). E223800
4. Reinstall the engine oil filler cap. Turn
it clockwise until you feel a strong 1. Attach a tube to the drain plug and
resistance. place the end of the tube into a
suitable container.
Note: Do not add oil further than the
maximum mark. Oil levels above the 2. Loosen the drain plug one to two turns
maximum mark may cause engine damage. and allow the water to drain.
Note: Immediately soak up any oil spillage 3. Tighten the drain plug until you feel a
with an absorbent cloth. strong resistance.
When you start the engine the
water in fuel indicator lamp turns
DRAINING THE FUEL FILTER off after a short period of time.
WATER TRAP - 2.0L DIESEL
DRAINING THE FUEL FILTER
WARNING: Do not dispose of fuel WATER TRAP - 2.2L DIESEL
sewage system. Use an authorized waste
disposal facility. WARNING: Do not dispose of fuel
To drain the fuel filter water trap, access sewage system. Use an authorized waste
the underside of your vehicle. disposal facility.
276
First-Printing
Maintenance
To drain the fuel filter water trap, access ENGINE COOLING FAN - PLUG-
the underside of your vehicle.
IN HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(PHEV)
WARNING: Keep your hands and

Under certain conditions, the engine

cooling fan may continue to run for several
ENGINE COOLING FAN -

DIESEL
WARNING: Keep your hands and

2
Under certain conditions, the engine
1 cooling fan may continue to run for several
E149161
This could happen in low ambient
1. Attach a tube to the drain plug and temperatures and independent of the
place the end of the tube into a engine coolant temperature, for example
suitable container. short journeys or low coolant temperature.
See Diesel Particulate Filter (page 148).
2. Loosen the drain plug one to two turns
and allow the water to drain.
Note: The drain plug rises when you loosen ENGINE COOLANT CHECK -
it. DIESEL
3. Tighten the drain plug until you feel a
strong resistance.
When you start the engine the WARNING: Do not dispose of
water in fuel indicator lamp turns coolant in the household refuse or the
off after a short period of time. public sewage system. Use an authorized
waste disposal facility.
WARNING: Do not put coolant in

the windshield washer reservoir. If
sprayed on the windshield, coolant could
make it difficult to see through the
windshield.
277
First-Printing
Maintenance
Adding Coolant
WARNING: Do not remove the

coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap
with a thick cloth to prevent the
possibility of scalding and slowly remove
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not allow the fluid

to touch your skin or eyes. If this
happens, rinse the affected areas
immediately with plenty of water and
contact your physician.
E170684
WARNING: Undiluted coolant is
Make sure that the coolant level is flammable and may ignite if spilled on a
between the MIN and MAX marks on the hot exhaust.
coolant reservoir at ambient temperature.
If the coolant level is at or below the We do not recommend the use of recycled
minimum mark, immediately add coolant. engine coolant since a Ford-approved
The coolant concentration should be recycling process is not yet available.
maintained within 48% to 50%, which Do not mix different colors or types of
equates to a freeze point between -34°C coolant in your vehicle.
(-29°F) and -37°C (-35°F).
Note: Add a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The and water or prediluted engine coolant that
level may extend beyond the MAX mark. meets the correct specification.
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling Note: Use fluids which meet the
system sealants, or non-specified additives specifications or requirements defined. Use
as they can cause damage to the engine of other fluids may lead to damage which
cooling or heating systems. is not covered by the vehicle Warranty. See
Capacities and Specifications (page 326).
To top up the coolant level do the
following:
1. Remove the coolant reservoir cap.
2. Add coolant to the MAX mark, do not
overfill.
3. Replace the coolant reservoir cap. Turn
it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
278
First-Printing
Maintenance
In case of emergency, you can add water

without engine coolant in order to reach a
vehicle service location.
Note: Prolonged use of an incorrect dilution
of coolant can cause damage, for example
corrosion, overheating or freezing.
COOLANT CHECK - PLUG-IN

(PHEV)
WARNING: Do not dispose of

coolant in the household refuse or the
public sewage system. Use an authorized
waste disposal facility.
E170684
WARNING: Do not put coolant in
the windshield washer reservoir. If Make sure that the coolant level is
sprayed on the windshield, coolant could between the MIN and MAX marks on both
make it difficult to see through the engine and electric motor coolant
windshield. reservoirs at ambient temperature. If the
coolant level is at or below the minimum
Your vehicle is equipped with two separate mark, immediately add coolant.
cooling systems. One is for cooling the The coolant concentration should be
engine and one is for cooling the electric maintained within 48% to 50%, which
motor. The two systems operate similarly, equates to a freeze point between -34°C
with the electric motor cooling system (-29°F) and -37°C (-35°F).
generally operating at a lower temperature
and pressure. Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants, or non-specified additives
as they can cause damage to the engine
cooling or heating systems.
279
First-Printing
Maintenance
Adding Coolant 3. Replace the coolant reservoir cap. Turn

it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
WARNING: Do not remove the In case of emergency, you can add water
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is without engine coolant in order to reach a
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 vehicle service location.
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap Note: Prolonged use of an incorrect dilution
with a thick cloth to prevent the of coolant can cause damage, for example
possibility of scalding and slowly remove corrosion, overheating or freezing.
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury. BRAKE FLUID CHECK
happens, rinse the affected areas WARNING: Do not use any fluid
immediately with plenty of water and other than the recommended brake fluid
contact your physician. as this will reduce brake efficiency. Use
of incorrect fluid could result in the loss
WARNING: Undiluted coolant is of vehicle control, serious personal injury
flammable and may ignite if spilled on a or death.
hot exhaust.
WARNING: Only use brake fluid
We do not recommend the use of recycled from a sealed container. Contamination
engine coolant since a Ford-approved with dirt, water, petroleum products or
recycling process is not yet available. other materials may result in brake
system damage or failure. Failure to
Do not mix different colors or types of adhere to this warning could result in the
coolant in your vehicle. loss of vehicle control, serious personal
Note: Add a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze injury or death.
and water or prediluted engine coolant that
meets the correct specification. WARNING: Do not allow the fluid
Note: Use fluids which meet the happens, rinse the affected areas
specifications or requirements defined. Use immediately with plenty of water and
of other fluids may lead to damage which contact your physician.
is not covered by the vehicle Warranty. See
Capacities and Specifications (page 329). WARNING: A fluid level between
See Capacities and Specifications (page the MAX and MIN lines is within the
329). normal operating range and there is no
To top up the coolant level do the need to add fluid. A fluid level not in the
following: normal operating range could
compromise the performance of the
1. Remove the coolant reservoir cap. system. Have your vehicle checked
2. Add coolant to the MAX mark, do not immediately.
overfill.
280
First-Printing
Maintenance
E170684 E170684
To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir If the power steering fluid level is below
cap must remain in place and fully tight, the MAX mark, add power steering fluid
unless you are adding fluid. that meets the correct specification. See
Capacities and Specifications (page
Only use fluid that meets Ford
332). See Capacities and Specifications
specifications. See Capacities and
(page 335).
Specifications (page 326).
Adding Power Steering Fluid
CLUTCH FLUID CHECK - 1. Remove the power steering fluid
MANUAL TRANSMISSION reservoir filler cap. See Under Hood
Overview (page 272). See Under
The clutch and brake systems share the Hood Overview (page 273).
same fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid
2. Add power steering fluid to the MAX
Check (page 280).
mark, do not overfill.
3. Replace the power steering fluid
POWER STEERING FLUID reservoir filler cap. Turn it clockwise
CHECK - 2.2L DIESEL until you feel a strong resistance.
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY

to touch your skin or eyes. If this The battery is under the driver seat.
happens, rinse the affected areas
Note: If you have power seats and the
immediately with plenty of water and
battery has no charge, jump-start your
contact your physician.
vehicle to move the seat. See Jump
Starting the Vehicle (page 226).
281
First-Printing
Maintenance
Removing the Battery

4
3
1
E152526
E146781
1.Fully raise the driver seat and move it
fully forward. Pull the tabs upward and 3. Remove both seat track end caps.
remove the cover. Note: Your vehicle may not have these end
Note: Your vehicle may not have this cover. caps.
4. Remove both seat adjustment end
stop bolts at the front of the seat.
5
2
E152529
6
2. Unhook the cover and tuck it under the
seat. E146773
5. Remove the battery clamp and cover

bolts.
6. Remove the battery clamp and cover.
282
First-Printing
Maintenance
E162774 E162776
7. Remove the battery terminal cover and

remove the negative (-) terminal. 10. Remove the positive (+) terminal and
remove the battery.
Note: Single batteries could be mounted
the opposite way around in the battery tray. Note: Batteries are heavy.
The negative terminal is toward the rear of 11. Move the second battery toward the
your vehicle. rear of your vehicle and remove the
negative (-) terminal.
12. Remove the positive (+) terminal and
remove the battery.
Replacing the Battery

8
securely fasten the seat runner bolts
before installing the covers.
You must replace the battery with one of

exactly the same specification.
To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Note: Make sure that you correctly install
the battery terminal covers, battery cover
and battery cable clips.
E162775
8. Release the retaining clips and remove

the cover.
9. Remove the cable securing clips from
the cover.
283
First-Printing
Maintenance
FUEL FILTER SERVICE Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
INDICATOR CHECK - 2.0L cloth.
ECOBLUE/2.2L DIESEL
If the warning lamp illuminates CHANGING THE FRONT WIPER
when the engine is running this BLADES
indicates there is excess water
in the fuel filter.
2
This occurs when approximately 200 ml
(7 fl oz) of water accumulates in the fuel
filter water trap. Have your vehicle
Alternatively you can drain the fuel filter
water trap. See Draining the Fuel Filter 1
Water Trap (page 276). E72899
1. Lift the wiper arm. Press the wiper

WASHER FLUID CHECK blade locking button.
When adding fluid, use a mixture of washer Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when
fluid and water to help prevent freezing in lifting the wiper arm.
cold weather and improve the cleaning 2. Remove the wiper blade.
capability. For information on fluid dilution, Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
refer to the product instructions. We not spring back against the glass when the
recommend that you only use high quality wiper blade is not attached.
washer fluid.
3. To install, reverse the removal
Note: The reservoir supplies the front and procedure.
rear washer systems.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES
E142463
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of

the blade to check for roughness.
284
First-Printing
Maintenance
CHANGING THE REAR WIPER

BLADES (IF EQUIPPED)
5
2
1 4
E93783
E93785
1. Lift the wiper arm. 4. Disengage the wiper blade from the
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when wiper arm.
lifting the wiper arm. 5. Move the wiper blade to the side.
2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade.
6
E93786
6. Remove the wiper blade.

Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
E93784
not spring back against the glass when the
3. Press the wiper blade locking clip. wiper blade is not attached.
procedure.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
285
First-Printing
Maintenance
REMOVING A HEADLAMP
WARNING: Switch the lamps and

the ignition off. Failure to follow this
warning could result in serious personal
injury.
WARNING: Lamps and associated

components become hot when in use.
Let them cool down before you remove
them.
1. Open the hood. See Opening and

Closing the Hood (page 268). E88875
4. Disconnect the electrical connector.

2
procedure.
Note: Make sure that you correctly attach
the electrical connector.
Note: Make sure that you correctly engage
3 the locating points.
2 CHANGING A BULB - VEHICLES

WITH: HALOGEN HEADLAMPS

components become hot when in use.
Let them cool down before you remove
them.
E146583 WARNING: Switch the lamps and

2. Remove the screws. warning could result in serious personal
3. Push the headlamp toward the rear of injury.
your vehicle and upward to disengage
the locating points. Only fit bulbs of the correct specification.
See Bulb Specification Chart (page 338).
Note: We recommend that you see an
authorized dealer to change the bulbs if your
vehicle has air conditioning.
286
First-Printing
Maintenance
Headlamp Front Position Lamp

1. Carefully remove the cover.
2. Remove the bulb holder by pulling it
A B C straight out.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
procedure.
Front Direction Indicator

D 1. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
E260595 and remove it.
2. Press the bulb in and turn the bulb
A Front position lamps. counterclockwise to remove it.
B Headlamp low beam. 3. To install, reverse the removal
procedure.
C Headlamp high beam. Daytime
running lamps. Headlamp Low Beam
D Front direction indicator.
You may have to remove the headlamp 2. Press down on the electrical connector
assembly prior to replacing a bulb. See to release the bulb.
Removing a Headlamp (page 286). 3. Disconnect the electrical connector.
A B procedure.
Note: Do not touch the bulb glass.
Headlamp High Beam and Daytime

Running Lamp
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
C 3. To install, reverse the removal
E260678
procedure.
A Headlamp high beam. Daytime
running lamps. Note: You cannot separate the bulb from
the bulb holder.
B Headlamp low beam. Front
position lamps.
C Front direction indicator.
287
First-Printing
Maintenance
Front Fog Lamps Side Repeater
2 2
1
2 1
E256126 5
1. Gently press the fog lamp trim inward 3
and then slide it toward the outer edge
of the bumper.
2. Remove the screws that secure the
lamp assembly. 4
E146614
3. Remove the lamp.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector. 1. Fold the mirror fully forward.
2. Remove the screw.
3. Using a screwdriver, gently pry the clip
to release the lamp.
4. Remove the lamp.
straight out.
E256280 out.
5. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise 7. To install, reverse the removal
and remove it. procedure.
Note: You cannot separate the bulb from
the bulb holder.
procedure.
288
First-Printing
Maintenance
Rear Lamp Central High Mounted Stoplamp
2 1
A 1
B
E162641
C 1. Remove the rubber grommets.

Note: You may need to remove a trim panel
first.
D
E146621
A Rear lamp and stoplamp.

B Rear direction indicator.
C Reversing lamp.
D Rear fog lamp.
1. Remove the wing nut.

2. Remove the screws.
3. Remove the lamp and unclip the bulb
holder.
E146638
counterclockwise to remove it.
3. Remove the lamp.
out.
289
First-Printing
Maintenance
License Plate Lamp
1 2
E146669
2. Remove the bulb.
Vehicles with Interior Sensors
E99429 2
2. Remove the bulb.
Interior Lamp
Entrance Lamps
1
E154370
1. Remove the lamp lens.

2. Remove the bulb.
E154369

290
First-Printing
Maintenance
Reading Lamps Vanity Mirror Lamp
2 2
E72785
1. Remove the lamp.

E72786
out.
2
CHANGING A BULB - VEHICLES
WITH: HALOGEN PROJECTOR
3 HEADLAMPS

1 warning could result in serious personal
injury.
E99453
1. Using a screwdriver, gently pry the clip components become hot when in use.
to release the lamp. Let them cool down before you remove
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise them.
and remove it.
Only fit bulbs of the correct specification.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight See Bulb Specification Chart (page 339).
out.
291
First-Printing
Maintenance
Headlamp Front Direction Indicator

and remove it.
A B C 2. Press the bulb in and turn the bulb
procedure.
Headlamp Low Beam

1.Carefully remove the cover.
D 2.Release the clip and remove the bulb.
E260596
3.Disconnect the electrical connector.
4.To install, reverse the removal
A Headlamp low beam. procedure.
B Headlamp high beam. Note: Do not touch the bulb glass.
C Daytime running lamps. Front
position lamps. Headlamp High Beam
D Front direction indicator. 1.Carefully remove the cover.
2.Release the clip and remove the bulb.
You may have to remove the headlamp
assembly prior to replacing a bulb. See 3.Disconnect the electrical connector.
Removing a Headlamp (page 286). 4.To install, reverse the removal
procedure.
A B
Daytime Running Lamp and Front
Position Lamps
These lamps have LEDs.
Note: LED lamps are not serviceable. Have
E260679 C
A Headlamp high beam.

B Headlamp low beam.
292
First-Printing
Maintenance
2 2
1
2 1
E256126 5
of the bumper.
lamp assembly. 4
E146614
3. Remove the lamp.
4. Remove the lamp.
straight out.
E256280 out.
the bulb holder.
procedure.
293
First-Printing
Maintenance
2 1
A 1
B
E162641

first.
D
E146621

C Reversing lamp.
D Rear fog lamp.

holder.
E146638
3. Remove the lamp.
out.
294
First-Printing
Maintenance
License Plate Lamp
1 2
E146669
2. Remove the bulb.
E99429 2
2. Remove the bulb.
Interior Lamp
Entrance Lamps
1
E154370

2. Remove the bulb.
E154369

295
First-Printing
Maintenance
2 2
E72785
1. Remove the lamp.

E72786
out.
2
CHANGING A BULB - VEHICLES
WITH: HIGH INTENSITY
3 DISCHARGE HEADLAMPS

1 warning could result in serious personal
injury.
E99453
1. Using a screwdriver, gently pry the clip components become hot when in use.
to release the lamp. Let them cool down before you remove
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise them.
and remove it.
Only fit bulbs of the correct specification.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight See Bulb Specification Chart (page 340).
out.
296
First-Printing
Maintenance
Headlamp Front Direction Indicator

and remove it.
A B C 2. Press the bulb in and turn the bulb
procedure.
HID Headlamp Low Beam and High

Beam
D 2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
E260597
and remove it.
A Headlamp low beam. Headlamp 3. To install, reverse the removal
high beam. procedure.
B Cornering lamps. Note: Do not touch the bulb glass.
C Daytime running lamps. Front Note: You cannot separate the bulb from
position lamps. the bulb holder.
D Front direction indicator. Cornering Lamps
You may have to remove the headlamp 1.Carefully remove the cover.
assembly prior to replacing a bulb. See 2.Release the clip and remove the bulb.
Removing a Headlamp (page 286).
3.Disconnect the electrical connector.
4.To install, reverse the removal
A B procedure.
Daytime Running Lamp and Front

Position Lamps
These lamps have LEDs.
Note: LED lamps are not serviceable. Have
E260679 C
A Cornering lamps.
B Headlamp low beam. Headlamp
high beam.
297
First-Printing
Maintenance
2 2
1
2 1
E256126 5
of the bumper.
lamp assembly. 4
E146614
3. Remove the lamp.
4. Remove the lamp.
straight out.
E256280 out.
the bulb holder.
procedure.
298
First-Printing
Maintenance
2 1
A 1
B
E162641

first.
D
E146621

C Reversing lamp.
D Rear fog lamp.

holder.
E146638
3. Remove the lamp.
out.
299
First-Printing
Maintenance
License Plate Lamp
1 2
E146669
2. Remove the bulb.
E99429 2
2. Remove the bulb.
Interior Lamp
Entrance Lamps
1
E154370

2. Remove the bulb.
E154369

300
First-Printing
Maintenance
2 2
E72785
1. Remove the lamp.

E72786
out.
2
1
E99453

and remove it.
out.
301
First-Printing
Vehicle Care
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR We recommend that you wash your vehicle

with a sponge and lukewarm water
Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or containing a car shampoo.
lukewarm water and a neutral pH
shampoo. Cleaning the Headlamps
• Never use strong household detergents Note: Do not scrape the headlamps.
or soap, for example dish washing or Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic
laundry liquid. These products can solvents or chemical solvents to clean the
discolor and spot painted surfaces. headlamps.
• Never wash your vehicle when it is hot Note: Do not wipe the headlamps when
to the touch, or during strong or direct they are dry.
sunlight.
• Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft Cleaning the Rear Window
terry cloth towel to eliminate water
spotting. Note: Do not scrape the inside of the rear
window
• Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird
droppings, insect deposits and road tar. Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic
These may cause damage to your solvents or chemical solvents to clean the
vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time. inside of the rear window.
• Remove any exterior accessories, for Clean the inside of the rear window with a
example antennas, before entering a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive
car wash. cleaner.
• When filling with AdBlue®, remove any
Cleaning the Chrome Trim (If Equipped)
residue on painted surfaces
immediately. Note: Do not use abrasives or chemical
Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents solvents. Use soapy water.
can damage painted surfaces. If these Note: Do not apply cleaning product to hot
substances come in contact with your surfaces and do not leave cleaning product
vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as on chrome surfaces for a period of time
possible. exceeding that which is recommended.
Note: If you use a car wash with a waxing Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty)
cycle, make sure that you remove the wax cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, may cause
from the windshield and the wiper blades. damage over a period of time.
Note: Before using a car wash, check that
it is suitable for your vehicle. Cleaning Stripes or Graphics (If
Equipped)
Note: Some car washes use water at high
pressure. Due to this, water droplets may Hand washing your vehicle is preferred
enter inside your vehicle and could also however, pressure washing may be used
damage certain parts of your vehicle. under the following conditions:
Note: Remove the antenna before using an • Do not use water pressure higher than
automatic car wash. 14,000 kPa (2,000 psi).
Note: Switch the blower motor off to • Do not use water hotter than 82°C
prevent contamination of the cabin air filter. (179°F).
302
First-Printing
Vehicle Care
• Use a spray with a 40° wide spray Fabric, Carpets, Cloth Seats,
angle pattern. Headliners and Floor Mats
• Keep the nozzle at a 305 mm (12 in) Note: Avoid soaking any surface. Do not
distance and 90° angle to your use excessive amounts of water to clean
vehicle's surface. the vehicle interior.
Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean
at an angle to the vehicle's surface may the entire surface.
damage graphics and cause the edges to
peel away from the vehicle's surface. To clean:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
BodyPaintwork Preservation vacuum cleaner or brush.
Frequently remove particles such as bird • Wipe the surface with a soft, damp
droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar cloth and a mild soap and water
spots, road salt and industrial fallout to solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft
avoid paint surface damage. cloth.
Frequently wash the underbody of your • If a ring forms on the fabric after spot
vehicle if salt is applied on the road. cleaning, clean the entire area
immediately, but do not soak or the
We recommend that you wax the ring will set.
paintwork once or twice a year.
Note: Do not apply polish in strong sunlight Seatbelts
as this dries the polish too quickly.
Note: Do not allow polish to come in
WARNING: Do not use cleaning
contact with unpainted plastic surfaces as
solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle's
it could be difficult to remove.
seatbelts, as these actions may weaken
Note: Do not apply polish to the windshield the belt webbing.
or rear window. A contaminated windshield
or contaminated wiper blades may lead to WARNING: On vehicles equipped
increased wiper noise, reduced wipe quality with seat-mounted airbags, do not use
or reduced rain sensor performance. chemical solvents or strong detergents.
Such products could contaminate the
side airbag system and affect
CLEANING THE INTERIOR performance of the side airbag in a crash.
Note: Do not allow air fresheners and hand Note: Do not use abrasives, or chemical
sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces. If a solvents to clean them.
spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Damage
may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Note: Do not allow moisture to penetrate
the seatbelt retractor mechanism.
Note: Do not use household cleaning
products or glass cleaners, which can stain Cleaning may safely be carried out using
and discolor the fabric and affect the flame mild soap and water. Let them dry
retardant abilities of the seat materials. naturally, away from artificial heat.
Note: We recommend distilled water when
cleaning.
303
First-Printing
Vehicle Care
Leather Interior (If Equipped) To clean:

• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
Note: Follow the same procedure as
vacuum cleaner.
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim • Wipe the surface with a soft, damp
surfaces. cloth and a mild soap and water
solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft
For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with cloth.
a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a clean, • If a ring forms on the fabric after spot
soft cloth. cleaning, clean the entire area
immediately, but do not soak or the
For cleaning and removing stains such as ring will set.
dye transfer, use a leather cleaning product
for automotive interiors. Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD
Do not use the following products as these Screens and Radio Screens
may damage the leather: Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic
• Oil and petroleum or silicone-based solvents or chemical solvents to clean the
leather conditioners. instrument cluster screens, LCD screens or
radio screens. These cleaning products can
• Household cleaners.
damage the screens.
• Alcohol solutions.
Clean the instrument panel and cluster
• Solvents or cleaners intended lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth,
specifically for rubber, vinyl and then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry
plastics. these areas.
Suede Micro Fiber Fabric (If Equipped) Do not spray any liquid directly onto the
screens.
Note: Do not steam clean.
Do not use a microfiber cloth to clean the
Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean bezel around the display screens as it could
the entire surface. damage the surface.
Do not use the following products:
Rear Windows
• Leather care products.
• Household cleaners. Note: Do not use any abrasive materials to
clean the interior of the rear windows.
• Alcoholic solutions.
Note: Do not install stickers or labels to the
• Spot removers. interior of the rear windows.
• Shoe polish.
Mirrors
Do not clean the housing or glass of any
mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
304
First-Printing
Vehicle Care
Storage Compartments, Cup Note: Some automatic car washes may

Holders and Ashtrays cause damage to the finish on your wheel
rims and covers.
To clean:
Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated
• Take out any removable inserts. with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain
• Wipe the surface with a soft, damp their condition we recommend that you:
cloth and a mild soap and water • Clean them weekly with the
solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft recommended wheel and tire cleaner.
cloth.
• Use a sponge to remove heavy
deposits of dirt and brake dust
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT accumulation.
DAMAGE • Rinse them thoroughly with a
pressurized stream of water when you
You should repair paintwork damage have completed the cleaning process.
caused by stones from the road or minor
Consult your authorized dealer for
scratches as soon as possible. A choice of
approved cleaning products.
products are available from an authorized
dealer. Using other non-recommended cleaning
products can result in severe and
Remove particles such as bird droppings,
permanent cosmetic damage.
tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road
salt and industrial fallout before repairing
paint chips. BODY STYLING KITS
Always read and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions before using the products. The distance between the underside of
your vehicle and the ground is less than
that of other models. Drive with extreme
CLEANING THE WHEELS care to avoid damage to your vehicle.
Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to

warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty)
cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, in
combination with brush agitation to remove
brake dust and dirt, could wear away the
clear coat finish over a period of time.
Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based
or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel
wool, fuels or strong household detergent.
Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for
an extended period after cleaning the
wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your
vehicle for a few minutes before doing so.
This will reduce the risk of increased
corrosion of the brake discs, brake pads and
linings.
305
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
GENERAL INFORMATION If your vehicle does not have a spare wheel

it has a tire sealant and inflator kit. The kit
is in the right-hand side stepwell. Only use
the kit supplied with your vehicle.
WARNING: Use only approved
wheel and tire sizes. Using other sizes Note: : The kit can only temporarily repair
could damage your vehicle and will make one tire puncture with a maximum puncture
the National Type Approval invalid. size of up to 0.24 in (6 mm).
WARNING: If your vehicle has H

self-leveling air suspension, you must G A
any maintenance or repair. Failure to E
follow this warning could result in serious
We do not recommend the use of

alternative wheel diameters and tire sizes
other than those approved for your vehicle.
The speedometer may not display the F
correct speed.
D
TIRE SEALANT AND INFLATOR
KIT
WARNING: Do not use the inflator C

B
kit on run flat tires. This could cause loss
of vehicle control. E146784
WARNING: Depending on the type A Protective cap

and extent of tire damage, some tires B Pressure relief valve
can only be partially sealed or not sealed
at all. Loss of tire pressure can affect C Hose
vehicle handling, leading to loss of D Pressure gauge
vehicle control.
E Power plug with cable
WARNING: Do not use the kit on a F Compressor switch
previously damaged tire, for example
when it has been driven under inflated. G Label
This could cause loss of vehicle control, H Sealant bottle
Note: Make sure you regularly check the
expiry date on the sealant bottle.
Note: Motorhome owners may have to
follow separate instructions issued with the
temporary mobility kit.
306
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
If the low tire pressure warning

lamp illuminates do the WARNING: The sealant contains
following: natural rubber latex. Avoid contact with
1. Gradually reduce the vehicle speed and skin and clothing. If this happens, rinse
stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe the affected areas immediately with
to do so. plenty of water and consult a physician.
2. Apply the parking brake and switch the 1. Open the lid of the tire sealant and
ignition off. inflator kit.
3. Check for a punctured tire. 2. Peel off the label G showing the
Note: Do not remove objects, for example maximum permissible speed of 50
nails or screws from a punctured tire. mph (80 km/h) from the casing and
attach it to the instrument panel in the
Using the Tire Sealant and Inflator driver’s field of view. Make sure the
Kit label does not obscure anything
important.
3. Take the hose C and the power plug
WARNING: Check the sidewall of with cable E out of the temporary
the tire prior to inflation. If there are any mobility kit.
cracks, bumps or similar damage, do not
attempt to inflate the tire. This could 4. Screw the hose C onto the sealant
cause personal injury. bottle.
5. Remove the valve cap from the
WARNING: Watch the sidewall of damaged tire.
the tire when inflating. If any cracks, 6. Remove the protective cap A from the
bumps or similar damage appears, sealant bottle hose and screw the hose
switch the compressor off and let the air firmly onto the valve of the damaged
out by means of the pressure relief valve. tire.
Do not continue driving with this tire. This
could cause loss of vehicle control. 7. Make sure that the compressor switch
F is in position 0.
WARNING: Do not stand directly 8. Insert the power plug E into the
beside the tire while the compressor is auxiliary power point. See Auxiliary
operating. This could cause personal Power Points (page 111).
injury if the tire bursts.
9. Start the engine.
WARNING: Do not leave the kit 10. Move the compressor switch F to
unattended when it is in use. Failure to position 1.
follow this instruction could result in 11. After a minimum of two minutes
personal injury or death. move the compressor switch F to
position 0 and unscrew the hose C
WARNING: Do not keep the from the sealant bottle. Unscrew the
compressor operating for more than 10 sealant bottle hose from the tire
minutes. This could cause the valve.
compressor to malfunction causing
307
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
12. Screw the hose C onto the tire valve After Using the Tire Sealant and
and move the compressor switch F Inflator Kit
to position 1.
13. Inflate the tire for no longer than 10
minutes or to the recommended WARNING: If you experience any
inflation pressure. Move the unusual vibration, ride disturbance or
compressor switch F to position 0 noise while driving, reduce your speed
and check the current tire pressure until you can safely pull off to the side of
with pressure gauge D. Unscrew the the road and call for roadside assistance.
hose C from the tire valve. Failure to do so could cause you to lose
control of your vehicle and increase the
14. Remove the power plug E from the
risk of personal injury or death.
auxiliary power point.
15. Make sure the tire sealant and inflator 1. Stop your vehicle after driving
kit, the bottle lid and the orange cap approximately six miles (10
are stored safely, but still easily kilometers). Check, and where
accessible in your vehicle. The tire necessary, adjust the pressure of the
sealant and inflator kit will be damaged tire.
required again when you check the
2. Attach the tire sealant and the inflator
tire pressure.
kit and check the tire pressure from the
16. Immediately drive approximately six pressure gauge D.
miles (10 kilometers) so that the
3. If the pressure of the sealant-filled tire
sealant can seal the damaged area.
is more than the recommended
Note: When pumping in the sealant through pressure, adjust it to the recommended
the tire valve, the pressure may rise up to 87 pressure. See Tire Pressures (page
psi (6 bar) but will drop again after about 321). See Tire Pressures (page 321).
30 seconds.
4. Follow the inflation procedure once
Note: : If the tire pressure has dropped to again to inflate the tire.
26 psi (1.8 bar) or below, the tire could be 5. Check the tire pressure again from the
damaged beyond a temporary repair. Have pressure gauge D. If the tire pressure is
your vehicle immediately checked. Do not too high, deflate the tire to the
drive your vehicle. specified pressure using the pressure
Note: If the tire pressure has dropped but relief valve B.
is still above 26 psi (1.8 bar), use the kit to 6. If the tire pressure is less than the
inflate the tire again. recommended pressure, repeat steps
13 to 16 and steps 1 to 5 (Checking the
Tire Pressure).
7. Once you have inflated the tire to its
correct tire pressure, move the
compressor switch F to position 0,
remove the power plug E from the
auxiliary power point, unscrew the
sealant bottle hose, fasten the valve
cap and replace the protective cap A.
308
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
8. Drive to the nearest tire specialist to Note: Front tires are shown on the left.
get the damaged tire replaced. Before Non-Directional Tires
the tire is removed from the wheel,
inform the tire specialist that the tire
contains sealant. Renew the sealant
bottle as soon as possible after it has
been used once.
Note: The temporary mobility kit only
provides an emergency repair. Regulations
concerning tire repair after using the
temporary mobility kit may differ from
country to country. You should consult a tire
specialist for advice.
E142547
TIRE CARE
Directional Tires
WARNING: Do not scrub the

sidewalls of the tires when you are
parking.
Regularly check all of the tire pressures.

See Tire Pressures (page 321).
Regularly check all of the tires for cuts,
foreign material and uneven tire wear.
Uneven tire wear could indicate that the E70415
wheel alignment or tire pressures are not
to specification. Have your vehicle checked Note: Directional tires have an arrow on
as soon as possible. the sidewall to indicate the correct direction
To avoid tire damage, slowly move your of wheel rotation. Do not switch directional
vehicle if you have to mount a curb. Have tires to the other side of your vehicle.
the wheels as much as possible to right
angles to the curb.
Repositioning the Wheels and

Tires
We recommend that you reposition the
wheels and tires from front to rear and vice
versa at intervals of between 5,000 km
(3,000 mi) and 10,000 km (6,000 mi).
This helps the tires to wear evenly and last
longer. See Changing a Road Wheel
(page 314).
Reposition the wheels and tires as shown:
309
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
USING WINTER TIRES Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the

driver door. Failure to follow the tire
pressure recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your vehicle
handles.
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING: Do not exceed 50 km/h

(30 mph). Failure to follow this
E278852 instruction could result in the loss of
We recommend that you use winter or death.
all-season tires carrying this symbol when
the temperature is 7°C (45°F) or lower, or WARNING: Only fit snow chains to
in snow and ice conditions. specified tires.
Inflate the winter tires to the same tire
pressures as those listed in the tire WARNING: Do not use snow chains
pressures table. See Tire Pressures (page on snow-free roads.
321).
WARNING: If your vehicle is fitted
with wheel trims, remove them before
WARNING: Snow tires must be the fitting snow chains.
same size, load index and speed rating
as those originally provided by Ford. Use Only use snow chains on the front wheels.
of any tire or wheel not recommended
Only use snow chains or cables on wheels
by Ford can affect the safety and
that have 215/65R15C tires.
performance of your vehicle, which could
result in an increased risk of loss of Only use SAE Class S snow chains or
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury cables of 10 mm (0.4 in) or smaller in
and death. Additionally, the use of diameter.
non-recommended tires and wheels can Note: If your vehicle does not have this tire
cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer size, you can purchase alternative wheels
case or power transfer unit failure. that permit the use of snow chains or cables.
Follow the Ford recommended tire
inflation pressure found on the Safety Note: Maintain correct tire pressures.
Compliance Certification Label (on the Note: The anti-lock brake system continues
door hinge pillar, door latch post or the to correctly operate.
door edge that meets the door latch
post, next to the driver seat), or Tire Note: We recommend that you switch the
stability control system off. See Using
Stability Control (page 167).
Do not use self-tensioning snow chains.
310
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Alternative Wheels for Snow Chain or Cable Use
1 Tire Size Suitable for Snow Chain or Cable Tire Pressure

Variant
Use, or Alternative Wheels and bar (psi)
Tires Required
250 Suitable for snow chain or cable

260 use.
270 See Tire Pres-
215/65R15C
280 sures (page
104/102T
290 321).
300
310
250 Alternative wheel and tire size
260 required.
270 Use 15x6.5J steel wheels with 215/
215/65R16C
280 65R15C tires on the front and rear 4 (58)
109/107T
290 axles.
300
310
Alternative wheel and tire size
required.
235/50R18 XL
290 Sport Use special snow chain wheel kit 4 (58)
101W
16x5.5J with 185/75R16C tires only
on the front axle.
290 Sport Alternative wheel and tire size
300 215/60R17C required.
4 (58)
320 109/107T Use 17x6J steel wheels with 215/
320 Sport 60R17C tires only on the front axle.
Alternative wheel and tire size
320 required.
215/65R16C
330 Use special snow chain wheel kit 4 (58)
109/107T
340 16x5.5J with 185/75R16C tires only
on the front axle.
1 To
ascertain the variant of your vehicle, refer to the vehicle identification plate. See
311
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING We recommend that you reposition the

wheels and tires to provide consistent
SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) performance and maximum tire life. You
must reset the system when the wheels
have been repositioned for it to determine
WARNING: The tire pressure which set of wheels and tires are on the
monitoring system is not a substitute for front and rear axles. The system can then
manually checking tire pressures. You detect and correctly warn you if the tire
should periodically check tire pressures pressure in one or more tires is below the
using a pressure gauge. Failure to correct tire pressure.
correctly maintain tire pressures could Driving with one or more tires below the
increase the risk of tire failure, loss of correct tire pressure can:
control, vehicle rollover and personal
injury. • Increase tire wear.
• Cause them to overheat.
Your vehicle has a tire pressure monitoring • Lead to tire failure.
system. A warning lamp illuminates if the
• Affect vehicle handling or stopping
tire pressure in one or more tires is below
ability.
the correct tire pressure. If the low tire
pressure warning lamp illuminates, stop • Reduce fuel efficiency.
your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so,
check the tires and inflate them to the How Temperature Affects Tire
correct pressure. See Tire Pressures Pressures
(page 321). See Tire Pressures (page 321). Under normal driving conditions, tire
Note: When you inflate the tires to the pressures could increase by up to 0.3 bar
correct pressure the system may not (4 psi) from a cold start situation.
respond immediately. If your vehicle is stationary overnight and
To maintain the load carrying capability of the temperature is significantly lower than
your vehicle, the front tire pressures are the daytime temperature, tire pressures
different to the rear tire pressures. The could decrease by up to 0.2 bar (3 psi)
system illuminates the warning lamp at when there is a drop in temperature of 31°F
different pressures for the front and rear (17°C) or more. The system detects this
tires. pressure decrease as being significantly
below the correct inflation pressure and
the warning lamp illuminates.
System Warning Lamps

The main function of the system is to warn
you when the tire pressures are
significantly low. It also warns you if the
system is not correctly operating.
312
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Description Action
Solid warning lamp. One or more tires is 1. Check the tires to verify that
below the correct tire none are flat.
pressure. 2. If one or more tires are flat,
repair as necessary.
3. Check the tire pressures.
4. Carry out the system reset
procedure.
Warning lamp flashes for Spare wheel in use. 1. Repair the damaged road
approximately one wheel and tire and refit it to
minute and then remains your vehicle as soon as
illuminated. possible.
2. Carry out the system reset
procedure.
System malfunction. If the malfunction indicator

remains on, the spare wheel is not
in use and after you have checked
the tire pressures, the system has
detected a fault that requires
service. Have your vehicle checked
A malfunction could occur if:

System Malfunction • You install a replacement tire or wheel
The system has a malfunction indicator to that prevents the system from correctly
warn you if the system is not correctly operating.
operating. The malfunction indicator and • You use the temporary spare wheel.
low tire pressure warning lamp have a
Always check the system malfunction
combined function. If the system detects
warning after replacing one or more tires
a malfunction the indicator flashes for
or wheels on your vehicle. Make sure the
approximately one minute and then
replacement tires or wheels allow the
remains illuminated. This sequence occurs
system to continue to correctly operate.
every time you switch the ignition on, if the
malfunction remains. Have your vehicle Tire Pressure Monitoring System
checked as soon as possible. Reset Procedure
If the malfunction indicator illuminates,
the system may not be able to warn you You must carry out the system reset
that the tire pressure in one or more tires procedure after each tire replacement or
is below the correct tire pressure. after you inflate the tires to the correct
pressure.
313
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Using the Information Display Controls on the Steering Wheel or Instrument Panel,
Scroll to:
Message Action
Settings Press the OK button or the right arrow button.

Driver assist Press the OK button or the right arrow button.
Tyre monitor Press and hold the OK button until the system reset
Alternatively, if your vehicle has a tire pressure monitoring
system reset button, press and hold the button until
Note: Take care when removing a tire to

System Operation Using the avoid damaging the sensor.
Temporary Spare Wheel
Changing a Road Wheel
If you use the temporary spare wheel, the
system malfunction indicator illuminates. If you change a road wheel, the system
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire must relearn the tire pressure sensor
and refit it to your vehicle as soon as strategy. Carry out the following procedure:
possible. To restore the correct operation 1. Check the tires and inflate them to the
of the system, you must have the repaired correct pressure.
road wheel and tire refitted to your vehicle.
2. Park your vehicle for a minimum of 20
Removing a Tire minutes.
3. Carry out the system reset procedure.
4. The system relearns the tire pressure
sensor strategy when you next drive
your vehicle at 40 km/h (25 mph) or
above for a minimum of 15 minutes.
CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL
WARNING: If your vehicle has

self-leveling air suspension, you must
E142549
Each road wheel has a tire pressure sensor any maintenance or repair. Failure to
inside the wheel and tire assembly. The follow this warning could result in serious
tire pressure sensor attaches to the valve personal injury or death.
stem and is not visible until the tire is
removed. We recommend you have tires
serviced by an authorized dealer.
314
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
A dissimilar spare wheel and tire is for

WARNING: Do not fit more than temporary use only. Drive the shortest
one spare wheel on your vehicle at any distance possible and have the damaged
one time. road wheel and tire repaired or replaced
as soon as possible. If the dissimilar spare
wheel or tire is damaged, it must be
If a tire deflates when your vehicle is
replaced.
moving, do the following:
1. Firmly hold the steering wheel. Locking Lug Nuts
2. Avoid heavy braking. You can obtain replacement locking lug
3. Gradually reduce the vehicle speed and nuts or a locking lug nut key using the
stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe reference number certificate.
to do so. The locking lug nut key is located in the
4. Fully apply the parking brake. glove box or next to the vehicle jack.
Vehicle Jack
If the spare wheel is exactly the same type
and size as the other fitted road wheels,
you can replace the existing road wheel WARNING: Do not use the vehicle
with the spare wheel and continue to drive jack other than when you are changing
in the normal manner. We recommend that a wheel in an emergency.
you have the damaged road wheel and tire
repaired or replaced as soon as possible. WARNING: Check that the vehicle
Note: Your vehicle may not have a spare jack is not damaged or deformed and
wheel, vehicle jack or a wheel brace. See the thread is lubricated and clean.
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit (page 306).
WARNING: No person should place
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire any portion of their body under a vehicle
Assembly Information that is supported by a jack.
WARNING: Failure to follow these

guidelines could result in an increased
risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or
death.
WARNING: If you are not sure what

type of spare wheel your vehicle has, do
not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph).
If the spare wheel is different to the other

fitted road wheels, it may have a warning
label with the appropriate maximum speed
limit. Drive cautiously when using a
dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly.
315
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
E70958
2. Insert the hook of the vehicle jack

handle into the ring on the vehicle jack.
3. Insert the wheel brace into the end of
the vehicle jack handle.
4. To raise your vehicle, rotate the vehicle
jack handle clockwise.
Removing the Spare Wheel

The spare wheel is under the rear of your
E218059
vehicle and removed using a winch system.
The vehicle jack, wheel brace and vehicle
jack handle are in the storage
compartment in the front right-hand side
stepwell.
E146837
E145138
1. Unfold the vehicle jack handle.
1. Open the liftgate or rear doors.
316
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
1
2
E298323 E146812
2. Insert the square end of the wheel 4. Rotate the cable through 90 degrees.
brace or the short arm of the jack Slide the cable through the slot to
handle into the socket. Turn release the spare wheel bracket from
counterclockwise until the spare wheel the winch.
rests on the ground and the cable is
loose.
E146813
5. Remove the retaining nut to release

the spare wheel bracket.
E146811
3. Raise the cable end cover.
317
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Stowing the Spare Wheel

To stow the spare wheel, reverse the
removal procedure. Make sure the spare
wheel is secure by tightening the winch
until you feel a slip.
Note: Do not raise the winch cable without
having attached a wheel. This could
damage the winch mechanism.
Front Jacking Points
WARNING: Use only the specified

jacking points. If you use other positions,
you may damage the body, steering,
suspension, engine, braking system or
the fuel lines.
E146881
The front sub-frame rear bolts fit into a

recess on the flap of the vehicle jack.
318
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Rear Jacking Points Rotate the head of the vehicle jack and
position it under the rear leaf spring directly
behind the rear axle.
WARNING: Use only the specified
jacking points. If you use other positions, Vehicles With Rear Air Suspension
you may damage the body, steering,
suspension, engine, braking system or
the fuel lines.
Vehicles Without Rear Air Suspension
E227612
Rotate the head of the vehicle jack and

position it under the rear leaf spring directly
in front of the rear axle.
E146843
319
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Removing a Road Wheel 1. Insert the flat end of the wheel brace
between the wheel rim and the wheel
trim and carefully remove the wheel
WARNING: Park your vehicle so trim.
that you do not obstruct the flow of 2. Install the locking lug nut key.
traffic or place yourself in any danger and
set up a warning triangle. 3. Loosen the lug nuts and locking lug nut.
4. Correctly position the vehicle jack.
WARNING: Make sure that your 5. Raise your vehicle until the tire is clear
vehicle is on firm and level ground with of the ground.
the front wheels pointing straight ahead.
6. Remove the lug nuts and locking lug
WARNING: Switch the ignition off nut.
and apply the parking brake. 7. Remove the wheel.
Note: Do not lay alloy wheels face down
WARNING: If your vehicle has a on the ground.
manual transmission, shift into first or
reverse gear. If your vehicle has an Installing a Road Wheel
automatic transmission, shift into park
(P).
WARNING: Make sure there is no
WARNING: Make sure all grease or oil on the threads or the
passengers are out of your vehicle. surface between the wheel lugs and
nuts. This can cause the lug nuts to
WARNING: Chock the diagonally loosen while driving.
opposite wheel to the punctured tire with
an appropriate wheel block or wheel WARNING: Use only approved
chock. wheel and tire sizes. Using other sizes
could damage your vehicle and will make
WARNING: Make sure that the the National Type Approval invalid.
arrows on directional tires point in the
direction of rotation when your vehicle
1. Install the wheel.
is moving forward. If you have to fit a
spare tire with the arrows pointing in the Note: Make sure the wheel and hub contact
opposite direction have the tire refitted surfaces are free from foreign matter.
WARNING: No person should place

any portion of their body under a vehicle
that is supported by a jack.

vehicle jack is vertical to the jacking point
and the base is flat on the ground.
320
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Note: If the spare wheel is different in size

1 or construction to the road wheels, have this
replaced as soon as possible.
TIRE PRESSURES
3 4 The recommended tire inflation pressures
are on the tire information label on the
driver side B-pillar.
Check all tire pressures when they are cold,
at least once every two weeks.
Note: You may need to remove the spare
wheel from the spare wheel carrier to check
5 2 the tire pressure.
E154985
A
2. Install all of the lug nuts and partially
tighten them in the sequence shown.
xxxxxx
Note: Make sure that the cones on the lug
nuts are against the wheel.
Note: Alloy wheel lug nuts are suitable for
use on a steel spare wheel.
3. Lower your vehicle and remove the xxxxxxx xxx xxx
vehicle jack.
4. Install the locking lug nut key.
5. Fully tighten the lug nuts in the E D C B
sequence shown. See Lug Nuts (page
E254055
325).
6. Install the wheel trim.
A Vehicle model.
7. Correctly stow the spare wheel, vehicle
jack, wheel brace and locking lug nut B Measure unit.
key. C Rear tire pressure.
Note: Have the lug nuts checked for D Front tire pressure.
tightness and the tire pressure checked as
soon as possible. E Tire size.
321
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Front Rear
1
Variant Tire Size
bar (psi) bar (psi)
250 S 215/65R15C 104/102T 3.3 (48) 2.9 (42)

215/65R16C 109/107T 3.6 (52) 3.1 (45)
260 S 215/65R15C 104/102T 3.3 (48) 2.9 (42)
215/65R16C 109/107T 3.6 (52) 3.1 (45)
270 S 215/65R15C 104/102T 3.3 (48) 2.9 (42)
215/65R16C 109/107T 3.6 (52) 3.1 (45)
280 S 215/65R15C 104/102T 3.3 (48) 2.9 (42)
215/65R16C 109/107T 3.6 (52) 3.1 (45)
290 S 215/65R15C 104/102T 3.3 (48) 3.3 (48)
215/65R16C 109/107T 3.5 (51) 3.6 (52)
290 S Sport 215/60R17C 109/107T 3.5 (51) 3.6 (52)
235/50R18 XL 101W 3 (44) 3 (44)
290 L 215/65R15C 104/102T 3.6 (52) 3.3 (48)
215/65R16C 109/107T 3.8 (55) 3.6 (52)
290 L Sport 235/50R18 XL 101W 3 (44) 3 (44)
300 S 215/65R15C 104/102T 3.3 (48) 3.3 (48)
215/65R16C 109/107T 3.5 (51) 3.6 (52)
300 L 215/65R15C 104/102T 3.6 (52) 3.3 (48)
215/65R16C 109/107T 3.8 (55) 3.6 (52)
310 S 215/65R15C 104/102T 3.4 (49) 3.7 (54)
215/65R16C 109/107T 3.7 (54) 4 (58)
310 L 215/65R15C 104/102T 3.7 (54) 3.7 (54)
215/65R16C 109/107T 4 (58) 4 (58)
320 S 215/65R16C 109/107T 3.8 (55) 4 (58)
320 S Kombi 215/65R16C 109/107T 3.8 (55) 3.7 (54)
322
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Front Rear
1
Variant Tire Size
bar (psi) bar (psi)
Vehicles with rear air

suspension
320 S Kombi.
Plug-in hybrid electric 215/65R16C 109/107T 4 (58) 3.7 (54)
vehicle
300 S 215/60R17C 109/107T 3.5 (51) 3.6 (52)
300 L 215/60R17C 109/107T 3.8 (55) 3.6 (52)
320 S 215/60R17C 109/107 T 3.8 (55) 4 (58)
320 L 215/60R17C 109/107 T 4 (58) 4 (58)
320 S Sport Van 215/60R17C 109/107 T 3.6 (52) 3.7 (54)
320 S Sport Kombi
320 S Sport Double Cab 215/60R17C 109/107T 3.7 (54) 4 (58)
in Van
320 L. 215/65R16C 109/107T 4 (58) 4 (58)
320 L Kombi.
Vehicles with rear air 215/65R16C 109/107T 4 (58) 3.7 (54)
suspension
320 L Sport Van 215/60R17C 109/107T 4 (58) 3.7 (54)
320 L Sport Kombi
320 L Sport Double Cab 215/60R17C 109/107T 4 (58) 4 (58)
in Van
330 S 215/65R16C 109/107 T 3.7 (54) 4.75 (69)
330 L 215/65R16C 109/107T 4 (58) 4.75 (69)
340 S 215/65R16C 109/107T 3.7 (54) 4.75 (69)
340 S
Plug-in hybrid electric 215/65R16C 109/107T 4 (58) 4.75 (69)
vehicle
340 L 215/65R16C 109/107T 4 (58) 4.75 (69)
1 To
323
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Temporary Spare Wheel

Front Rear
1
Variant Tire Size
bar (psi) bar (psi)
290 S Sport
215/65R16C 109/107T 3.6 (52) 3.6 (52)
290 L Sport
290 S Sport
300 S
300 L
320 S 215/60R17C 109/107T 4 (58) 4 (58)
320 L
320 S Sport
320 L Sport
1 To
324
First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
LUG NUTS
Lug Nut Torque
WARNING: When you install a

wheel, always remove any corrosion, dirt
or foreign materials present on the
mounting surfaces of the wheel or the
surface of the wheel hub, brake drum or
brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make
sure to secure any fasteners that attach
the rotor to the hub so they do not
interfere with the mounting surfaces of
the wheel. Installing wheels without
correct metal-to-metal contact at the
wheel mounting surfaces can cause the
wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to
come off while your vehicle is in motion,
resulting in loss of vehicle control,
Bolt size Nm ( lb.ft)
M14 x 1.5 204 (150)
Locking Lug Nuts

You can obtain a replacement locking lug
nut key and replacement locking lug nuts
from an authorized dealer using the
reference number certificate.
325
First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS
Short Wheelbase
Dimension Description Dimension mm (in)
Maximum length. 4,972 (195.7)

Overall width excluding exterior mirrors. 2,032 (80.0)
Overall height - EC curb weight. 1,959–2,367 (77.1–93.2)
Wheelbase. 2,933 (115.5)
Front track. 1,732–1,752 (68.2–69.0)
Rear track. 1,735–1,762 (68.3–69.4)
Long Wheelbase
Dimension Description Dimension mm (in)
Maximum length. 5,339 (210.2)

Overall width excluding exterior mirrors. 2,032 (80.0)
Overall height - EC curb weight. 1,954–2,343 (76.9–92.2)
Wheelbase. 3,300 (129.9)
Front track. 1,732–1,752 (68.2–69.0)
Rear track. 1,735–1,762 (68.3–69.4)
326
First-Printing
TOWBAR DIMENSIONS
C
B
E148831
E
Item Dimension Description Dimension in mm

(inches)
A Wheel center to center of tow ball. 1151 (45.3)

B Center of tow ball to side member. 417 (16.4)
C Distance between side members. 834 (32.8)
327
First-Printing
Item Dimension Description Dimension in mm

(inches)
D Center of tow ball to center of first attachment point. 476 (18.7)

E Center of tow ball to center of second attachment
551 (21.7)
point.
Maximum Permissible Trailer

Vertical Weight
kg (lb)
112 kg (247 lb)
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION PLATE
B C D E
A G
I
E135662
A Model.
B Variant.
C Engine designation.
D Engine power and emission level.
E Vehicle identification number.
F Gross vehicle weight.
G Gross train weight.
328
First-Printing
H Maximum front axle weight.

I Maximum rear axle weight.
The vehicle identification plate is within

the right-hand door aperture. CAPACITIES AND
Note: The vehicle identification plate may SPECIFICATIONS - 1.0L
vary to that shown. ECOBOOST™
Note: Information on the vehicle
Use oil and fluid that meets the defined
identification plate is dependent upon
specification and viscosity grade.
market requirements.
If you do not use oil and fluid that meets
the defined specification and viscosity
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION grade, it could result in:
NUMBER • Component damage not covered by
the vehicle Warranty.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Reduced brake performance.
Air Conditioning System
WARNING: The air conditioning

refrigerant system contains refrigerant
under high pressure. Only qualified
personnel should service the air
conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
E71369 the air conditioning refrigerant system
can cause personal injury.
The vehicle identification number is
located on the left-hand side of the
instrument panel. You will also find it
stamped into the right-hand front wheel
arch.
Variant Global Warming CO2 Equivalent

Potential
Vehicles without rear climate control. 1430 1.06 tonnes

Vehicles with rear climate control. 1430 1.65 tonnes
329
First-Printing
Capacities
Variant Refrigerant Refrigerant Oil
Vehicles without rear climate control. 0.74 kg (26.1 oz) 280 cm³ (9.5 fl oz)
Vehicles with rear climate control. 1.15 kg (40.6 oz) 640 cm³ (21.6 fl oz)
Materials
Name Specification
Refrigerant - R-134A WSH-M17B19-A

Compressor Oil - Air Conditioning WSH-M1C231-B
6U7J-M1C231-CA
Engine
Engine Oil
Capacities
Variant Including the Oil Filter Excluding the Oil Filter
All. 4.6 L (1.0 gal) 4.4 L (1.0 gal)

Note: The quantity of engine oil required to raise the indicated level on the dipstick from
minimum to maximum is 1 L (0.2 gal).
Materials
Name Specification
Engine Oil - SAE 5W-20 WSS-M2C948-B
Note: Do not use more than 0.5 L (0.1 gal)

Engine Oil Top-Up of the alternative engine oil between
If you are unable to find engine oil that scheduled service intervals.
meets the specification defined by
WSS-M2C948-B, you can top-up with a
SAE 5W-20 engine oil that is defined by
ACEA A5/B5.
330
First-Printing
Engine Coolant
Capacities
Variant Quantity
All. 9.05 L (2.0 gal)
Materials
Name Specification
Antifreeze Super Plus Premium WSS-M97B44-D

FU7J-19544-xx
High Voltage Battery Coolant

Capacities
Variant Quantity
All. 8.55 L (1.9 gal)
Materials
Name Specification

FU7J-19544-xx
Fuel Tank
Capacities
Variant Quantity
All. 50 L (11.0 gal)
331
First-Printing
Washer Reservoir
Capacities
Variant Quantity
All. 3.9 L (0.9 gal)
Materials
Name Specification
Screen Wash WSS-M14P19-A

FU7J-19C544-AA/BA/DA/EA/GA/HA
Brake System
Materials
Name Specification
Brake Fluid DOT 4 LV High Performance WSS-M6C65-A2

BU7J-M6C65-xxxx

CAPACITIES AND • Reduced engine performance.
SPECIFICATIONS - 2.0L • Reduced fuel economy.
ECOBLUE • Reduced brake performance.
Use oil and fluid that meets the defined Air Conditioning System
If you do not use oil and fluid that meets WARNING: The air conditioning
the defined specification and viscosity refrigerant system contains refrigerant
grade, it could result in: under high pressure. Only qualified
• Component damage not covered by personnel should service the air
the vehicle Warranty. conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
• Longer engine cranking periods. the air conditioning refrigerant system
332
First-Printing

Potential
Vehicles without rear air conditioning. 1430 1.06 tonnes

Vehicles with rear air conditioning. 1430 1.65 tonnes
Capacities
Vehicles without rear air conditioning. 0.74 kg (26.1 oz) 280 cm³ (9.5 fl oz)
Vehicles with rear air conditioning. 1.15 kg (40.6 oz) 640 cm³ (21.6 fl oz)
Materials
Name Specification

6U7J-M1C231-CA
Engine
Engine Oil
Capacities
All. 9.8 L (2.2 gal) 9.1 L (2.0 gal)

minimum to maximum is 2 L (0.4 gal).
Materials
Name Specification
Engine Oil - SAE 0W-30 WSS-M2C950-A
333
First-Printing
Engine Oil Top-Up SAE 0W-30 engine oil that is defined by

ACEA C2.
If you are unable to find an engine oil that
meets the specification defined by Note: Do not use more than 1 L (0.2 gal) of
WSS-M2C950-A, you can top up with a the alternative engine oil between
scheduled service intervals.
Engine Coolant
Capacities
Variant Quantity
Vehicles without fuel fired heater and auxiliary 11.2 L (2.5 gal)
heater.
Vehicles with fuel fired heater. 12 L (2.6 gal)
Vehicles with auxiliary heater. 13.3 L (2.9 gal)
Vehicles with fuel fired heater and auxiliary heater. 13.7 L (3.0 gal)
Materials
Name Specification

FU7J-19544-xx
Fuel Tank
Capacities
Variant Quantity
All. 70 L (15.4 gal)
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue) Tank

Capacities
Variant Quantity
All. 22 L (4.8 gal)
334
First-Printing
Washer Reservoir
Capacities
Variant Quantity
All. 4.5 L (1.0 gal)
Materials
Name Specification

Brake System
Materials
Name Specification

BU7J-M6C65-xxxx

CAPACITIES AND • Reduced engine performance.
SPECIFICATIONS - 2.2L • Reduced fuel economy.
DURATORQ-TDCI DIESEL • Reduced brake performance.
Use oil and fluid that meets the defined Air Conditioning System
If you do not use oil and fluid that meets WARNING: The air conditioning
the defined specification and viscosity refrigerant system contains refrigerant
grade, it could result in: under high pressure. Only qualified
• Component damage not covered by personnel should service the air
the vehicle Warranty. conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
• Longer engine cranking periods. the air conditioning refrigerant system
335
First-Printing

Potential
Vehicles without rear air conditioning. 1430 1.06 tonnes

Vehicles with rear air conditioning. 1430 1.65 tonnes
Capacities
Vehicles without rear air conditioning. 0.74 kg (26.1 oz) 280 cm³ (9.5 fl oz)
Vehicles with rear air conditioning. 1.15 kg (40.6 oz) 640 cm³ (21.6 fl oz)
Materials
Name Specification

6U7J-M1C231-CA
Engine
Engine Oil
Capacities
All. 7.3 L (1.6 gal) 6.5 L (1.4 gal)

minimum to maximum is 1.5 L (0.3 gal).
Materials
Name Specification
Engine Oil - SAE 5W-30 WSS-M2C913-D
336
First-Printing
Engine Oil Top-Up SAE 5W-30 engine oil that is defined by

ACEA A5/B5.
If you are unable to find engine oil that
meets the specification defined by Note: Do not use more than 1 L (0.2 gal) of
WSS-M2C913-D, you can top-up with a the alternative engine oil between
scheduled service intervals.
Engine Coolant
Capacities
Variant Quantity
Vehicles without fuel fired heater and auxiliary 9.3 L (2.0 gal)
heater.
Vehicles with fuel fired heater. 10 L (2.2 gal)
Vehicles with auxiliary heater. 11.3 L (2.5 gal)
Vehicles with fuel fired heater and auxiliary heater. 11.7 L (2.6 gal)
Materials
Name Specification

FU7J-19544-xx
Fuel Tank
Capacities
Variant Quantity
Vehicles with standard fuel tank. 80 L (17.6 gal)

Vehicles with larger fuel tank. 95 L (20.9 gal)
Washer Reservoir
Capacities
Variant Quantity
All. 4.5 L (1.0 gal)
337
First-Printing
Materials
Name Specification

Brake System
Materials
Name Specification

BU7J-M6C65-xxxx
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART - VEHICLES WITH: HALOGEN

HEADLAMPS
Lamp Specification Power (Watt)
Approach lamp. W5W 5

Front position lamps. W5W 5
Headlamp low beam. H7 55
Headlamp high beam and daytime running lamp. H15 55/15
Front direction indicator. PY21W 21
Front fog lamps. H8 35
Side direction indicator. WY5W 5
Rear lamp and stoplamp. P21/5W 21/5
High mounted stoplamp. W16W 16
Rear direction indicator. PY21W 21
Rear fog lamp. P21W 21
Reversing lamp. W16W 16
License plate lamp. W5W 5
Luggage compartment lamp. 211 Festoon 10
338
First-Printing
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART - VEHICLES WITH: HALOGEN

PROJECTOR HEADLAMPS

Daytime running lamps and front position lamps. LED. 12.5/1.5
Headlamp low beam. H7 55
Headlamp high beam. H1 55
339
First-Printing
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART - VEHICLES WITH: HIGH INTENSITY

DISCHARGE HEADLAMPS

Daytime running lamps and front position lamps. LED. 12.5/1.5
Headlamp low beam and headlamp high beam. D5S 25
Cornering lamps. H1 55
340
First-Printing
FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES During NEDC phase-out, WLTP fuel

consumption and CO2 emissions are being
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions correlated back to NEDC. There will be
some variance to the previous fuel
The declared fuel/energy consumptions, economy and emissions as some elements
CO2-Emissions and electric range are of the tests have altered, so the same car
determined according to the technical might have different fuel consumption and
requirements and specifications of the CO2 emissions.
European Regulations (EC) 715/2007 and
(EU) 2017/1151 as last amended. Light Duty European Directive 1999/94/EC
Vehicle type-approved using the World
Harmonised Light Vehicle Test Procedure In addition to the fuel efficiency of a car,
(WLTP) will have Fuel/Energy driving behaviour as well as other
Consumption and CO2-Emission non-technical factors play a role in
information for New European Drive Cycle determining a car's fuel consumption and
(NEDC) and WLTP. WLTP will fully replace CO2 emissions. CO2 is the main
the NEDC latest by the end of the year greenhouse gas responsible for global
2020. The applied standard test warming. A guide on fuel economy and
procedures enable comparison between CO2 emissions which contains data for all
different vehicle types and different new passenger car models is available at
manufacturers. any point of sale free of charge.
FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES - PLUG-IN HYBRID ELECTRIC

VEHICLE (PHEV)
Combined CO2 Emissions
L/100 km (mpg) g/km
2.7 (105) 60
341
First-Printing
FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES - 2.0L ECOBLUE
Urban Extra-Urban Combined CO2 Emissions
L/100 km (mpg) L/100 km (mpg) L/100 km (mpg) g/km
9–5.6 (31–50) 7.3–5.1 (39–55) 7.7–5.3 (37–53) 137–200
342
First-Printing
FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES - 2.2L DURATORQ-TDCI DIESEL
Urban Extra-Urban Combined CO2 Emissions
L/100 km (mpg) L/100 km (mpg) L/100 km (mpg) g/km
8.9–6.6 (32–43) 7.2–5.7 (39–50) 7.8–6 (36–47) 159–206
343
First-Printing
Connected Vehicle
CONNECTED VEHICLE Enabling and Disabling the Modem

- Vehicles With: 4.2 Inch
REQUIREMENTS Information and Entertainment
Display Screen
Connected service and related feature
functionality requires a compatible vehicle 1. Select Settings.
network.
2. Select Connectivity features .
Some remote features require a
subscription. For additional information, 3. Select Data sharing .
see the FordPass app. Some restrictions, 4. Switch connectivity features on or off.
third party terms and message or data
rates may apply. Enabling and Disabling the Modem
- Vehicles With: 8 Inch Information
CONNECTED VEHICLE and Entertainment Display Screen
LIMITATIONS 1. Select Settings.
Evolving technology or evolving cellular 2. Select FordPass Connect.
networks could affect functionality and 3. Select Connectivity settings.
availability, or continued provision of some 4. Switch connectivity features on or off.
features. These changes could even stop
some features from functioning.
Connecting FordPass to the
Modem
CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO
A MOBILE NETWORK 1. Make sure that the modem is enabled
using the vehicle settings menu.
What Is the Modem 2. Open the FordPass app on your device
and log in.
The modem allows access to a 3. Add your vehicle or select your vehicle
range of features built into your if already added.
vehicle. 4. Select the option for vehicle details.
5. Select the option to activate your
Enabling and Disabling the Modem vehicle.
- Vehicles With: 4.2 Inch 6. Make sure that the name on the screen
Instrument Cluster Display Screen matches the name shown in your
FordPass account.
on the steering wheel, select Settings. 7. Confirm that FordPass account is
connected to the modem .
3. Select Connectivity.
CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO
4. Switch connectivity features on or off.
A WI-FI NETWORK
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Wi-Fi.
344
First-Printing
Connected Vehicle
3. Switch System Wi-Fi on. 5. Select an available Wi-Fi network.

4. Select View available networks. Note: Enter the network password to
connect to a secure network.
CONNECTED VEHICLE – TROUBLESHOOTING - VEHICLES WITH:

MODEM
Symptom Possible Cause and Resolution
I cannot confirm the – Modem is not enabled.

connection of my FordPass • Switch connectivity features on.
account to the modem.
– Weak network signal.
• Move your vehicle closer to a place where the
network signal is not obstructed.
345
First-Printing
Connected Vehicle
CONNECTED VEHICLE – TROUBLESHOOTING - VEHICLES WITH:

SYNC 3/SYNC 2.5
I cannot connect to a Wi-Fi – Password error.

network. • Enter the correct network password.
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
– Multiple access points in range with the same SSID.
• Use a unique name for your SSID. Do not use the
default name unless it contains a unique identifier,
for example as part of the MAC address.
The Wi-Fi connection – Weak network signal.

disconnects after successful • Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
connection. a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
I am close to a Wi-Fi hotspot – Obstructed network signal.

but the network signal • If your vehicle has a heated windshield, position
strength is weak. your vehicle so that the windshield is not facing the
Wi-Fi hotspot.
• If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows
but not on the windshield, position your vehicle so
that the windshield is facing the Wi-Fi hotspot or
open the windows that are facing the hotspot.
and the windshield, open the windows that are
facing the hotspot.
• If your vehicle is in a garage and you have the
garage door closed, open the garage door.
I cannot see a network in the – Hidden network.

list of available networks • Make the network visible and try again.
that I expect to see.
346
First-Printing
Connected Vehicle
I cannot see the Wi-Fi – System limitation.

hotspot name when I search • Make sure Wi-Fi hotspot visibility is on.
for Wi-Fi networks on my
cell phone or other device. • The system does not provide a Wi-Fi hotspot at
this time.
Software downloads take – Weak network signal

too long. • Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
– Wi-Fi hotspot in high demand or has a slow Internet
connection.
• Use a more reliable Wi-Fi hotspot.
The system seems to – No software update available.

connect to a Wi-Fi network – Wi-Fi network requires a subscription or acceptance
and the signal strength is of terms and conditions.
excellent but the software
does not update. • Test the connection using another device. If the
network requires a subscription or acceptance of
terms and conditions, contact the network service
provider.
347
First-Printing
Wi-Fi Hotspot
CREATING A WI-FI HOTSPOT Note: If you have an active plan, the system
does not redirect to the vehicle network
You can create a Wi-Fi hotspot in your carrier’s portal when you connect a device.
vehicle and allow devices to connect to it Visit the vehicle network carrier’s website
for access to the Internet. to purchase more data.
1. Select Settings. Note: If data usage information is available
in the vehicle hotspot menu, it is
2. Select FordPass Connect. approximate.
3. Select Vehicle Hotspot.
Note: If you carry out a master reset, the
Note: The vehicle hotspot default setting system does not remove your vehicle from
is on. your vehicle network carrier’s account. To
4. Select Settings. remove your vehicle from the account,
contact your vehicle network carrier.
5. Select Edit.
Note: The vehicle network carrier provides
6. Select Wi-Fi visibility. Vehicle Hotspot services, subject to your
Note: The Wi-Fi Visibility default setting is vehicle network carrier agreement, coverage
on. and availability.
Finding the Wi-Fi Hotspot Name

and Password CHANGING THE WI-FI
HOTSPOT NAME OR
1. Select Settings.
PASSWORD
3. Select Vehicle Hotspot. 1. Select Settings.
4. Select Settings. 2. Select FordPass Connect.
Note: The SSID is the hotspot name. 3. Select Vehicle Hotspot.
5. Select View password. 4. Select Settings.
5. Select Edit.
Connecting a Device to the Wi-Fi
Hotspot 6. Select Change SSID Name.
7. Enter your required SSID.
1. On your device, turn on Wi-Fi and select
the hotspot from the list of available 8. Select Done.
Wi-Fi networks. 9. Select Change Password .
2. When prompted, enter the password. 10. Enter your required password.
Purchasing a Data Plan 11. Select Done.
1. Connect a device to the hotspot.

Note: The vehicle network carrier’s portal
opens on your device.
2. If the portal does not open on your
device, open a website and it redirects
to the vehicle network carrier’s portal.
Note: Secure websites do not redirect.
348
First-Printing
Audio System
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES

WITHOUT: SYNC
Switching the Audio Unit On and
Off
E260697
Selecting the Radio

Press the button to select radio
mode.
Press the button again to display
the available radio sources. Repeatedly
press the button to scroll through the
E260686 available radio sources.
Adjusting the Volume Changing Radio Stations

Manual Tuning
E260687
E248939
A Tune by station list or tune by
frequency.
B Station list tuning.
349
First-Printing
Audio System
Scrolling Through the Menu

Options
E248947
Note: You can change radio stations using

the seek buttons. E248947
Note: You can recall radio stations using

the numeric preset buttons.
Selecting Media
Press the button to select media
mode.
E100027
Press the button again to display
the available media sources. Repeatedly
press the button to scroll through the
available media sources.
E260782
350
First-Printing
Audio System
Selecting a Menu Option Pausing or Playing Media

In media mode, press the button
to pause playback. Press the
button again to resume
playback.
In radio mode, press the button to mute

the radio. Press the button again to
unmute.
Switching the Screen On and Off
E248946
System Settings
E142607
Sound Settings
Press the button to adjust the
sound settings. You can optimize
the sound for different seating
positions.
You can also activate and set the
sensitivity of the speed compensated
E260781 volume.
Returning to the Previous Screen Using a Cell Phone

You can make a call from a
recent call list, contact list or dial
a number.
Seek Up and Next Track Button
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
SYNC 3
Seek Down and Previous Track Switching the Audio Unit On and
Button Off
351
First-Printing
Audio System
Adjusting the Volume Press and hold the button to fast forward
through the track.
Seek Down and Previous Track

Button
Select to return to the beginning
of a track.
return to previous tracks.
Press and hold the button to fast rewind.
Pausing or Playing Media

Select to play a track. Press the
E248939 button again to pause the track.
Changing Radio Stations In radio mode, press the button to mute

Manual Tuning unmute.
Sound Settings
positions.
volume.
E270235
Note: You can change radio stations using AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
the seek buttons.
SYNC 2.5
the preset buttons on the touchscreen. Switching the Audio Unit On and
Off
Seek Up and Next Track Button
Select to skip to the next track.
352
First-Printing
Audio System
Adjusting the Volume Press and hold the button to fast forward
through the track.
Seek Down and Previous Track

Button
Select to return to the beginning
of a track.
return to previous tracks.
Press and hold the button to fast rewind.
Pausing or Playing Media

Select to play a track. Press the
E248939 button again to pause the track.
Changing Radio Stations In radio mode, press the button to mute

Manual Tuning unmute.
Sound Settings
positions.
volume.
E270235
Note: You can change radio stations using AM/FM RADIO - VEHICLES
the seek buttons.
WITHOUT: SYNC
the preset buttons on the touchscreen. Selecting a Radio Source
Seek Up and Next Track Button Press the button to display the
available radio sources.
Select to skip to the next track.
353
First-Printing
Audio System
Repeatedly press the button to scroll to Selecting a Station from the List
the desired radio source.
Press the OK button to view available
Press the OK button. stations.
Station Presets
AM/FM RADIO - VEHICLES
To store a radio station, press and hold one
of the numeric preset buttons. WITH: SYNC 2.5
Note: Six presets can be stored for each Using the Radio
radio source.
Select the audio option on the
Manually Changing Radio Stations feature bar.
Selecting a Radio Station From a List

1. Select Sources.
2. Select AM or FM.
3. Select Stations.
4. Select a radio station from the list.
Manually Changing Radio Stations
E248947
Rotate the control to change the

frequency.
Automatically Changing Radio

Stations
Press to seek the next station up
the frequency band.
Press and hold to quickly seek
up the frequency band. E270235
Press to seek the next station Rotate the control to change the
down the frequency band. frequency.
Press and hold to quickly seek Note: In FM mode, rotating the control
down the frequency band. changes the station.
354
First-Printing
Audio System
Automatically Changing Radio Manually Changing Stations

Stations
the frequency band.
up the frequency band.
Press to seek the next station
down the frequency band.
Storing a Radio Station

Press and hold one of the preset buttons
on the touchscreen. E248947
Note: The radio briefly mutes to indicate Rotate the control to change the station.
the station has been stored.
Stations
DIGITAL RADIO - VEHICLES
WITHOUT: SYNC Press to seek the next station up
the frequency band.
Selecting a Radio Source Press and hold to quickly seek
Press the button to display the
available radio sources. Press to seek the next station
Repeatedly press the button to scroll to Press and hold to quickly seek
the desired radio source. down the frequency band.
Press the OK button.
Selecting a Station from the List
Station Presets
Press the OK button to view available
To store a station, press and hold one of ensembles. Select the desired ensemble
the numeric preset buttons. and station from the list.
Note: Six presets can be stored for each
radio source. DIGITAL RADIO - VEHICLES
WITH: SYNC 2.5
Using the Radio
feature bar.
355
First-Printing
Audio System
Selecting a Radio Station From a List AUDIO UNIT CLOCK AND DATE
1. Select Sources. DISPLAYS - VEHICLES
2. Select DAB. WITHOUT: SYNC
3. Select Stations.
Adjusting the Clock
Press the button.
Manually Changing Radio Stations
E142607
Select the clock and follow the instructions

on the screen.
AUDIO UNIT CLOCK AND DATE

DISPLAYS - VEHICLES WITH:
SYNC 2.5
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Clock.
2. Adjust the clock.
E270235
Rotate the control to change the CONNECTING A BLUETOOTH®

frequency. DEVICE - VEHICLES WITHOUT:
SYNC
Stations
Pairing a Device
the frequency band. Press the button.
Press and hold to quickly seek E142607

Select Bluetooth and follow the
Press to seek the next station instructions on the screen.
down the frequency band. Note: When pairing a new device, you can
Press and hold to quickly seek choose to download contacts, set this as
down the frequency band. the primary device and enable Emergency
Assistance.
Storing a Radio Station
Press and hold one of the preset buttons
on the touchscreen.
Note: The radio briefly mutes to indicate
the station has been stored.
356
First-Printing
Audio System
CONNECTING A BLUETOOTH® Press and hold the button to fast forward

through the track.
DEVICE - VEHICLES WITH:
SYNC 2.5 Press the button once to return
to the beginning of the track.
Go to the settings menu on your device and Repeatedly press the button to
switch Bluetooth on. return to previous tracks.
Select the settings options on Press and hold the button to fast rewind.
the feature bar. Note: Not all functions are supported by all
E142607
phones.
1. Select Bluetooth.
2. Switch Bluetooth on. STREAMING BLUETOOTH
3. Select Add a Bluetooth device. AUDIO - VEHICLES WITH:
Note: A prompt alerts you to search for your SYNC 2.5
vehicle on your device.
4. Select your vehicle on your device. Check the compatibility of your device on
the local Ford website.
Note: A number appears on your device and
on the touchscreen. Pair your device. See Connecting a
Bluetooth® Device (page 357).
5. Confirm that the number on your
device matches the number on the Select the audio option on the
touchscreen. feature bar.
Note: The touchscreen indicates that you
have successfully paired your device. Select Sources.
Select the bluetooth option.
STREAMING BLUETOOTH
AUDIO - VEHICLES WITHOUT: Press the button to play the
SYNC track. Press the button again to
pause the track.
Selecting a Bluetooth Source
Press the button to skip to the
Press the button to display the next track.
menu. Press and hold the button to fast
E100027
forward through the track.
Repeatedly press the button to scroll to
the Bluetooth device. Press the button once to return
to the beginning of the track.
Press the OK button. Repeatedly press the button to
Press the button to play the return to previous tracks.
track. Press the button again to Press and hold the button to fast rewind.
pause the track.
Press the button to skip to the
next track.
357
First-Printing
Audio System
PLAYING MEDIA FROM A USB PLAYING MEDIA FROM A USB

DEVICE - VEHICLES WITHOUT: DEVICE - VEHICLES WITH:
SYNC SYNC 2.5
Supported Audio File Formats Supported File Formats
You can play audio file formats including The system supports the following file
MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and formats:
FLAC. • MP3, M4A, M4B, WMA, WAV, AAC,
Note: The NTFS file system is not FLAC, APE and AIFF audio file formats.
supported. • ext2, exFAT, FAT, FAT32, NTFS and
HFS+ file systems.
Selecting the USB Device
Press the button to display the
Selecting the USB Device
menu. Connect your device to the USB port.
E100027
Repeatedly press the button to scroll to feature bar.
your USB device. E100027
Press the OK button. Select Sources.

Playing from the USB Device Select the USB option.
Press the button to play a track.
Press the button again to pause
the track. Playing from the USB Device
Press the button to skip to the Press the button to play a track.
next track. Press the button again to pause
the track.
Press and hold the button to fast
forward through the track. Press the button to skip to the
next track.
Press the button once to return
to the beginning of a track. Press and hold the button to fast
Repeatedly press the button to forward through the track.
return to previous tracks. Press the button once to return
Press and hold the button to fast rewind. to the beginning of a track.
Sorting by Categories return to previous tracks.
Press and hold the button to fast rewind
You can also sort and play music by
through the track.
specific categories, for example artist or
album.
Press the OK button to view the available
categories.
358
First-Printing
Audio System
Sorting by Categories Switching Apple CarPlay Off

You can also sort and play music by Select the settings option on the
specific categories, for example artist or feature bar.
album.
1. Select Apple CarPlay preferences.
USB PORT 2. Disable Apple CarPlay.
The USB ports are on the instrument panel Using Apps on an iOS Device
and inside the storage compartment above
Note: For more information about available
the instrument cluster.
apps, refer to the local Ford website.
You can use the USB port to charge a
When you start an app through the system
device only when the engine is running.
for the first time, you could be asked to
grant certain permissions. You can review
APPS - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC and change the permissions that you have
granted at any time when your vehicle is
2.5 not moving.
Note: We recommend that you check your Select the apps option on the
data plan before using your apps through feature bar.
the system. Using them could result in
additional charges. 1. Switch Apple CarPlay off.
Note: We recommend that you check the 2. Connect your device to a USB port.
app provider's terms and conditions and 3. Start the apps on your device that you
privacy policy before using their app. want to use through the system.
Note: Make sure that you have an active Note: If you close the apps on your device,
account for apps that you want to use you will not be able to use them through the
through the system. system.
Note: Some apps will work with no setup. 4. Select Find mobile apps.
Others require you to configure some
personal settings before you can use them. Note: The system searches and connects
to compatible apps that are running on your
Using Apple CarPlay device.
5. Select the app that you want to use on
Switching Apple CarPlay On the touchscreen.
1. Connect your device to a USB port.
Using Android Auto
2. Follow the instructions on the
touchscreen. Switching Android Auto On
Note: Certain features of the system are 1. Connect your device to a USB port.
not available when you are using Apple
CarPlay. 2. Follow the instructions on the
touchscreen.
Note: You might need to enable Android
Auto from the settings menu.
359
First-Printing
Audio System
Note: Certain features of the system are Select the apps option on the
not available when you are using Android feature bar.
Auto.
1. Switch Android Auto off.
Switching Android Auto Off
2. Pair your device.
Select the settings option on the 3. Start the apps on your device that you
feature bar. want to use through the system.
1. Select Android Auto preferences. Note: If you close the apps on your device,
you will not be able to use them through the
2. Disable Android Auto. system.
Using Apps on an Android Device 4. Select Find mobile apps.
Note: The system searches and connects
to compatible apps that are running on your
apps, refer to the local Ford website.
device.
the touchscreen.
grant certain permissions. You can review
and change the permissions that you have
granted at any time when your vehicle is
not moving.
360
First-Printing
Audio System
Apps Troubleshooting
The system cannot find any – Incompatible device.

apps. • You will need an Android device with OS 2.3 or
higher or an iOS 3GS device with iOS 5.0 or higher.
Pair and connect your Android device to find
AppLink compatible apps. Connect your iOS device
to a USB port to find AppLink compatible apps.
I have a compatible device – AppLink compatible apps not installed on your device.
and it is correctly connected • Download and install the latest version of the app.
but the system still cannot
find any apps. – AppLink compatible apps not running on your device.
• Start the apps to allow the system to find them
and make sure you sign in to any apps if required.
– Incorrect app settings.
• Check and adjust the app settings on your device
and allow the system to access the app if required.
I have a compatible device, – Apps failed to fully close.

it is correctly connected and • Restart the apps and try again.
my apps are running but the
system still cannot find any
apps.
I have an Android device – An issue on some older versions of the Android oper-
that is correctly connected, ating system could result in apps not being found.
I have restarted my apps • Switch Bluetooth off and on again to force the
and they are running but the system to reconnect to your device.
system still cannot find
them.
361
First-Printing
Audio System
I have an iOS device that is – Cable connection issue.

correctly connected, I have • Disconnect the cable from your device, wait for a
restarted my apps and they moment and then connect it again to force the
are running but the system system to reconnect to your device.
still cannot find them.
I have an Android device – Device volume is low.
running a media app which • Turn the volume up on your device.
the system has found but I
cannot hear the sound or
the sound is very quiet.
I have an Android device – Device limitation. Some Android devices have a limited
running a number of number of Bluetooth ports that apps can use to
compatible apps but the connect. If you have more apps running on your device
system cannot find all of than the number of available Bluetooth ports, the
them. system cannot find all of them.
• Close some of the apps to allow the system to find
those that you want to use.
Note: This only works when connected via

Bluetooth. See Connecting a Bluetooth®
USING VOICE RECOGNITION Device (page 356).
Phone Voice Service Note: When using voice recognition use the
language set on the device.
This system allows you to use the voice
Note: We recommend that you check your
recognition features of your phone and
data plan before using your phone voice
focus on your driving.
service through the system. Using them
Press the voice control button could result in additional charges.
on the steering wheel.
E142599
362
First-Printing
Audio System
AUDIO SYSTEM – TROUBLESHOOTING - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC

2.5
The system is not func- • You can reset the system to restore functionality that has
tioning. stopped working.
• The system reset is designed to restore functionality
and does not delete any personal data that you have
stored.
I want to delete personal • A master reset is required to restore the system back to
data from the system. factory settings.
• This deletes any personal data that you have stored.
The system is not up to • The latest version has not been installed.
date. • You can download the latest version or set the system
to automatically update.
3. Insert a USB drive into your computer.

Resetting the System Note: The USB drive needs to be empty and
1. Simultaneously press and hold the meet the minimum requirements detailed
seek up and the audio unit power on the website.
buttons until the screen goes black. 4. Follow the instructions provided to
2. Wait three minutes to allow the system download the update to the USB drive.
to complete the reset.
Installing an Update
Updating the System Note: You can use the system when an
Note: We may need to update operating installation is in progress.
system software on your vehicle, including 1. Disconnect all other USB devices from
security updates and bug fixes, to keep the USB ports.
connected services current, like Vehicle
2. Connect the USB drive with the update
Hotspot, without prior notice to you.
to a USB port.
Updating the System Using a USB Drive Note: Installation starts automatically
within 10 minutes.
Downloading an Update
Updating the System Using a Wi-Fi
1. Go to the system update page on the
Network Connection
local Ford website.
2. Download the update. Connecting to a Wi-Fi Network
Note: The website notifies you if an update Select the settings option on the
is available. feature bar.
363
First-Printing
Audio System
1. Select Wi-Fi.
2. Select View available networks.
3. Select an available network.
Note: Enter the network password to
connect to a secure network.
Switching Automatic System Updates
On
feature bar.
1. Select Automatic updates.

2. Switch automatic system updates on.
The system is now set to check for and
receive system updates when it is
connected to a Wi-Fi network.
Note: You can use the system when a
download is in progress.
Note: If the system is disconnected from
the Wi-Fi network when a download is in
progress, the download continues the next
time the system is connected to a Wi-Fi
network.
Master Reset
feature bar.
1. Select General.
2. Select Master reset.
3. Select Continue.
system does not remove your vehicle from
your vehicle network carrier’s account. To
remove your vehicle from the account,
contact your vehicle network carrier.
system removes any authorized users and
personal data.
364
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
GENERAL INFORMATION Using the Touchscreen

can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
device that may take your focus off the
systems when possible. Make sure you
devices while driving. E293823
About SYNC A Status bar.

The system allows you to interact with the B Home screen.
entertainment, information and C Clock. See Settings (page 382).
communication systems on your vehicle
using voice commands and a touchscreen. D Outside air temperature.
The system provides easy interaction with E Feature bar.
audio, phone, navigation, mobile apps and
settings. Status Bar
Note: You can switch the system on and
Cell phone microphone muted.
use it for up to an hour without switching
the ignition on.
Note: You can use the system after you Audio system muted.
switch the ignition off for up to 10 minutes
or until you open a door.
Note: For your safety, some features are Software update installed.
speed-dependent. Their use is limited to
when your vehicle speed is less than 5 km/h
(3 mph). Wi-Fi connected.
Cell phone roaming.
Text message received.
365
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Emergency Assistance off. Select to adjust system settings.

See Settings (page 382).
E280315
Cell phone network signal

Cleaning the Touchscreen
strength.
See Cleaning the Interior (page 303).
Vehicle data sharing on.
Updating the System
Vehicle location sharing on. Updating the System Using a USB Drive
Downloading an Update
Vehicle data and vehicle location 1. Go to the SYNC update page on the
sharing on. local Ford website.
2. Download the update.
Traffic data source: Live traffic.
Note: The website notifies you if an update
E323531 is available.
Traffic data source: Traffic 3. Insert a USB drive into your computer.
broadcast. Note: The USB drive needs to be empty and
meet the minimum requirements detailed
Wireless charger active. on the website.
4. Follow the instructions provided to
download the update to the USB drive.
Feature Bar
Installing an Update
Select to use the radio, a USB, a
media player or a Bluetooth Note: You can use the system when
E100027
device. See Entertainment installation is in progress.
(page 373). 1. Disconnect all other USB devices from
the USB ports.
Select to adjust climate settings.
2. Connect the USB drive with the update
E283811 to a USB port.
Select to make calls and access Note: Installation starts automatically
the phonebook on your cell within 10 minutes.
phone. See Phone (page 375).
Updating the System Using a Wi-Fi
Select to use the navigation Network Connection
system. See Navigation (page
377). Switching Automatic System Updates
On
Select to search for and use
compatible apps on your iOS or 1. Select Settings.
Android device. See Apps (page 2. Select Automatic updates.
381).
3. Switch Automatic system updates on.
366
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
The system is now set to check for and USING VOICE RECOGNITION
receive system updates when it is
connected to a Wi-Fi network. The system allows you to interact with the
Note: You can use the system when entertainment, information and
download is in progress. communication systems on your vehicle
using voice commands. This allows you
Note: If the system is disconnected from to keep your hands on the steering wheel
the Wi-Fi network when download is in and focus on what is in front of you.
progress, the download continues the next
time the system is connected to a Wi-Fi Press the voice control button
network. on the steering wheel and wait
E142599 for the voice prompt.
Connecting to a Wi-Fi Network
Note: Press the voice control button again
See Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi to interrupt a voice prompt and begin
Network (page 344). speaking.
Note: Turn the volume control when a voice
Additional Information and prompt plays to adjust the volume.
Assistance
Note: Press and hold the voice control
For additional information and assistance, button on the steering wheel to use Siri on
we recommend that you contact an your iOS device.
authorized dealer or refer to the local Ford
website. The following voice commands are
designed to help you from any screen:
• List of commands
• Help
The following tables list some of the more
frequently used voice commands. For a
complete list of voice commands, refer to
General
Voice Command Description
___ list of commands 1

Get a list of voice commands for a specific feature.
Cancel Cancel an active voice session.
___ help 1
Get a list of voice commands for a specific feature.
Back Return to the previous screen.
Main menu Go to the main menu.
367
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Next page Go to the next page.

Previous page Go to the previous page.
1 Add the name of the feature to the command.
Entertainment
Audio Source
Radio Use the radio.

CD Player Use the CD player.
Bluetooth audio Use a Bluetooth device.
USB Use a USB or media player.
Radio
AM Listen to AM radio.
___ AM 1
Tune to a specific AM frequency.
DAB Listen to DAB radio.
FM Listen to FM radio.
___ FM 1
Tune to a specific FM frequency.
1 Add the radio frequency to two decimal places to the command.
368
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
USB and Media Player
Play album ___

Play artist ___
Play audiobook ___
Play genre ___ Play your music by category.
1
Play playlist ___

Play podcast ___
Play song ___
Browse all albums
Browse all artists
Browse all audiobooks
Browse all genres Browse music on a USB device.
Browse all playlists
Browse all podcasts
Browse all tracks
Browse album ___
Browse artist ___
Browse audiobook ___
1
Browse your music by category on a USB device.
Browse genre ___
Browse playlist ___
Browse podcast ___
1 Add
an album name, artist name, audiobook name, genre name, playlist name, podcast
name or track name to the command. Say the name exactly as it appears on your device.
369
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Phone
Pair phone Pair a cell phone or Bluetooth enabled device.

Redial Redial the last number that you dialed.
Dial ___ 1
Dial a number.
Call ___ 2
Call a specific contact from your phonebook.
Call ___ ___ Call a specific contact from your phonebook at a
3
specific location.
Listen to message Listen to a text message.
Listen to message ___ Listen to a specific text message from a list of text
messages.
Reply to message Reply to the last text message.
1 Add the number you want to dial to the command.
2 Add a contact name from your phonebook to the command. Say the first and last name
of your contact exactly as it appears on your device.

3 Add a contact name and location from your phonebook to the command. Say the first
and last name of your contact exactly as it appears on your device.
370
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Navigation (If Equipped)

Setting a Destination
Find an address Enter a destination address. When prompted,

provide the house number, the street and city.
Find a POI Search for a point of interest by name or by category.
Find nearest ___ 1
Search for a nearby point of interest by category.
Find a POI category 1
Search for a point of interest category.
Destination home Set your saved home address as your destination.
Destination work Set your saved place of work as your destination.
Previous destinations Display and select from a list of previous destina-
tions.
Favourite destinations Display and select from a list of favorite destinations.
1 Add a point of interest category or the name of a major brand or chain to the command.
Route Guidance
Cancel route Cancel the current route.

Reroute Select an alternate route.
Repeat last instruction Repeat the last guidance prompt.
Show route Display an overview of the route.
Show map Display the map on the touchscreen.
Show north up Display a two-dimensional map with north toward
the top of the touchscreen.
Show heading up Display a two-dimensional map with the direction
you are traveling toward the top of the touchscreen.
Show 3D Display a three-dimensional map with the direction
you are traveling toward the front.
371
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Apps
General
Mobile apps Start an app. The system prompts your for the app
name.
List apps Get a list of apps running on your device.
Find apps Search and connect to apps running on your device.
Active App
___ help 1
Get a list of voice commands for a specific app.
Close ___ 1
Close an app.
1 Add an app name to the command.
Voice Settings
Voice settings Go to the voice settings menu.

Interaction mode standard Switch long voice prompts on.
Interaction mode advanced Switch short voice prompts on.
Call confirmation on Switch call confirmation on. The system prompts
you to confirm before making a call.
Call confirmation off Switch call confirmation off. The system does not
prompt you to confirm before making a call.
Voice command lists on Switch the display of voice commands on.
Voice command lists off Switch the display of voice commands off.
372
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Automatic Blower Motor Speed Using the Radio

Reduction
Setting an AM/FM Radio Station
If necessary, the system decreases the
blower motor speed when you are using 1. Select Sources.
voice commands to reduce the amount of 2. Select AM or FM.
background noise in your vehicle. It returns
to normal when you are finished.
Switching Automatic Blower Motor

Speed Reduction Off
Simultaneously press the A/C and
recirculated air buttons.
ENTERTAINMENT
feature bar.
A
E270235
3. Rotate the control to change the

frequency.
Selecting a FM Radio Station From a

List
1. Select Sources.
2. Select FM.
3. Select Stations.
E293491
B Selecting a Digital Radio Station From
a List
A Audio source. Select to choose 1. Select Sources.
a different audio source. 2. Select DAB.
B Presets. Swipe left to view more 3. Select Stations.
presets.
4. Select an ensemble.
You can access these options using the 5. Select a radio station from the list.
touchscreen or voice commands.
373
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Manually Changing Digital Radio Note: If you switch traffic announcements

Stations on, traffic announcements broadcast by
radio stations interrupt the current audio
source to help you plan your route.
Streaming Music From a Bluetooth

Device
Check the compatibility of your device on
Pair your device. See Phone (page 375).
Select Sources.
Select Bluetooth.
Searching for Tracks on a Bluetooth

E270235 Device
Rotate the control to change the station. Select Browse.
Select a track.
Stations Note: Select the cover art to view
information about the current track.
the frequency band. Playing Tracks on a Bluetooth Device
Press and hold to quickly seek in a Random Order
up the frequency band. E309027 Select to play tracks in a random
Press to seek the next station order.
Press and hold to quickly seek Repeating Tracks on a Bluetooth
down the frequency band. Device
Select the repeat icon to repeat
Storing a Radio Station tracks.
Press and hold one of the preset buttons. Note: You can repeat one track or all tracks
Note: The radio briefly mutes to indicate on an audio format Bluetooth device. You
the station has been stored. can repeat one track, all tracks or all tracks
in one folder on a Bluetooth device.
Note: You can add additional preset pages
using the settings option on the feature bar. Note: A small number one appears next to
the repeat icon to indicate that a track is set
Switching Traffic Announcements On to repeat. A small folder icon appears next
to it to indicate that a folder is set to repeat.
Select Traffic (TA).
374
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Playing Music From a USB or Media Supported Devices

Player
The system supports most USB and media
Connect your device to a USB port. players, including iOS and Android devices.
Select Sources. Supported File Formats
E309028 Select USB. The system supports the following file
formats:
Note: The system indexes your music • MP3, MP4, WMA, WAV, AAC, AIFF, APE,
before you can play it. DSD, and FLAC audio file formats.
• MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and
Searching for Tracks on a USB or Media FLAC file extensions.
Player
• FAT, exFAT, and NTFS file systems.
Select Browse.
Audio File Metadata
Select a track.
Note: Select the cover art to view The system organizes files on your USB or
information about the current track. media player by metadata tags. Metadata
tags contain information about the file. If
Note: You can also browse by album, artist, the metadata tags for the files on your USB
audiobook, genre, playlist, podcast or track or media player contain no information,
name. the system classifies them as unknown.
The system can index up to 50000 tracks
Playing Tracks on a USB or Media on a USB device or media player, and up
Player in a Random Order to 10 devices.
E309027 Select to play tracks in a random
order. PHONE
Repeating Tracks on a USB or Media
Player WARNING: Driving while distracted
Select the repeat icon to repeat can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
tracks. and injury. We strongly recommend that
Note: You can repeat one track or all tracks device that may take your focus off the
on an audio format USB or media player. road. Your primary responsibility is the
You can repeat one track, all tracks or all safe operation of your vehicle. We
tracks in one folder on a USB or media recommend against the use of any
player. hand-held device while driving and
Note: A small number one appears next to systems when possible. Make sure you
the repeat icon to indicate that a track is set are aware of all applicable local laws
to repeat. A small folder icon appears next that may affect the use of electronic
to it to indicate that a folder is set to repeat. devices while driving.
Check the compatibility of your device on

375
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the Change device

First Time
Display the list of paired or connected
Go to the settings menu on your cell phone devices that you can select.
and switch Bluetooth on. Make sure your
cell phone is discoverable. See your cell Do not disturb
phone's user manual. Reject incoming calls and switch ring tones
Select the phone option on the and alerts off.
feature bar.
Phone Keypad
1. Select Pair phone. Directly dial a number.
Note: A prompt alerts you to search for your
vehicle on your cell phone. Text messages
2. Select your vehicle on your cell phone. Display the cell phone messages.
Note: A number appears on your cell phone Siri
and on the touchscreen.
Connect to Siri on your iOS device.
3. Confirm that the number on your cell
phone matches the number on the Phone Voice Assistant
touchscreen.
Connect to the phone voice service on your
Note: The touchscreen indicates that you
Android device.
have successfully paired your cell phone.
4. Download the phonebook from your Text Messaging
cell phone when you are prompted.
Setting Text Message Notification
Note: If you pair more than one cell phone,
use the phone settings to specify the iOS
primary phone. You can change this setting
at any time. 1. Go to the settings menu on your cell
phone.
Using Your Cell Phone 2. Select Bluetooth.
Recent Call list 3. Select the information icon to the right
of your vehicle.
Display and select an entry from a list of
4. Switch text message notification on.
previous calls.
Android
Contacts
1. Go to the settings menu on your cell
Display a smart search form to look up your phone.
contacts. Use the List button to
alphabetically sort your contacts. 2. Select Bluetooth.
3. Select the profiles option.
Your phone
4. Select the phone profile.
Change ring tones, alerts or pair another 5. Switch text message notification on.
cell phone.
376
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Using Text Messaging
Menu Item Description
Hear it Hear the text message.

View View the text message.
Call Call the sender.
Reply Reply to the text message with a standard text message.
Apple CarPlay NAVIGATION

Note: For more information, refer to the
2. Follow the instructions on the local Ford website.
touchscreen.
Select the navigation option on
Note: Certain features of the system are the feature bar.
not available when you are using Apple
CarPlay.
Switching Apple CarPlay Off

1. Select Settings.
2. Select Apple CarPlay preferences.
3. Switch Apple CarPlay off.
Android Auto
2. Follow the instructions on the
touchscreen.
Note: You might need to enable Android
Auto from the settings menu.
E297557
Note: Certain features of the system are
not available when you are using Android
A Map view menu.
Auto.
B Zoom out.
Switching Android Auto Off
C Zoom in.
1. Select Settings. D Route guidance menu.
2. Select Android Auto.
E Destination entry menu.
3. Switch Android Auto off.
377
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Setting a Destination Setting a Destination Using the Map

Screen
Setting a Destination Using the Text
Entry Screen
E297559
E297558 A Re-center the map.
A Text entry field. B Selected location.
B Automatic suggestions based on C 3D map rotation. Swipe left or

the text you enter. right.
C Information icon. D Start route guidance.
D Search. E Destination name.
E Keyboard settings. Select the location on the map.

Note: Select one of the suggestions to copy Select Start to begin route guidance.
the detail to the text entry field.
Changing the Format of the Map
Note: You can enter a destination in a
number of formats, city street number, city Display the map in one of the following
number street, zip code or point of interest. formats:
Note: You do not have to enter the • A two-dimensional map with the
destination country. direction you are traveling toward the
Note: To enter mutated vowels or accented top of the screen.
characters, for example ä or é, press and • A two-dimensional map with north
hold the corresponding character on the toward the top of the screen.
keyboard. • A three-dimensional map with the
Select Search. direction you are traveling toward the
front.
Select Start to begin route guidance.
Zoom
Display more or less detail on the map.
378
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Note: You can use pinch gestures to zoom C Estimated time of arrival,
in and out. Place two fingers on the screen distance to destination or time
and move them apart to zoom in. Place two to destination.
fingers on the screen and bring them
together to zoom out. D Current road.
E Mute guidance prompts.
Route Guidance
F Cancel route guidance.
A Note: To change guidance prompt volume,
turn the volume control when a guidance
prompt plays.
E297560
F
A Turn indicator. Select to hear the

last guidance prompt.
B Point of interest.
Route Guidance Menu
Screen view Adjust your map preferences for when route guidance is active.
Full map View a full screen map when route guidance is active.
Motorway exit info View exit information for your current route.
Turn list View the turn list for your current route. Select a road to avoid
it.
Traffic list 1
View traffic nearby or on your current route.
Navigation settings Adjust navigation settings.
Where am I? View information about your current location.
379
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Cancel route Cancel route guidance.

Show route View the entire current route on the map.
Re-route View an alternative route compared to your current one.
Edit waypoints Change the order or remove waypoints.
Optimise order The system determines the order of waypoints for you.
Start Go to the next screen and start the new route.
Search Enter a destination address.
Home Set your saved home address as your destination
Work Set your saved place of work as your destination.
Favourites Display and select from a list of favorite destinations.
Previous destinations Display and select from a list of previous destinations.
POI Display the point of interest categories.
1 Reliant upon traffic message channel or live traffic.
1. Select the search option on the map.

Adjusting the Guidance Prompt
2. Set a destination.
Volume
3. Select the flag icon.
Turn the volume control when a guidance
prompt plays to adjust the volume. 4. Select Start.
Note: If you have inadvertently adjusted Canceling Route Guidance

the volume to zero, press the turn indicator
button to play the last voice prompt and Canceling Route Guidance From the
then adjust the volume to the desired level. Route Guidance Menu
Select the route guidance menu
Muting Guidance Prompts option on the active guidance
Select the mute option on the screen.
screen to mute guidance
prompts. Select Cancel route.
Note: The system mutes the next and all Canceling Route Guidance From the Main
future guidance prompts. Map
Adding Waypoints E309522 Select the icon in the upper

right-hand corner of the main
You can add a waypoint to a navigation map to cancel route guidance.
route as a destination along your route.
You can add up to five waypoints.
380
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Live Traffic (If Equipped) Navigation Map Updates

Live traffic provides near real-time traffic Please check the local Ford website or
information to help you plan the fastest contact your dealership for navigation map
route to your destination. You must have updates.
an active subscription for Live Traffic. HERE is the digital map provider for the
navigation application. If you find map
A B C data errors, you can report them directly
to HERE by visiting www.here.com. HERE
evaluates all reported map errors and
responds with the result of their
investigation by e-mail.
APPS
apps, supported devices and
troubleshooting, refer to our local website.
E309627
E D grant certain permissions. You can review
and change the permissions that you have
A Traffic congestion. granted at any time when your vehicle is
not moving. See Settings (page 382).
B Road closure.
Note: We recommend that you check your
C Live traffic active. data plan before using your apps through
D Urgent warning. the system. Using them could result in
additional charges.
E Traffic incident.
Note: We recommend that you check the
Switching Live Traffic On app provider's terms and conditions and
privacy policy before using their app.
Note: Make sure that the modem is
Note: Make sure that you have an active
enabled. See Connected Vehicle (page
account for apps that you want to use
344).
through the system.
1. Select Settings.
Note: Some apps will work with no setup.
2. Select FordPass Connect. Others require you to configure some
3. Select Connectivity settings. personal settings before you can use them.
4. Switch Vehicle connectivity on. Using Apps on an iOS Device
5. Switch Location on.
Select the apps option on the
6. Switch Vehicle data & Remote ctrl on. feature bar.
7. Switch Live Traffic on.
381
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
1. If your device is connected via USB, Note: Mobile Apps on your device use the
switch Apple CarPlay off. See Phone USB port to establish a connection with
(page 375). SYNC. Some devices may lose the ability to
2. Connect your device to a USB port or play music over USB when Mobile Apps are
pair and connect using Bluetooth. enabled.
3. If prompted to enable CarPlay, select Using Mobile Navigation on an
Disable. Android Device
4. Start the apps on your device that you
want to use through SYNC.
2. Switch Android Auto off. See Phone
Note: If you close the apps on your device,
(page 375).
you will not be able to use them through the
system. 3. Switch on Enable Mobile apps via USB
in the Mobile Apps Settings tile.
the touchscreen. 4. Select the apps option on the feature
bar.
Note: Connect your device to a USB port if
you want to use a navigation app. When 5. Select the navigation app that you
using a navigation app, keep your device want to use on the touchscreen.
unlocked and the app open. Note: When using a navigation app, keep
your device unlocked and the app open.
Using Apps on an Android Device
Note: Mobile Apps on your device use the
Select the apps option on the USB port to establish a connection with
feature bar. SYNC. Some devices may lose the ability to
play music over USB when Mobile Apps are
1. If your device is connected via USB, enabled.
switch Android Auto off. See Phone
(page 375).
SETTINGS
2. Switch on Enable Mobile apps via USB
in the Mobile Apps Settings tile. Select the settings option on the
3. Pair your device. See Phone (page 375). feature bar.
E280315
4. Start the apps on your device that you
want to use through SYNC. Select a tile to access the settings.
Note: If you close the apps on your device, Select the option to display extra
you will not be able to use them through the information.
E268570
system.
5. Select Find mobile apps. Ambient Lighting
Note: The system searches and connects You can adjust the ambient lighting
to compatible apps that are running on your settings.
device.
6. Select the app that you want to use on Android Auto
the touchscreen. You can switch Android Auto on and off.
382
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Apple CarPlay Mobile Apps

You can switch Apple CarPlay on and off. You can adjust permissions, enable,
disable, and update mobile apps.
Audio
You can adjust the audio settings.
You can adjust navigation settings like map
Automatic Updates preferences and route guidance.
You can switch automatic updates on and Phone
off and adjust the settings.
You can connect and disconnect your
Bluetooth device, or manage the connected device
You can switch Bluetooth on and off and settings.
pair your cell phone. Seats (If Equipped)
Clock You can adjust the position and the
You can adjust the clock settings. massage function of the seats.
Display Sound
You can adjust display settings like You can adjust the sound settings.
brightness and auto dim.
Valet Mode (If Equipped)
Emergency Assistance You can enable and disable the valet
You can switch Emergency Assistance on mode.
and off.
Vehicle (If Equipped)
FordPass
You can adjust the camera settings.
You can adjust the FordPass settings.
Voice Control
General
You can adjust the voice control settings.
You can adjust settings like language,
measurement units, or reset the system. Wi-Fi
You can switch Wi-Fi on and off and adjust
the settings.
383
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
SYNC™ 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
Voice Recognition
The system does not under- – You are using the wrong voice commands.
stand what I am saying. • See Using Voice Recognition (page 367).
• For a complete list of voice commands, refer to the
local Ford website.
– You are speaking too soon.
• Wait for the voice prompt before you speak.
The system does not under- – Device limitation. Bluetooth does not support voice
stand the name of a track or commands.
artist. • Connect your device to a USB port.
• If you have an iOS device, press and hold the voice
control button on the steering wheel to use Siri to
play specific tracks.
– You are using the wrong voice commands.
• See Using Voice Recognition (page 367).
• For a complete list of voice commands, refer to the
local Ford website.
– You are not saying the name exactly as it appears on
your device.
• Say the name of the track or artist exactly as it
appears on your device. Spell out any abbreviations
in the name.
The song or artist name may have some special char-
acters that are not being recognized by the system.
– The name contains special characters, for example *,
- or +.
• Rename the files on your device or use the touch-
screen to select and play the track.
384
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
The system does not under- – You are not saying the name exactly as it appears on
stand the name of a contact your device.
in the phonebook on my • Say the first and last name of the contact exactly
device and calls the wrong as it appears on your device. Spell out any abbrevi-
contact. ations in the name.
– The name contains special characters, for example *,
- or +.
• Rename the contact on your device or use the
touchscreen to select and call the contact.
The system does not under- – You are not saying the name exactly as it appears on
stand foreign names of your device.
contacts in the phonebook • Say the first and last name of the contact exactly
on my device. as it appears on your device. The system applies
phonetic pronunciation rules of the selected
language to the names of contacts in the phone-
book on your device. Select the name of the
contact on the touchscreen and use the Hear it
option to get an idea of how the system expects
you to pronounce it.
The system voice prompts – Device limitation.

and the pronunciation of • The system uses text-to-speech technology and
some words does not seem uses a synthetically generated voice rather than
to be very accurate. pre-recorded human voice.
USB and Bluetooth Audio
I cannot connect my device. – Device malfunction.

• Disconnect your device. Switch your device off,
reset it and try again.
– Cable connection issue.
• Correctly connect the cable to your device and the
vehicle USB port.
– Incompatible cable.
• Use the cable recommended by the manufacturer
of your device.
385
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
– Incorrect device settings.

• Make sure that your device does not have an auto-
install program or active security settings.
• Check that your device is not set only to charge.
– Device lock screen enabled.
• Unlock your device before connecting it.
The system does not recog- – Device limitation.

nize my device. • Do not leave your device in your vehicle during very
hot or very cold weather conditions.
The system does not under- – Device limitation. Bluetooth does not support voice
stand the name of a track or commands.
artist. • Connect your device to a USB port.
• If you have an iOS device, press and hold the voice
control button on the steering wheel to use Siri to
play specific tracks.
I cannot stream audio from – Incompatible device.

my Bluetooth device. • Check the compatibility of your device on the local
Ford website.
– Device not connected.
• Pair your device. See Phone (page 375).
– Media player not running.
• Start the media player on your device.
The system does not recog- – Missing or incorrect audio file metadata, for example
nize the music on my device. artist, song title, album or genre.
• Repair the files on your device.
– Corrupt files.
• Repair the files on your device.
– Copyright protected files.
• Use a device that contains files that are not copy-
right protected.
– Unsupported file format.
• Repair or convert the files to a supported format.
See Entertainment (page 373).
386
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
– Device indexing required.

• Re-index your device. See Settings (page 382).
– Device lock screen enabled.
• Unlock your device before connecting it.
Sometimes I cannot hear a – Device malfunction.

track playing on my device. • Disconnect your device. Switch your device off,
reset it and try again.
When I disconnect my iOS – Device limitation.

device the audio volume is • Turn the volume down on your device
set to maximum.
The system does not play If the system does not play the tracks on your USB device
the tracks on my USB drive in the correct order, the following information could help:
in the correct order. – If you are selecting USB as the audio source when the
system is still indexing, SYNC plays tracks sorted
alphabetically by file name in the root directory.
– If you are selecting USB as the audio source after the
system has finished indexing, SYNC plays all tracks
sorted alphabetically by the title in the ID3 tag
regardless of where they are located. SYNC uses the
file name if the title in the ID3 Tag does not exist.
– If you are selecting the option to play all tracks from
the browsing menu, SYNC plays all tracks sorted
alphabetically by the title in the ID3 tag regardless of
where they are located. SYNC uses the file name if the
title in the ID3 Tag does not exist.
– If you are selecting a track when using the explore
device option, SYNC plays tracks sorted alphabetically
by file name in the folder you have selected. SYNC
then plays all tracks in any subfolders in the folder you
have selected.
387
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Phone
During a call, I can hear – Incorrect cell phone settings.

excessive background noise. • Check and adjust the audio settings on your cell
phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual.
During a call, I can hear the – Cell phone malfunction.

other person but they • Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again.
cannot hear me.
– Cell phone microphone muted.
• Unmute your cell phone microphone.
During a call, I cannot hear – System restart required.

the other person and they • Restart the system. Switch the ignition off and
cannot hear me. open the door. Close the door and lock the vehicle.
Wait until the touchscreen is off and any illumin-
ated USB ports are not illuminated. Unlock the
vehicle, switch the ignition on and try again.
I cannot download phone- – Incompatible cell phone.

book. • Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the
local Ford website.
– Incorrect cell phone settings.
• Allow the system to retrieve contacts from your
cell phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual.
– Incorrect system settings.
• Switch automatic phonebook download on. See
Settings (page 382).
– Cell phone malfunction.
• Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again.
A message displays – Incorrect cell phone settings.

suggesting that my phone- • Allow the system to retrieve contacts from your
book has downloaded but it cell phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual.
is empty or it has missing
contacts. • Check the location of the missing contacts on your
cell phone. If they are stored on the SIM card, move
them to the cell phone memory.
– Incorrect system settings.
• Switch automatic phonebook download on. See
388
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
I cannot connect my cell – Incompatible cell phone.

phone. • Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the
local Ford website.
• Install the latest cell phone firmware.
• Delete your device from system and delete SYNC
from your device and try again.
• Switch automatic phonebook download off. See
Text messaging does not – Incompatible cell phone.

work. • Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the
local Ford website.
I cannot hear text messages. – Incompatible cell phone.

• Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the
local Ford website.
I cannot enter a street name – Incorrect entry method.

when I am abroad. • Enter the street name with the country.
The system does not recog- – You are using the wrong coordinates format.
nize coordinates. • Use the format ##. #####, ##. ##### (for N/S ,
E/W). Add a minus before coordinates if the
direction is West and keep a positive value if the
direction is East, for example 12.5412 means East
and -12.5412 means West.
389
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Apps
The system cannot find any – Incompatible device.

apps. • You need an Android device with OS 4.3 or higher
or an iOS device with iOS 8.0 or higher. Pair and
connect your Android device to find AppLink
compatible apps. Connect your Android or iOS
device to a USB port or pair and connect using
Bluetooth.
I have a compatible device – AppLink compatible apps not installed on your device.
and it is correctly connected • Download and install the latest version of the app.
but the system still cannot
find any apps. – AppLink compatible apps not running on your device.
• Start the apps to allow the system to find them
and make sure you sign in to any apps if required.
– Incorrect app settings.
• Check and adjust the app settings on your device
and allow SYNC to access the app if required.
I have a compatible device, – Apps failed to fully close.

it is correctly connected and • Restart the apps and try again.
my apps are running but the
system still cannot find any • If you have an Android device with apps that have
apps. an exit or quit option, use this and then restart the
apps. Alternatively, use the force stop option in the
settings menu on your device.
• If you have an iOS device with iOS 7.0 or higher, tap
the home button on your device twice and then
swipe the app upward to close it.
I have an Android device – An issue on some older versions of the Android oper-
that is correctly connected, ating system could result in apps not being found.
I have restarted my apps • Switch Bluetooth off and on again to force the
and they are running but the system to reconnect to your device.
system still cannot find
them.
390
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
I have an iOS device that is – Cable connection issue.

correctly connected, I have • Disconnect the cable from your device, wait for a
restarted my apps and they moment and then connect it again to force the
are running but the system system to reconnect to your device.
still cannot find them.
I have an Android device – Device volume is low.
running a media app which • Turn the volume up on your device.
the system has found but I
cannot hear the sound or
the sound is very quiet.
I have an Android device – Device limitation. Some Android devices have a limited
running a number of number of Bluetooth ports that apps can use to
compatible apps but the connect. If you have more apps running on your device
system cannot find all of than the number of available Bluetooth ports, the
them. system cannot find all of them.
• Close some of the apps to allow the system to find
those that you want to use.
391
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Wi-Fi Connectivity
I cannot connect to a Wi-Fi – Password error.

network. • Enter the correct network password.
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
– Multiple access points in range with the same SSID.
• Use a unique name for your SSID. Do not use the
default name unless it contains a unique identifier,
for example as part of the MAC address.
The Wi-Fi connection – Weak network signal.

disconnects after successful • Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
connection. a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
I am close to a Wi-Fi hotspot – Obstructed network signal.

but the network signal • If your vehicle has a heated windshield, position
strength is weak. your vehicle so that the windshield is not facing the
Wi-Fi hotspot.
but not on the windshield, position your vehicle so
that the windshield is facing the Wi-Fi hotspot or
open the windows that are facing the hotspot.
and the windshield, open the windows that are
facing the hotspot.
• If your vehicle is in a garage and you have the
garage door closed, open the garage door.
392
First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
I cannot see a network in the – Hidden network.

list of available networks • Make the network visible and try again.
that I expect to see.
Software downloads take – Weak network signal
too long. • Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
– Wi-Fi hotspot in high demand or has a slow Internet
connection.
• Use a more reliable Wi-Fi hotspot.
The system seems to – No software update available.

connect to a Wi-Fi network – Wi-Fi network requires a subscription or acceptance
and the signal strength is of terms and conditions.
excellent but the software
does not update. • Test the connection using another device. If the
network requires a subscription or acceptance of
terms and conditions, contact the network service
provider.
Resetting the System

1. Simultaneously press and hold the
seek up and the audio unit power
buttons until the screen goes black.
2. Wait three minutes to allow the system
to complete the reset.
3. Press the audio unit power button to
switch the system on.
Note: You can reset the system to restore
functionality that has stopped working. The
system reset is designed to restore
functionality and not delete any data that
you have stored.
Additional Information and

Assistance
For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer or refer to the local Ford
website.
393
First-Printing
Appendices
ELECTROMAGNETIC Note: We test and certify your vehicle to

meet electromagnetic compatibility
COMPATIBILITY legislation. It is your responsibility to make
sure that any equipment an authorized
dealer installs on your vehicle complies with
WARNING: Do not place objects applicable local legislation and other
or mount equipment on or near the requirements. Installation of some
airbag cover, on the side of the front or aftermarket electronic devices could
rear seatbacks, or in areas that may degrade the performance of vehicle
come into contact with a deploying functions, which use radio frequency signals
airbag. Failure to follow these such as broadcast radio receiver, tire
instructions may increase the risk of pressure monitoring system, push button
personal injury in the event of a crash. start, Bluetooth connectivity or satellite
navigation.
WARNING: Do not fasten antenna Note: Any radio frequency transmitter
cables to vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and equipment in your vehicle (such as cellular
brake pipes. telephones and amateur radio transmitters)
must keep to the parameters in the
WARNING: Keep antenna and following table. We do not provide special
power cables at least 10 cm (4 in) from provisions or conditions for installations or
any electronic modules and airbags. use.
Car
E239120
394
First-Printing
Appendices
Van
E239122
Truck
E239121
395
First-Printing
Appendices
Frequency Band Maximum output power Watt (Peak Antenna Positions

MHz RMS)
1-30 50 1
50-54 50 2, 3
68-88 50 2, 3
142-176 50 2, 3
380-512 50 2, 3
806-870 10 2, 3
396
First-Printing
Appendices
END USER LICENSE Description of Other Rights and

Limitations
AGREEMENT
• Speech Recognition: If the
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER SOFTWARE includes speech
LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA) recognition component(s), you should
understand that speech recognition is
• You (“You” or “Your” as applicable) an inherently statistical process and
have acquired a vehicle having several that recognition errors are inherent in
devices, including SYNC ® and various the process. Neither FORD MOTOR
control modules, ("DEVICES") that COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be
include software licensed or owned by liable for any damages arising out of
Ford Motor Company and its affiliates errors in the speech recognition
("FORD MOTOR COMPANY"). Those process. It is your responsibility to
software products of FORD MOTOR monitor any speech recognition
COMPANY origin, as well as associated functions included in the system.
media, printed materials, and "online"
or electronic documentation • Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
("SOFTWARE") are protected by Decompilation and Disassembly:
international intellectual property laws You may not reverse engineer,
and treaties. The SOFTWARE is decompile, translate, disassemble or
licensed, not sold. All rights reserved. attempt to discover any source code
or underlying ideas or algorithms of the
• The SOFTWARE may interface with SOFTWARE nor permit others to
and/or communicate with, or may be reverse engineer, decompile or
later upgraded to interface with and/or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except
communicate with additional software and only to the extent that such activity
and/or systems provided by FORD is expressly permitted by applicable
MOTOR COMPANY. law notwithstanding this limitation or
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END to the extent as may be permitted by
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA") the licensing terms governing use of
DO NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY any open source components included
THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE with the SOFTWARE.
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT • Limitations on Distributing,
LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICES, Copying, Modifying and Creating
WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT Derivative Works: You may not
TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF distribute, copy, make modifications
ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT). to or create derivative works based on
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This the SOFTWARE, except and only to the
EULA grants you the following license: extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
• You may use the SOFTWARE as notwithstanding this limitation or to
installed on the DEVICES and as the extent as may be permitted by the
otherwise interfacing with systems licensing terms governing use of any
and/or services provide by or through open source components included with
FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third the SOFTWARE.
party software and service providers.
397
First-Printing
Appendices
• Single EULA: The end user • Additional Software/Services: The

documentation for the DEVICES and SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
related systems and services may COMPANY, third party software and
contain multiple EULAs, such as service suppliers, its affiliates and/or
multiple translations and/or multiple its designated agent to provide or make
media versions (e.g., in the user available to you SOFTWARE updates,
documentation and in the software). supplements, add-on components, or
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you Internet-based services components
are licensed to use only one (1) copy of of the SOFTWARE after the date you
the SOFTWARE. obtain your initial copy of the
• SOFTWARE Transfer: You may SOFTWARE ("Supplemental
permanently transfer your rights under Components".) SOFTWARE updates
this EULA only as part of a sale or may cause you to incur additional
transfer of the DEVICES, provided you charges from your wireless service
retain no copies, you transfer all of the provider. If FORD MOTOR COMPANY
SOFTWARE (including all component or third party software and services
parts, the media and printed materials, suppliers provide or make available to
any upgrades, and, if applicable, the you Supplemental Components and
Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the no other EULA terms are provided
recipient agrees to the terms of this along with the Supplemental
EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade, Components, then the terms of this
any transfer must include all prior EULA shall apply. FORD MOTOR
versions of the SOFTWARE. COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its
designated agent reserve the right to
• Termination: Without prejudice to any discontinue without liability any
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY Internet-based services provided to
may terminate this EULA if you fail to you or made available to you through
comply with the terms and conditions the use of the SOFTWARE.
of this EULA.
• Internet-Based Services
Components: The SOFTWARE may
contain components that enable and
facilitate the use of certain
Internet-based services. You
acknowledge and agree that FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and service suppliers, its
affiliates and/or its designated agent
may automatically check the version
of the SOFTWARE and/or its
components that you are utilizing and
may provide upgrades or supplements
to the SOFTWARE that may be
automatically downloaded to your
DEVICES.
398
First-Printing
Appendices
• Links to Third Party Sites: The INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:

SOFTWARE may provide you with the All title and intellectual property rights in
ability to link to third party sites. The and to the SOFTWARE (including but not
third party sites are not under the limited to any images, photographs,
control of FORD MOTOR COMPANY, animations, video, audio, music, text and
its affiliates and/or its designated "applets" incorporated into the
agent. Neither FORD MOTOR SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed
COMPANY nor its affiliates nor its materials, and any copies of the
designated agent are responsible for SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR
(I) the contents of any third party sites, COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The
any links contained in third party sites, SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
or any changes or updates to third not copy the printed materials
party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title
other form of transmission received and intellectual property rights in and to
from any third party sites. If the the content which may be accessed
SOFTWARE provides links to third through use of the SOFTWARE is the
party sites, those links are provided to property of the respective content owner
you only as a convenience, and the and may be protected by applicable
inclusion of any link does not imply an copyright or other intellectual property
endorsement of the third party site by laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates rights to use such content outside its
and/or its designated agent. intended use. All rights not specifically
• Obligation to Drive Responsibly: granted under this EULA are reserved by
You recognize your obligation to drive FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates,
responsibly and keep attention on the and third party software and service
road. You will read and abide with the providers and suppliers. Use of any on-line
DEVICES operating instructions services which may be accessed through
particularly as they pertain to safety the SOFTWARE may be governed by the
and you agree to assume any risk respective terms of use relating to such
associated with the use of the services. If this SOFTWARE contains
DEVICES. documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA: such electronic documentation.
If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY separate from the EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You
DEVICES on media such as a ROM chip, acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is
CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or subject to U.S. and European Union export
other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all
Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes applicable international and national laws
Only" you may install one (1) copy of such that apply to the SOFTWARE, including
SOFTWARE onto the DEVICES as a the U.S. Export Administration Regulations,
replacement copy for the existing as well as end-user, end-use and
SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with destination restrictions issued by U.S. and
this EULA, including any additional EULA other governments.
terms accompanying the upgrade
SOFTWARE.
399
First-Printing
Appendices
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant General Operation

you any rights in connection with any • Voice Command Control: Certain
trademarks or service marks of FORD functions within the SYNC® system
MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third may be accomplished using voice
party software and service providers. commands. Using voice commands
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to while driving helps you to operate the
FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions system without removing your hands
provided in the documentation for the from the wheel or eyes from the road.
DEVICES product support, such as the • Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
vehicle owner guide. access any function requiring a
Should you have any questions concerning prolonged view of the screen while you
this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal
MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason, manner before attempting to access a
please refer to the address provided in the function of the system requiring
documentation for the DEVICES. prolonged attention.
No Liability for Certain Damages: • Volume Setting: Do not raise the
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD volume excessively. Keep the volume
MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY at a level where you can still hear
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS, outside traffic and emergency signals
AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO while driving. Driving while unable to
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, hear these sounds could cause an
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL accident.
DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN • Navigation Features: Any navigation
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR features included in the system are
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS intended to provide turn by turn
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY instructions to get you to a desired
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL destination. Please make certain all
PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES persons using this system carefully
OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE read and follow instructions and safety
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW information fully.
VEHICLE. • Distraction Hazard: Any navigation
features may require manual
SYNC® Automotive Important Safety (non-verbal) setup. Attempting to
Information Read and follow perform such set-up or insert data
instructions: while driving can distract your attention
• Before using your SYNC® system, read and could cause an accident or other
and follow all instructions and safety serious injury. Stop the vehicle in a safe
information provided in this end user and legal manner before attempting
manual ("Owner Guide".) Not these operations.
following precautions found in the • Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
Owner Guide can lead to an accident navigation features are provided only
or other serious injuries. as an aid. Make your driving decisions
based on your observations of local
conditions and existing traffic
regulations. Any such feature is not a
400
First-Printing
Appendices
substitute for your personal judgment. Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of

Any route suggestions made by this Risk
system should never replace any local • You agree to each of the following:(a)
traffic regulations or your personal Any use of the SOFTWARE while
judgment or knowledge of safe driving driving an automobile or other vehicle
practices. in violation of applicable law or
• Route Safety: Do not follow the route otherwise driving in an unsafe manner
suggestions if doing so would result in presents a significant risk of distracted
an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you driving and should not be attempted
would be placed in an unsafe situation, under any circumstances;(b) Use of
or if you would be directed into an area the SOFTWARE at excessive volume
that you consider unsafe. The driver is poses a significant risk of hearing
ultimately responsible for the safe damage and should not be attempted
operation of the vehicle and therefore, under any circumstances;(c) The
must evaluate whether it is safe to SOFTWARE may not be compatible
follow the suggested directions. with new or different versions of an
• Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps operating system, third party software,
used by this system may be inaccurate or third party services, and the
because of changes in roads, traffic SOFTWARE may potentially cause a
controls or driving conditions. Always critical failure of an operating system,
use good judgment and common sense third party software, or third party
when following the suggested routes. service.(d) Any third party service
accessed by or third party software
• Emergency Services: Do not rely on used with the SOFTWARE (I) may
any navigation features included in the charge an additional fee for access, (ii)
system to route you to emergency may not work correctly, on an
services. Ask local authorities or an uninterrupted basis, or error free, (iii)
emergency services operator for these may change streaming formats or
locations. Not all emergency services discontinue operation, (iv) may contain
such as police, fire stations, hospitals adult, profane or offensive content; and
and clinics are likely to be contained in (v) may contain inaccurate, false or
the map database for such navigation misleading traffic, weather, financial
features. or safety information or other content;
and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE may
cause you to incur additional charges
from your wireless service provider
(WSP) and any data or minute
calculators that may be included in the
software program are for reference
only, are not warranted in any way and
should not be relied upon in anyway.
• When using the SOFTWARE, you agree
to be responsible for and assume the
entire risk to the items set forth in
Section (a) – (e) above.
401
First-Printing
Appendices
Disclaimer of Warranty CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE

SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE
AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE
SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME
SATISFACTORY QUALITY, JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
PERFORMANCE, COMPATIBILITY, DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES
ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU. OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER,
BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE SO THE ABOVE DISCLAIMER MAY NOT
AND ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR FULLY APPLY TO YOU. THE SOLE
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED WARRANTY PROVIDED BY FORD MOTOR
"AS IS" AND “AS AVAILABLE”, WITH ALL COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND IN THE
FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF WARRANTY INFORMATION INCLUDING
ANY KIND, AND FORD MOTOR COMPANY WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO THE
HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY CONFLICT
AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION
THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET, THE
SOFTWARE, AND THIRD-PARTY WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL CONTROL.
SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR
STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND/OR CONDITIONS OF • The laws of the State of Michigan
MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY govern this EULA and Your use of the
QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN SOFTWARE. Your use of the
ARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY, SOFTWARE may also be subject to
OF QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND other local, state, national, or
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY international laws. Any litigation arising
RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR COMPANY DOES out of or related to this EULA shall be
NOT WARRANT (a) AGAINST brought and maintained exclusively in
INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT a court of the State of Michigan
OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY located in Wayne County or in the
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES, United States District Court for the
(b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES consent to submit to the personal
WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, (c) jurisdiction of a court in the State of
THAT THE OPERATION OF THE Michigan located in Wayne County and
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, the United States District Court for the
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE Eastern District of Michigan for any
UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, (d) dispute arising out of or relating to this
OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE, EULA.
THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
CORRECTED. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN
INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY
FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL
402
First-Printing
Appendices
Binding Arbitration and Class Action the right to litigate (or participate in as a
Waiver party or class member) all disputes in court
before a judge or jury. Instead, all disputes
(a) Application. This Section applies to will be resolved before a neutral arbitrator,
any dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT whose decision will be final except for a
INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO limited right of appeal under the Federal
COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE Arbitration Act. Any court with jurisdiction
ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR, over the parties may enforce the
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF arbitrator’s award.
FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S LICENSORS’
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. (e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings
Dispute means any dispute, action, or other to resolve or litigate any dispute in any
controversy between You and FORD forum will be conducted solely on an
MOTOR COMPANY, other than the individual basis. Neither you nor FORD
exceptions listed above, concerning the MOTOR COMPANY, will seek to have any
SOFTWARE (including its price) or this dispute heard as a class action, as a private
EULA, whether in contract, warranty, tort, attorney general action, or in any other
statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other proceeding in which any party acts or
legal or equitable basis. proposes to act in a representative
capacity. No arbitration or proceeding will
(b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a be combined with another without the
Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY prior written consent of all parties to all
must give the other a “Notice of Dispute”, affected arbitrations or proceedings.
which is a written statement of the name,
address, and contact information of the (f) Arbitration procedure. Any
party giving it, the facts giving rise to the arbitration will be conducted by the
dispute, and the relief requested. You and American Arbitration Association (the
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to “AAA”), under its Commercial Arbitration
resolve any dispute through informal Rules. If You are an individual and use the
negotiation within 60 days from the date SOFTWARE for personal or vehicle use, or
the Notice of Dispute is sent. After 60 days, if the value of the dispute is $75,000 or
You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY may less whether or not You are an individual
commence arbitration. or how You use the SOFTWARE, the AAA
Supplementary Procedures for
(c) Small claims court. You may also Consumer-Related Disputes will also
litigate any dispute in small claims court apply. To commence arbitration, submit a
in your county of residence or FORD Commercial Arbitration Rules Demand for
MOTOR COMPANY’S principal place of Arbitration form to the AAA. You may
business, if the dispute meets all request a telephonic or in-person hearing
requirements to be heard in the small by following the AAA rules. In a dispute
claims court. You may litigate in small involving $10,000 or less, any hearing will
claims court whether or not You be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds
negotiated informally first. good cause to hold an in-person hearing
(d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD instead. For more information, see adr.org
MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any or call 1-800-778-7879. You agree to
dispute by informal negotiation or in small commence arbitration only in your county
claims court, any other effort to resolve of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S
the dispute will be conducted exclusively principal place of business. The arbitrator
by binding arbitration. You are giving up
403
First-Printing
Appendices
may award the same damages to You filing, AAA, and arbitrator’s fees and
individually as a court could. The arbitrator expenses. It will not seek its attorney’s
may award declaratory or injunctive relief fees or expenses from you in any
only to You individually, and only to the arbitration. Fees and expenses are not
extent required to satisfy Your individual counted in determining how much a
claim. dispute involves.
(g) Arbitration fees and incentives. (h) Claims or disputes must be filed
• I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less. within one year. To the extent permitted
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will by law, any claim or dispute under this
promptly reimburse your filing fees and EULA to which this Section applies must
pay the AAA’s and arbitrator’s fees and be filed within one year in small claims
expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR court (Section c) or in arbitration (Section
COMPANY’S last written settlement d). The one-year period begins when the
offer made before the arbitrator was claim or dispute first could be filed. If such
appointed (“last written offer”), your a claim or dispute is not filed within one
dispute goes all the way to an year, it is permanently barred.
arbitrator’s decision (called an (I) Severability. If the class action waiver
“award”), and the arbitrator awards (Section e) is found to be illegal or
you more than the last written offer, unenforceable as to all or some parts of a
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give you dispute, then that portion of Section e will
three incentives: (1) pay the greater of not apply to those parts. Instead, those
the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your parts will be severed and proceed in a court
reasonable attorney’s fees, if any; and of law, with the remaining parts proceeding
(3) reimburse any expenses (including in arbitration. If any other provision of that
expert witness fees and costs) that portion Section e is found to be illegal or
your attorney reasonably accrues for unenforceable, that provision will be
investigating, preparing, and pursuing severed with the remainder of Section e
your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator remaining in full force and effect.
will determine the amounts.
Telenav Software End User License
• ii. Disputes involving more than
Agreement
$75,000. The AAA rules will govern
payment of filing fees and the AAA’s Please read these terms and conditions
and arbitrator’s fees and expenses. carefully before you use the TeleNav
• iii. Disputes involving any amount. In Software. Your use of the TeleNav
any arbitration you commence, FORD Software indicates that you accept these
MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA terms and conditions. If you do not accept
or arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or these terms and conditions, do not break
Your filing fees it reimbursed, only if the the seal of the package, launch, or
arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous otherwise use the TeleNav Software.
or brought for an improper purpose. In TeleNav may revise this Agreement and
any arbitration FORD MOTOR the privacy policy at any time, with or
COMPANY commences, it will pay all without notice to you. You agree to visit
http://www.telenav.com from time to time
to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.
404
First-Printing
Appendices
1. Safe and Lawful Use 2. Account Information

You acknowledge that devoting attention You agree: (a) when registering the
to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with
of injury or death to you and others in true, accurate, current, and complete
situations that otherwise require your information about yourself, and (b) to
undivided attention, and you therefore inform TeleNav promptly of any changes
agree to comply with the following when to such information, and to keep it true,
using the TeleNav Software: accurate, current and complete.
(a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise 3. Software License
drive safely;
• Subject to your compliance with the
(b) use your own personal judgment while
terms of this Agreement, TeleNav
driving. If you feel that a route suggested
hereby grants to you a personal,
by the TeleNav Software instructs you to
non-exclusive, non-transferable license
perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
(except as expressly permitted below
places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
in connection with your permanent
you into an area that you consider to be
transfer of the TeleNav Software
unsafe, do not follow such instructions;
license), without the right to
(c) do not input destinations, or otherwise sublicense, to use the TeleNav
manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless Software (in object code form only) in
your vehicle is stationary and parked; order to access and use the TeleNav
(d) do not use the TeleNav Software for Software. This license shall terminate
any illegal, unauthorized, unintended, upon any termination or expiration of
unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes, this Agreement. You agree that you will
or in any manner inconsistent with this use the TeleNav Software only for your
Agreement; personal business or leisure purposes,
and not to provide commercial
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices navigation services to other parties.
and cables necessary for use of the
TeleNav Software in a secure manner in 3.1 License Limitations
your vehicle so that they will not interfere
• (a) reverse engineer, decompile,
with your driving and will not prevent the disassemble, translate, modify, alter
operation of any safety device (such as an or otherwise change the TeleNav
airbag). Software or any part thereof; (b)
You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav attempt to derive the source code,
harmless against all claims resulting from audio library or structure of the
any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate TeleNav Software without the prior
use of the TeleNav Software in any moving express written consent of TeleNav;
vehicle, including as a result of your failure (c) remove from the TeleNav
to comply with the directions above. Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or
its suppliers' trademarks, trade names,
logos, patent or copyright notices, or
other notices or markings; (d)
405
First-Printing
Appendices
distribute, sublicense or otherwise is dependent on the accuracy of

transfer the TeleNav Software to navigation, as the maps or functionality
others, except as part of your of the TeleNav Software are not
permanent transfer of the TeleNav intended to support such high risk
Software; or (e) use the TeleNav applications, especially in more remote
Software in any manner that geographical areas.
I. infringes the intellectual property or • TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS
proprietary rights, rights of publicity or AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
privacy or other rights of any party, CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
regulation, including but not limited to laws WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE
and regulations related to spamming, FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM
privacy, consumer and child protection, OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
obscenity or defamation, or LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
obscene, libelous, or otherwise PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT
objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH
otherwise permit unauthorized access by RESPECT TO THE TELENAV
third parties to the TeleNav Software SOFTWARE.
without advanced written permission of • Certain jurisdictions do not permit the
TeleNav. disclaimer of certain warranties, so this
limitation may not apply to you.
4. Disclaimers
• To the fullest extent permissible 5. Limitation of Liability
pursuant to applicable law, in no event • TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers, APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
or agents or employees of any of the CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV
foregoing, be liable for any decision OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS
made or action taken by you or anyone BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD
else in reliance on the information PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT,
provided by the TeleNav Software. INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
TeleNav also does not warrant the SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES
accuracy of the map or other data used (INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT
for the TeleNav Software. Such data LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE
may not always reflect reality due to, INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT
among other things, road closures, OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA,
construction, weather, new roads and LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF
other changing conditions. You are PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION
responsible for the entire risk arising OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE
out of your use of the TeleNav USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE
Software. For example but without TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
limitation, you agree not to rely on the TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
TeleNav Software for critical POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
navigation in areas where the NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
well-being or survival of you or others THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
406
First-Printing
Appendices
REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the

WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES courts of the County of Santa Clara,
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL California. The United Nations
DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN Convention on Contracts for the
CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING International Sale of Goods shall not
NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE apply.
ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND
OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS 7. Assignment
SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT • You may not resell, assign, or transfer
ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE this Agreement or any of your rights or
TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES obligations, except in totality, in
AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT connection with your permanent
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR transfer of the TeleNav Software, and
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR expressly conditioned upon the new
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE user of the TeleNav Software agreeing
ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS to be bound by the terms and
MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. conditions of this Agreement. Any such
6. Arbitration and Governing Law sale, assignment or transfer that is not
expressly permitted under this
• You agree that any dispute, claim or paragraph will result in immediate
controversy arising out of or relating to termination of this Agreement, without
this Agreement or the TeleNav liability to TeleNav, in which case you
Software shall be settled by and all other parties shall immediately
independent arbitration involving a cease all use of the TeleNav Software.
neutral arbitrator and administered by Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the American Arbitration Association TeleNav may assign this Agreement to
in the County of Santa Clara, California. any other party at any time without
The arbitrator shall apply the notice, provided the assignee remains
Commercial Arbitration Rules of the bound by this Agreement.
American Arbitration Association, and
the judgment upon the award rendered 8. Miscellaneous
by the arbitrator may be entered by any
8.1
court having jurisdiction. Note that
there is no judge or jury in an arbitration This Agreement constitutes the entire
proceeding and the decision of the agreement between TeleNav and you with
arbitrator shall be binding upon both respect to the subject matter hereof.
parties. You expressly agree to waive
your right to a jury trial. This Agreement 8.2
and performance hereunder will be
Except for the limited licenses expressly
governed by and construed in
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
accordance with the laws of the State
all right, title and interest in and to the
of California, without giving effect to
TeleNav Software, including without
its conflict of law provisions. To the
limitation all related intellectual property
extent judicial action is necessary in
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
connection with the binding arbitration,
not expressly granted in this Agreement
both TeleNav and you agree to submit
are intended to, or shall be, granted or
407
First-Printing
Appendices
conferred by implication, statute, 8.6

inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors The headings in this Agreement are for
hereby reserve all of their respective rights convenience of reference only, will not be
other than the licenses explicitly granted deemed to be a part of this Agreement,
in this Agreement. and will not be referred to in connection
with the construction or interpretation of
8.3 this Agreement. As used in this Agreement,
the words "include" and "including" and
By using the TeleNav Software, you variations thereof, will not be deemed to
consent to receive from TeleNav all be terms of limitation, but rather will be
communications, including notices, deemed to be followed by the words
agreements, legally required disclosures "without limitation".
or other information in connection with the
TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices") 9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
electronically. TeleNav may provide such
Notices by posting them on TeleNav's • The Telenav Software utilizes map and
Website or by downloading such Notices other data licensed to Telenav by third
to your wireless device. If you desire to party vendors for the benefit of you and
withdraw your consent to receive Notices other end users. This Agreement
electronically, you must discontinue your includes end-user terms applicable to
use of the TeleNav Software. these companies (included at the end
of this Agreement), and thus your use
8.4 of the Telenav Software is also subject
to such terms. You agree to comply
TeleNav's or your failure to require with the following additional terms and
performance of any provision shall not conditions, which are applicable to
affect that party's right to require Telenav’s third party vendor licensors::
performance at any time thereafter, nor
shall a waiver of any breach or default of 9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE
this Agreement constitute a waiver of any North America, LLC
subsequent breach or default or a waiver
of the provision itself. The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
8.5 resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
If any provision herein is held conditions which are agreed to by you, on
unenforceable, then such provision will be the one hand, and Telenav (“Telenav”) and
modified to reflect the intention of the its licensors (including their licensors and
parties, and the remaining provisions of suppliers) on the other hand.
this Agreement will remain in full force and
effect. © 2013 HERE. All rights reserved.
The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of
Natural Resources Canada.
408
First-Printing
Appendices
HERE holds a non-exclusive license from Restrictions. Except where you have been
the United States Postal Service® to specifically licensed to do so by Telenav,
publish and sell ZIP+4® information. and without limiting the preceding
©United States Postal Service® 2014. paragraph, you may not use this Data (a)
Prices are not established, controlled or with any products, systems, or applications
approved by the United States Postal installed or otherwise connected to or in
Service®. The following trademarks and communication with vehicles, capable of
registrations are owned by the USPS: vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
United States Postal Service, USPS, and real time route guidance, fleet
ZIP+4 management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
The Data for Mexico includes certain data positioning devices or any mobile or
from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y wireless-connected electronic or computer
Geografía. devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2 computers, pagers, and personal digital
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd assistants or PDAs.
The data (“Data”) is provided for your Warning. The Data may contain
personal, internal use only and not for inaccurate or incomplete information due
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is to the passage of time, changing
subject to the following terms and circumstances, sources used and the
conditions which are agreed to by you, on nature of collecting comprehensive
the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co., geographic data, any of which may lead to
Ltd (“NAV2”) and its licensors (including incorrect results.
their licensors and suppliers) on the other
hand. 20xx. All rights reserved No Warranty. This Data is provided to you
“as is,” and you agree to use it at your own
Terms and Conditions risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no
Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data guarantees, representations or warranties
together with the Telenav Software solely of any kind, express or implied, arising by
for the internal business and personal law or otherwise, including but not limited
purposes for which you were licensed, and to, content, quality, accuracy,
not for service bureau, time-sharing or completeness, effectiveness, reliability,
other similar purposes. Accordingly, but fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness,
subject to the restrictions set forth in the use or results to be obtained from this
following paragraphs, you agree not to Data, or that the Data or server will be
otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, uninterrupted or error-free.
decompile, disassemble, create any
derivative works of, or reverse engineer any Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND
portion of this Data, and may not transfer ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
except to the extent permitted by ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
mandatory laws. OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
409
First-Printing
Appendices
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR export laws, rules or regulations prohibit

NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, HERE from complying with any of its
Territories and Countries do not allow obligations hereunder to deliver or
certain warranty exclusions, so to that distribute Data, such failure shall be
extent the above exclusion may not apply excused and shall not constitute a breach
to you. of this Agreement.
Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND Entire Agreement. These terms and
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR conditions constitute the entire agreement
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT between Telenav (and its licensors,
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY including their licensors and suppliers) and
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, you pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE and supersedes in their entirety any and
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR all written or oral agreements previously
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR existing between us with respect to such
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH subject matter.
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR Governing Law. The above terms and
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
conditions shall be governed by the laws
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands”
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
where European HERE Data is used],
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
without giving effect to (i) its conflict of
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
Convention for Contracts for the
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
International Sale of Goods, which is
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION [insert “The Netherlands” where European
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A HERE Data is used] for any and all
WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS disputes, claims and actions arising from
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE or in connection with the Data provided to
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some you hereunder.
States, Territories and Countries do not
allow certain liability exclusions or Government End Users. If the Data is
damages limitations, so to that extent the being acquired by or on behalf of the
above may not apply to you. United States government or any other
entity seeking or applying rights similar to
Export Control. You shall not export from those customarily claimed by the United
anywhere any part of the Data or any direct States government, this Data is a
product thereof except in compliance with, “commercial item” as that term is defined
and with all licenses and approvals at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in
required under, applicable export laws, accordance with these End-User Terms,
rules and regulations, including but not and each copy of Data delivered or
limited to the laws, rules and regulations otherwise furnished shall be marked and
administered by the Office of Foreign embedded as appropriate with the
Assets Control of the U.S. Department of following “Notice of Use,” and shall be
Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and treated in accordance with such Notice:
Security of the U.S. Department of
Commerce. To the extent that any such
410
First-Printing
Appendices
NOTICE OF USE B. Canada Data. The following provi-

sions apply to the Data for Canada,
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ which may include or reflect data from
SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE third party licensors (“Third Party
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen
SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425 in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”),
West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois Canada Post Corporation (“Canada
60606 Post”) and the Department of Natural
Resources of Canada (“NRCan”):
This Data is a commercial item as
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to 1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client
these End-User Terms under which this agrees that its use of the Third Party
Data was provided. Data is subject to the following provi-
sions:
© 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved.
a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data
is licensed on an “as is” basis. The
If the Contracting Officer, federal licensors of such data, including Her
government agency, or any federal official Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
refuses to use the legend provided herein, make no guarantees, representa-
the Contracting Officer, federal tions or warranties respecting such
government agency, or any federal official data, either express or implied,
must notify HERE prior to seeking arising by law or otherwise, including
additional or alternative rights in the Data. but not limited to, effectiveness,
completeness, accuracy or fitness
I. US/Canada Territory for a particular purpose.
A. United States Data. The End-User b. Limitation on Liability: The Third
Terms for any Application containing Party Data licensors, including Her
Data for the United States shall contain Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
the following notices: shall not be liable: (i) in respect of
any claim, demand or action, irre-
“HERE holds a non-exclusive license spective of the nature of the cause
from the United States Postal of the claim, demand or action
Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® alleging any loss, injury or damages,
information.” direct or indirect, which may result
“©United States Postal Service® from the use or possession of such
20XX. Prices are not established, Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of
controlled or approved by the United revenues or contracts, or any other
States Postal Service®. The following consequential loss of any kind
trademarks and registrations are resulting from any defect in the
owned by the USPS: United States Data.
Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.”
411
First-Printing
Appendices
2. Copyright Notice: In connection with either express or implied, arising by

each copy of all or any portion of the law or otherwise, including but not
Data for the Territory of Canada, Client limited to, effectiveness, complete-
shall affix in a conspicuous manner the ness, accuracy or fitness for a
following copyright notice on at least particular purpose. The licensors,
one of: (i) the label for the storage including Her Majesty, Canada Post
media of the copy; (ii) the packaging and NRCan, shall not be liable in
for the copy; or (iii) other materials respect of any claim, demand or
packaged with the copy, such as user action, irrespective of the nature of
manuals or end user license agree- the cause of the claim, demand or
ments: “This data includes information action alleging any loss, injury or
taken with permission from Canadian damages, direct or indirect, which
authorities, including © Her Majesty may result from the use or posses-
the Queen in Right of Canada, © sion of the data or the Data. The
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada licensors, including Her Majesty,
Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The Canada Post and NRCan, shall not
Department of Natural Resources be liable in any way for loss of
Canada. All rights reserved.” revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
3. End-User Terms: Except as other- resulting from any defect in the data
wise agreed by the parties, in connec- or the Data.
tion with the provision of any portion End User shall indemnify and save
of the Data for the Territory of Canada harmless the licensors, including Her
to End-Users as may be authorized Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
under the Agreement, Client shall and their officers, employees and
provide such End-Users, in a reason- agents from and against any claim,
ably conspicuous manner, with terms demand or action, irrespective of
(set forth with other end user terms the nature of the cause of the claim,
required to be provided under the demand or action, alleging loss,
Agreement, or as otherwise may be costs, expenses, damages or injuries
provided, by Client) which shall include (including injuries resulting in death)
the following provisions on behalf of arising out of the use or possession
the Third Party Data licensors, of the data or the Data.
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan: 4. Additional Provisions: The terms
contained in this Section are in addi-
The Data may include or reflect tion to all of the rights and obligations
data of licensors, including Her of the parties under the Agreement.
Majesty the Queen in the Right of To the extent that any of the provi-
Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada sions of this Section are inconsistent
Post Corporation (“Canada Post”) with, or conflict with, any other provi-
and the Department of Natural sions of the Agreement, the provisions
Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such of this Section shall prevail.
data is licensed on an “as is” basis.
The licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, make no
guarantees, representations or
warranties respecting such data,
412
First-Printing
Appendices
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies

II. Mexico. The following provision applies of the Data and/or packaging relating
to the Data for Mexico, which includes thereto shall include the respective Third
certain data from the Instituto Nacional Party Notices set forth below and used
de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”): as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or included in such copy:
packaging containing Data for Mexico
shall contain the following notice: Country Notice
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de
Estadística y Geografía)” Jordan “© Royal Jordanian
Geographic Centre”. The
foregoing notice requirement
III. Latin America Territory for Jordan Data is a material
term of the Agreement. If
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
Client or any of its permitted
of the Data and/or packaging relating
sublicensees (if any) fail to
thereto shall include the respective Third
meet such requirement,
Party Notices set forth below and used
HERE shall have the right to
as described below corresponding to
terminate Client’s license
the Territory (or portion thereof)
with respect to the Jordan
included in such copy:
Data.
Territory Notice
B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted
Argen- IGN “INSTITUTO sublicensees (if any) are restricted from
tina GEOGRAFICO NACIONAL licensing and/or otherwise distributing
ARGENTINO” HERE’s database for the country of
Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enter-
Ecuador “INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO prise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian
MILITAR DEL ECUADOR entities for use of the Jordan Data solely
AUTORIZACION N° IGM- in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers.
2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE In addition, Client, its permitted subli-
ENERO DE 2011” censees (if any) and End-Users are
“source: © IGN 2009 - BD restricted from using the Jordan Data in
TOPO ®” Enterprise Applications if such party is
(i) a non-Jordanian entity using the
Guade-
Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a
loupe,
Jordan-based customer. For purposes
French
of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applica-
Guiana
tions” shall mean Geomarketing applic-
and
ations, GIS applications, mobile business
Marti- “Fuente: INEGI (Instituto
asset management applications, call
nique Nacional de Estadística y
center applications, telematics applica-
Mexico Geografía)”
tions, public organization Internet
IV. Middle East Territory applications or for providing geocoding
services.
413
First-Printing
Appendices
is conditioned on Client’s obtaining prior

V. Europe Territory written consent from Kartografie a.s.;
(c) such license for selling or distributing
A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe with respect to Data for the Territory of
1. General Restrictions Applicable to Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s
Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für
and agrees that in certain countries of Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d)
the Europe Territory, Client will need Client is restricted from using Data for
to obtain rights directly from third the Territory of France to create paper
party RDS-TMC code providers to maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and
receive and use the Traffic Codes in 1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted
the Data and to deliver to End-Users from using any Data to create, sell or
Transactions in any way derived from distribute paper maps that are the same
or based on such Traffic Codes. For or substantially similar, in terms of data
such countries, HERE shall deliver the content and specific use of color,
Data incorporating Traffic Codes to symbols and scale, to paper maps
Client only after receiving certification published by the European national
from Client of its having obtained such mapping agencies, including without
rights. limitation, Landervermessungämter of
Germany, Topografische Dienst of the
2. Display of Third Party Rights Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch
Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für
each Transaction that uses Traffic Landestopografie of Switzerland,
Codes for Belgium, provide the Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessung-
following notice to the End-User: swesen of Austria, and the National
“Traffic Codes for Belgium are Land Survey of Sweden.
provided by the Ministerie van de
Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting
Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des Section IV(B) above, with respect to
Transports.” Data for the Territory of Great Britain,
Client acknowledges and agrees that
B. Paper Maps. With respect to any the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring
license granted to Client relating to a direct action against Client to enforce
making, selling or distributing paper compliance with the OS copyright notice
maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or (see Section IV(D) below) and paper
paper-like medium): (a) such license map requirements (see Section IV(B)
with respect to Data for the Territory of above) contained in this Agreement.
Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s
entering into and complying with a D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
separate written agreement with the of the Data and/or packaging relating
Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and thereto shall include the respective Third
sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the Party Notices set forth below and used
OS any and all applicable paper map as described below corresponding to
royalties, and Client’s complying with the Territory (or portion thereof)
the OS copyright notice requirements; included in such copy:
(b) such license for selling or otherwise Country(ies) Notice
distributing for charge with respect to
Data for the Territory of Czech Republic
414
First-Printing
Appendices
Austria “© Bundesamt für Eich- Spain “Información geográfica

und Vermessungswesen” propiedad del CNIG”
Croatia Sweden “Based upon electronic
Cyprus, data © National Land
Estonia, Survey Sweden.”
Latvia,
Lithuania, Switzerland “Topografische
Moldova, Grundlage: © Bundesamt
Poland, für Landestopographie.
Slovenia E. Respective Country Distribution. Client
and/or acknowledges that HERE has not
Ukraine “© EuroGeographics” received approvals to distribute map
France “source: © IGN 2009 – BD data for the following countries in such
TOPO ®” respective countries: Albania, Belarus,
Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan.
Germany “Die Grundlagendaten HERE may update such list from time to
wurden mit Genehmigung time. The license rights granted to Client
der zuständigen Behörden under this TL with respect to the Data
entnommen” for such countries are contingent upon
Client’s compliance with all applicable
Great Britain “Contains Ordnance laws and regulations, including, without
Survey data © Crown limitation, any required licenses or
copyright and database approvals to distribute the Application
right 2010 Contains Royal incorporating such Data in such
Mail data © Royal Mail respective countries.
copyright and database
right 2010”
VI. Australia Territory
Greece “Copyright Geomatics
Ltd.” A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
Hungary “Copyright © 2003; Top- thereto shall include the respective Third
Map Ltd.” Party Notices set forth below and used
Italy “La Banca Dati Italiana è as described below corresponding to
stata prodotta usando the Territory (or portion thereof)
quale riferimento anche included in such copy:
cartografia numerica ed Copyright. Based on data provided
al tratto prodotta e fornita under license from PSMA Australia
dalla Regione Toscana.” Limited (www.psma.com.au).
Norway “Copyright © 2000;
Norwegian Mapping
Authority”
Portugal “Source: IgeoE – Portugal”
415
First-Printing
Appendices
Product incorporates data which is © DISRUPTION OF SERVICE PROVIDED

20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM HEREUNDER, IS LIMITED TO PAYMENT
Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia OF DAMAGES IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO
Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd. EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY END USER
FOR THE SERVICES DURING THE
B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In TWO-MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE
addition to the foregoing, the End-User DATE THE CLAIM AROSE.
Terms for any Application containing (ii) END USER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY
RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia AND HOLD HARMLESS THE UNDERLYING
shall contain the following notice: WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER AND ITS
“Product incorporates traffic location OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND AGENTS
codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corpora- AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS,
tion Limited and its licensors.” INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION
CLAIMS FOR LIBEL, SLANDER, OR ANY
AT&T Vehicle Network Carrier PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY
Telematics Disclosure OR DEATH, ARISING IN ANY WAY,
END USER FOR PURPOSES OF THIS DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN
SECTION MEANS YOU AND YOUR HEIRS, CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT
EXECUTORS, LEGAL PERSONAL OR THE USE, FAILURE TO USE, OR
REPRESENTATITVES AND PERMITED INABILITY TO USE THE DEVICE EXCEPT
ASSIGNS. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS WHERE THE CLAIMS RESULT FROM THE
SECTION “UNDERLYING WIRELESS UNDERLYING CARRIER’S GROSS
SERVICE CARRIER” INCLUDES ITS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
AFFILIATES AND CONTRACTORS AND THIS INDEMNITY WILL SURVIVE THE
THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT.
DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS (iii) END USER HAS NO PROPERTY RIGHT
AND ASSIGNS. END USER HAS NO IN ANY NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE
CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP WITH DEVICE.
THE UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE
(iv) END USER UNDERSTANDS THAT
CARRIER AND END USER IS NOT A THIRD
FORD AND THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
PARTY BENEFICIARY OF ANY
CANNOT GUARANTY THE SECURITY OF
AGREEMENT BETWEEN FORD AND
WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS, AND WILL
UNDERLYING CARRIER. END USER
NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LACK OF
UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT THE
SECURITY RELATING TO THE USE OF THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER HAS NO LEGAL,
SERVICES
EQUITABLE, OR OTHER LIABILITY OF ANY
KIND TO END USER. IN ANY EVENT, THE SERVICE IS FOR [END USER’S] USE
REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE ONLY AND END USER MAY NOT RESELL
ACTION, WHETHER FOR BREACH OF THE SERVICE TO ANY OTHER PARTY END
CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, USER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE
STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT
OTHERWISE, END USER'S EXCLUSIVE GUARANTEE ANY END USER
REMEDY FOR CLAIMS ARISING IN ANY UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE OR
WAY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS COVERAGE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
AGREEMENT, FOR ANY CAUSE DOES NOT WARRANT THAT END USERS
WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT CAN OR WILL BE LOCATED USING THE
LIMITED TO ANY FAILURE OR SERVICE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
416
First-Printing
Appendices
MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you
IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR do not remove any copyright notices that
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, appear and do not modify the Data in any
SUITABILITY, OR PERFORMANCE way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce,
REGARDING ANY SERVICES OR GOODS, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or
AND IN NO EVENT SHALL AT&T BE reverse engineer any portion of this Data,
LIABLE, WHETHER OR NOT DUE TO ITS and may not transfer or distribute it in any
OWN NEGLIGENCE, FOR ANY: (A) ACT OR form, for any purpose, except to the extent
OMISSION OF A THIRD PARTY; (B) permitted by mandatory laws.
MISTAKES, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS,
ERRORS, FAILURES TO TRANSMIT, Restrictions
DELAYS, OR DEFECTS IN THE SERVICE Except where you have been specifically
PROVIDED BY OR THROUGH THE licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without
UNDERLYING CARRIER; (C) DAMAGE OR limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
INJURY CAUSED BY SUSPENSION OR not (a) use this Data with any products,
TERMINATION BY THE UNDERLYING systems, or applications installed or
CARRIER; OR (D) DAMAGE OR INJURY otherwise connected to or in
CAUSED BY A FAILURE OR DELAY IN communication with vehicles, capable of
CONNECTING A CALL TO ANY ENTITY, vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
INCLUDING 911 OR ANY OTHER real time route guidance, fleet
EMERGENCY SERVICE. TO THE FULL management or similar applications; or (b)
EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE END with or in communication with any
USER RELEASES, INDEMNIFIES AND positioning devices or any mobile or
HOLDS THE UNDERLYING CARRIER wireless-connected electronic or computer
HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY devices, including without limitation
AND ALL CLAIMS OF ANY PERSON OR cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE computers, pagers, and personal digital
ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM OR RELATING assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease
TO, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SERVICES using this Data if you fail to comply with
PROVIDED BY THE UNDERLYING CARRIER these terms and conditions.
OR ANY PERSON’S USE THEREOF,
INCLUDING CLAIMS ARISING IN WHOLE Limited Warranty
OR IN PART FROM THE ALLEGED
NEGLIGENCE OF THE UNDERLYING NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will
CARRIER. perform substantially in accordance with
the accompanying written materials for a
VII. China Territory period of ninety (90) days from the date
of receipt, and (b) any support services
Personal Use Only provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as
You agree to use this Data together with described in applicable written materials
[insert name of Client Application] for the provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s
solely personal, non-commercial purposes support engineers will make commercially
for which you were licensed, and not for reasonable efforts to solve any problem
service bureau, time-sharing or other issues.
similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject
to the restrictions set forth in the following
paragraphs, you may copy this Data only
as necessary for your personal use to (i)
417
First-Printing
Appendices
rigCustomer Remedies FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,

CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
sole discretion, either (a) return of the price
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
the Data that do not meet NAV2’s Limited
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR
Warranty and that are returned to NAV2
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
with a copy of your receipt. This Limited
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
Warranty is void if failure of the Data has
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
resulted from accident, abuse, or
WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS
misapplication. Any replacement Data will
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
be warranted for the remainder of the
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER
original warranty period or thirty (30) days,
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR
whichever is longer. Neither these remedies
ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER
nor any product support services offered
EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability
by NAV2 are available without proof of
exclusions may not be permitted under
purchase from an authorized international
applicable law, so to that extent the above
source.
exclusion may not apply to you.
No Other Warranty:
Export Control
EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY
You agree not to export to anywhere any
SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT
part of the Data provided to you or any
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2
direct product thereof except in
AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
compliance with, and with all licenses and
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
approvals required under, applicable
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
export laws, rules and regulations.
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A IP Protection
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty The Data are owned by NAV2 or its
exclusions may not be permitted under suppliers and are protected by applicable
applicable law, so to that extent the above copyright and other intellectual property
exclusion may not apply to you. law and treaties. The Data are provided
solely on the basis of a license to use, not
Limited Liability: sale.
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY Entire Agreement
APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR These terms and conditions constitute the
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT entire agreement between NAV2(and its
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY licensors, including their licensors and
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE matter hereof, and supersedes in their
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR entirety any and all written or oral
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR agreements previously existing between
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH us with respect to such subject matter.
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
418
First-Printing
Appendices
Governing Law. ("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform

other functions. You may use Gracenote
The above terms and conditions shall be
Data only by means of the intended End
governed by the laws of the People’s
User functions of this device. This device
Republic of China, without giving effect to
may contain content belonging to
(i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the
Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the
United Nations Convention for Contracts
restrictions set forth herein with respect to
for the International Sale of Goods, which
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such
is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising
content and such content providers shall
from or in connection with the Data
be entitled to all of the benefits and
provided to you hereunder shall be
protections set forth herein that are
submitted to the Shanghai International
available to Gracenote. You agree that you
Economic and Trade Arbitration
will use the content from Gracenote
Commission for arbitration.
("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data,
Gracenote® Copyright the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal,
CD and music-related data from non-commercial use only. You agree not
Gracenote, Inc., copyright© to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the
2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software
Software, copyright © 2000-2007 or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag
Gracenote. This product and service may associated with a music file) to any third
practice one or more of the following U.S. party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR
Patents 5,987,525; 6,061,680; 6,154,773; EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT,
6,161,132; 6,230,192; 6,230,207; 6.240,459; GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
6,330,593 and other patents issued or SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
pending. Some services supplied under EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S. HEREIN.
Patent 6,304,523. You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
Gracenote and CDDB are registered to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of violate these restrictions. If your licenses
Gracenote. terminate, you agree to cease any and all
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Gracenote® End User License Agreement Data, the Gracenote Software, and
(EULA) Gracenote Servers.
This device contains software from Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Emeryville, California 94608 Software, and the Gracenote Servers and
("Gracenote"). Gracenote Content, including all ownership
rights. Under no circumstances will either
The software from Gracenote (the Gracenote become liable for any payment
"Gracenote Software") enables this device to you for any information that you provide,
to do disc and music file identification and
obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
419
First-Printing
Appendices
including any copyrighted material or IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

music file information. You agree that MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
Gracenote may enforce its respective PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
rights, collectively or separately, under this NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
agreement against you, directly in each GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
company's own name. THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
queries for statistical purposes. The GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
identifier is to allow Gracenote to count CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
queries without knowing anything about DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS
who you are. For more information, see the OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
web page at www.gracenote.com for the WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007.
Gracenote Privacy Policy. Radio Frequency Statement
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
FCC ID: ACJ-SYNCG3-L
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED IC: 216B-SYNCG3-L
TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE This device complies with Part 15 of the
MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, Canada. Operation is subject to the
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY following two conditions:
GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE
GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE (1) This device may not cause harmful
CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY interference, and
AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT (2) this device must accept any
TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT interference received, including
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE interference that may cause undesired
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF operation.
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO WARNING: Changes or
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER modifications not expressively approved
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE by the party responsible for compliance
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR could void the user's authority to operate
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE radio certification number only signifies
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR that Industry Canada technical
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE specifications were met.
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY The antenna used for this transmitter must
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES not be co-located or operating in
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO conjunction with any other antenna or
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE transmitter.
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
420
First-Printing
Appendices
Taiwan Territory By using SUNA Products and/or Services,

you will be deemed to have accepted and
Note: In accordance with the management agreed to be bound by the terms and
approach of low-power radio wave conditions fully detailed at:
radiation motors:
Article 12: For approved and certified Website
low-power radiation motor models,
companies, firms or users must not alter www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
the frequency, increase the power or ditions/
change the characteristics and functions
of the original design without authorization. 2. Intellectual Property
Article 14: The usage of low-power SUNA Products and/or Services are for
radio-frequency motors must not affect your personal use. You may not record, or
aviation safety and interfere with legal retransmit the content, nor use the content
telecommunications. Should interference in association with any other traffic
be detected, immediately stop using the information or route guidance service or
device and only resume usage after device not approved by Intelematics. You
ensuring that there is no longer any obtain no right of ownership in any
interference. For the legal Intellectual Property Rights (including
telecommunication and wireless copyright) in the data that is used to
telecommunication of the telco, the provide SUNA Products and/or Services.
low-power radio frequency motor must be
able to tolerate legal limits of interference 3. Appropriate Use
from telecommunication, industrial, SUNA Products and/or Services are
scientific and radio wave equipment. intended as an aid to personal motoring
and travel planning, and do not provide
SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS comprehensive or accurate information on
AND CONDITIONS all occasions. On occasions, you may
By activating, using and/or accessing the experience additional delay as a result of
SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or using SUNA Products and/or Services. You
other content or material provided by acknowledge that it is not intended, or
Intelematics (together, SUNA Products suitable, for use in applications where time
and/or Services), you must accept of arrival or driving directions may impact
certain terms and conditions. The following the safety of the public or yourself.
is a brief summary of the terms and 4. Use of SUNA Products and Services
conditions that apply to you. To view the while driving
full terms and conditions relevant to your
use of the SUNA Products and/or Services, You, and other authorised drivers of the
please consult: vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or
Services are available or installed and
active, remain at all times responsible for
Website observing all relevant laws and codes of
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon- safe driving. In particular, you agree to only
ditions/ actively operate SUNA Products and/or
Services when the Vehicle is at a complete
stop and it is safe to do so.
1. Acceptance
421
First-Printing
Appendices
5. Service Continuity and Reception of DECLARATION OF

the SUNA Traffic Channel
CONFORMITY
We will use reasonable endeavours to
provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours Your vehicle could have components that
a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic transmit and receive radio waves and are
Channel may occasionally be unavailable therefore subject to government
for technical reasons or for planned regulation.
maintenance. We will try to perform
maintenance at times when congestion is These components must accept any
light. We reserve the right to withdraw interference received, including
SUNA Products and/or Services at any interference that could cause undesired
time. operation. For certification labels and
declarations of conformity, visit
Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted www.wirelessconformity.ford.com.
reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel
RDS-TMC signal at any particular location.
6. Limitation of Liability
Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or
the manufacturer of your device (the
“Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to
any third party for any damages either
direct, indirect, incidental, consequential
or otherwise arising out of the use of or
inability to use SUNA Products and/or
Services even if Intelematics or a Supplier
has been advised of the possibility of such
damages. You also acknowledge that the
neither Intelematics nor any Supplier
guarantees nor make any warranties that
relate to the availability, accuracy or
completeness of SUNA Products and/or
Services, and to the extent which it is
lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each
Supplier excludes any warranties which
might otherwise be implied by any State
or Federal legislation in relation to SUNA
Products and/or Services.
7. Please Note
Great care has been taken in preparing this
manual. Constant product development
may mean that some information is not
entirely up-to-date. The information in this
document is subject to change without
notice.
422
First-Printing
Index
A Automatic Transmission...................................80
Door Ajar.................................................................80
A/C Emergency Door Open......................................80
See: Climate Control...........................................93 Engine On...............................................................80
About This Manual...........................................9 Exterior Lamps On..............................................80
ABS Parking Brake On.................................................80
See: Brakes............................................................163 Seatbelt Reminder..............................................80
ABS driving hints Audio System................................................349
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Audio System – Troubleshooting -
Brakes................................................................163 Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5........................363
Accessories Master Reset.......................................................364
See: Replacement Parts Resetting the System.......................................363
Recommendation............................................15 Updating the System.......................................363
ACC Audio Unit Clock and Date Displays -
See: Using Adaptive Cruise Control..............181 Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5........................356
Acknowledgments...........................................9 Audio Unit Clock and Date Displays -
Active Park Assist..........................................174 Vehicles Without: SYNC........................356
Using Active Park Assist...................................174 Adjusting the Clock...........................................356
Adjusting the Steering Wheel...................58 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC
Air Conditioning 2.5...................................................................352
See: Climate Control...........................................93 Adjusting the Volume.......................................353
Air Vents............................................................93 Changing Radio Stations................................353
Alarm Pausing or Playing Media................................353
See: Anti-Theft Alarm.........................................57 Seek Down and Previous Track
AM/FM Radio - Vehicles With: SYNC Button...............................................................353
2.5...................................................................354 Seek Up and Next Track Button...................353
Using the Radio..................................................354 Sound Settings...................................................353
AM/FM Radio - Vehicles Without: Switching the Audio Unit On and Off.........352
SYNC.............................................................353 Switching the Screen On and Off................353
Selecting a Radio Source................................353 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC 3.......351
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................57 Adjusting the Volume.......................................352
Arming the Alarm.................................................57 Changing Radio Stations................................352
Disarming the Alarm............................................57 Pausing or Playing Media................................352
Appendices....................................................394 Seek Down and Previous Track
Apps..................................................................381 Button...............................................................352
Using Apps on an Android Device...............382 Seek Up and Next Track Button...................352
Using Apps on an iOS Device.........................381 Sound Settings...................................................352
Using Mobile Navigation on an Android Switching the Audio Unit On and Off.........351
Device................................................................382 Switching the Screen On and Off................352
Apps - Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5.............359 Audio Unit - Vehicles Without:
Apps Troubleshooting......................................361 SYNC.............................................................349
Using Android Auto...........................................359 Adjusting the Volume......................................349
Using Apple CarPlay.........................................359 Changing Radio Stations................................349
Using Apps on an Android Device..............360 Pausing or Playing Media.................................351
Using Apps on an iOS Device........................359 Returning to the Previous Screen.................351
At a Glance........................................................18 Scrolling Through the Menu Options........350
Audible Warnings and Indicators............80 Seek Down and Previous Track
Airbag Secondary Warning..............................80 Button................................................................351
423
First-Printing
Index
Seek Up and Next Track Button....................351 Auto-Start-Stop – Information

Selecting a Menu Option.................................351 Messages..........................................................125
Selecting Media.................................................350 Autowipers.......................................................59
Selecting the Radio..........................................349 Settings...................................................................60
Sound Settings....................................................351 Auxiliary Heater..............................................96
Switching the Audio Unit On and Off........349 Parking Heater......................................................96
Switching the Screen On and Off.................351 Principle of Operation........................................96
System Settings..................................................351 Using Auxiliary Heater........................................96
Using a Cell Phone.............................................351 Auxiliary Power Points..................................111
Autolamps........................................................63 230 Volt AC Power Point....................................111
Automatic Crash Notification
System.............................................................37
Automatic High Beam Control.................64
B
About Automatic High Beam Control..........64 Battery
Automatic High Beam Control Information See: Changing the 12V Battery......................281
Messages...........................................................65 Blind Spot Information System..............195
Automatic High Beam Indicator.....................65 Blind Spot Information System
Overriding Automatic High Beam Indicator.............................................................197
Control................................................................65 Blind Spot Information System Information
Switching Automatic High Beam Control Messages..........................................................199
On or Off.............................................................65 Blind Spot Information System
Automatic Transmission - 6-Speed Sensors.............................................................196
Automatic Transmission.........................159 Blind Spot Information System Warning
Automatic Transmission Information Lamp..................................................................198
Messages..........................................................162 Blind Spot Information System with Trailer
Brake Shift Interlock..........................................160 Tow......................................................................197
Selector Lever Positions..................................159 Switching the Blind Spot Information
SelectShift™.......................................................160 System On and Off.......................................196
Transmission Not in Park (P) Audible Using the Blind Spot Information
Warning..............................................................161 System..............................................................196
Automatic Transmission - Plug-In Hybrid BLIS
Electric Vehicle (PHEV)...........................157 See: Blind Spot Information System...........195
Brake Shift Interlock..........................................158 Body Styling Kits.........................................305
Selector Lever Positions..................................158 Bonnet Lock
Transmission Not in Park (P) Audible See: Opening and Closing the Hood -
Warning.............................................................159 LHD....................................................................268
Auto-Start-Stop Audible Warning.........125 See: Opening and Closing the Hood -
Auto-Start-Stop............................................124 RHD....................................................................269
Auto-Start-Stop Settings................................127 Bottle Holders.................................................114
Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting............125 Brake Fluid Check.......................................280
Auto-Start-Stop Indicators.......................125 Brakes...............................................................163
Auto-Start-Stop Precautions..................124 General Information..........................................163
Auto-Start-Stop Settings..........................127 Breaking-In.....................................................224
Setting the Engine Stop Speed......................127 Brakes and Clutch..............................................224
Auto-Start-Stop – Engine.....................................................................224
Troubleshooting.........................................125 Tires.........................................................................224
Auto-Start-Stop – Frequently Asked Bulb Specification Chart - Vehicles With:
Questions.........................................................126 Halogen Headlamps...............................338
424
First-Printing
Index
Bulb Specification Chart - Vehicles With: Changing a Bulb - Vehicles With:

Halogen Projector Headlamps............339 Halogen Projector Headlamps.............291
Bulb Specification Chart - Vehicles With: Central High Mounted Stoplamp................294
High Intensity Discharge Front Fog Lamps................................................293
Headlamps.................................................340 Headlamp.............................................................292
Interior Lamp.......................................................295
C License Plate Lamp..........................................295
Reading Lamps..................................................296
Capacities and Specifications - 1.0L Rear Lamp............................................................294
EcoBoost™.................................................329 Side Repeater......................................................293
Air Conditioning System.................................329 Vanity Mirror Lamp...........................................296
Brake System.......................................................332 Changing a Bulb - Vehicles With: High
Engine....................................................................330 Intensity Discharge Headlamps..........296
Fuel Tank................................................................331 Central High Mounted Stoplamp................299
High Voltage Battery Coolant........................331 Front Fog Lamps...............................................298
Washer Reservoir...............................................332 Headlamp.............................................................297
Capacities and Specifications - 2.0L Interior Lamp......................................................300
EcoBlue.........................................................332 License Plate Lamp.........................................300
Air Conditioning System..................................332 Reading Lamps...................................................301
Brake System......................................................335 Rear Lamp............................................................299
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue) Tank...........334 Side Repeater.....................................................298
Engine.....................................................................333 Vanity Mirror Lamp............................................301
Fuel Tank...............................................................334 Changing a Fuse..........................................266
Washer Reservoir...............................................335 Fuses......................................................................266
Capacities and Specifications - 2.2L Changing a Road Wheel............................314
Duratorq-TDCi Diesel..............................335 Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly
Air Conditioning System..................................335 Information......................................................315
Brake System......................................................338 Front Jacking Points..........................................318
Engine....................................................................336 Installing a Road Wheel..................................320
Fuel Tank...............................................................337 Locking Lug Nuts.................................................315
Washer Reservoir................................................337 Rear Jacking Points............................................319
Capacities and Specifications................326 Removing a Road Wheel................................320
Car Wash Removing the Spare Wheel............................316
See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................302 Vehicle Jack...........................................................315
Catalytic Converter......................................142 Changing the 12V Battery..........................281
On-Board Diagnostics System......................142 Removing the Battery......................................282
Changing a Bulb - Vehicles With: Replacing the Battery......................................283
Halogen Headlamps...............................286 Changing the Front Wiper Blades.........284
Central High Mounted Stoplamp................289 Changing the Rear Wiper Blades..........285
Front Fog Lamps...............................................288 Changing the Wi-Fi Hotspot Name or
Headlamp.............................................................287 Password.....................................................348
Interior Lamp......................................................290 Charge Port Indicators................................156
License Plate Lamp..........................................290 Charging Equipment Indicators..............154
Reading Lamps....................................................291 Charging Equipment
Rear Lamp............................................................289 Requirements.............................................154
Side Repeater.....................................................288 Charging the High Voltage Battery........153
Vanity Mirror Lamp.............................................291 AC Charging..........................................................153
425
First-Printing
Index
Checking Current Highway Information Connecting a Bluetooth® Device -

Status..............................................................211 Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5.........................357
Checking MyKey System Status..............46 Connecting a Bluetooth® Device -
Checking the Wiper Blades.....................284 Vehicles Without: SYNC........................356
Child Restraint Positioning.........................25 Pairing a Device..................................................356
i-Size Child Restraints........................................28 Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
ISOFIX Child Restraints......................................27 Network........................................................344
Recommended Child Restraints....................28 Connecting FordPass to the Modem.........344
Child Safety.......................................................21 Enabling and Disabling the Modem...........344
Child Safety Locks.........................................29 What Is the Modem..........................................344
Left-Hand Side......................................................29 Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi
Right-Hand Side...................................................29 Network........................................................344
Cigar Lighter.....................................................112 Coolant Check
Cleaning the Exterior..................................302 See: Engine Coolant Check - Diesel............277
BodyPaintwork Preservation........................303 Coolant Check - Plug-In Hybrid Electric
Cleaning Stripes or Graphics.........................302 Vehicle (PHEV)..........................................279
Cleaning the Chrome Trim.............................302 Adding Coolant..................................................280
Cleaning the Headlamps................................302 Cornering Lamps............................................67
Cleaning the Rear Window............................302 Creating a MyKey...........................................44
Cleaning the Interior...................................303 MyKey Information Messages.........................44
Fabric, Carpets, Cloth Seats, Headliners Creating a Wi-Fi Hotspot.........................348
and Floor Mats...............................................303 Connecting a Device to the Wi-Fi
Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD Screens Hotspot............................................................348
and Radio Screens.......................................304 Finding the Wi-Fi Hotspot Name and
Leather Interior...................................................304 Password.........................................................348
Mirrors....................................................................304 Cross Traffic Alert.........................................199
Rear Windows....................................................304 Cross Traffic Alert behavior when trailer is
Seatbelts..............................................................303 attached............................................................201
Storage Compartments, Cup Holders and Cross Traffic Alert Indicator............................201
Ashtrays...........................................................305 Cross Traffic Alert Information
Suede Micro Fiber Fabric................................304 Messages.........................................................202
Cleaning the Wheels..................................305 Cross Traffic Alert System
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................45 Limitations.......................................................201
Climate Control..............................................93 Cross Traffic Alert System Sensors.............201
Clutch Fluid Check - Manual Switching the System On and Off...............201
Transmission...............................................281 Using Cross Traffic Alert..................................199
Cold Weather Precautions.......................223 Cruise Control................................................180
Connected Vehicle......................................344 Principle of Operation......................................180
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile Cruise control
Network............................................................344 See: Using Cruise Control...............................180
Connected Vehicle Limitations..............344 Cup Holders.....................................................114
Connected Vehicle Requirements........344 Current Highway Information....................211
Vehicles With: Modem............................345
D
Vehicles With: SYNC 3/SYNC Data Recording..................................................11
2.5...................................................................346 Comfort, Convenience and Entertainment
Data.......................................................................13
426
First-Printing
Index
Event Data................................................................12 Enabling Current Highway

Service Data............................................................12 Information....................................................211
Services That Third Parties Provide...............13 End User License Agreement..................397
Services That We Provide..................................13 VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE
Vehicles With a Modem......................................13 AGREEMENT (EULA) .................................397
Vehicles With an Emergency Call Engine Block Heater.....................................119
System.................................................................14 Using the Engine Block Heater......................120
Vehicles With SYNC.............................................14 Engine Coolant Check - Diesel................277
Declaration of Conformity........................422 Adding Coolant...................................................278
Device Holder..................................................116 Engine Cooling Fan - Diesel......................277
Diesel Particulate Filter..............................148 Engine Cooling Fan - Plug-In Hybrid
Diesel Particulate Filter Automatic Electric Vehicle (PHEV)..........................277
Regeneration...................................................149 Engine Emission Control............................142
Diesel Particulate Filter Information Engine Immobilizer
Messages..........................................................152 See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................57
Diesel Particulate Filter Manual Engine Oil Check..........................................275
Regeneration...................................................150 Adding Engine Oil...............................................276
On-Board Diagnostics System......................149 Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.0L
Digital Radio - Vehicles With: SYNC EcoBoost™..................................................275
2.5...................................................................355 Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.0L EcoBlue........275
Using the Radio..................................................355 Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.2L Diesel.............275
Digital Radio - Vehicles Without: Entertainment...............................................373
SYNC.............................................................355 Playing Music From a USB or Media
Selecting a Radio Source................................355 Player.................................................................375
Direction Indicators........................................67 Streaming Music From a Bluetooth
Doors and Locks.............................................48 Device................................................................374
Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap - 2.0L Using the Radio...................................................373
Diesel.............................................................276 Environment......................................................17
Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap - 2.2L ERA-GLONASS...............................................39
Diesel.............................................................276 After an Emergency Call.....................................41
Drive Control - Diesel..................................210 Backup Battery Replacement..........................41
Selectable Drive Modes...................................210 Crash or Rollover..................................................40
Selectable Drive Modes Information Test Mode................................................................41
Messages..........................................................210 Using Manual Emergency Call........................40
Driver Airbag.....................................................32 Event Data Recording
Driving Aids.....................................................190 See: Data Recording..............................................11
Driving Hints...................................................223 Exterior Mirrors................................................70
Driving Through Water...............................224 Folding the Mirrors...............................................70
Power Exterior Mirrors........................................70
E
Eco....................................................................205
F
Eco Mode..............................................................205 Fan
Efficient Drive Mode.........................................205 See: Engine Cooling Fan - Diesel..................277
Economical Driving.....................................223 See: Engine Cooling Fan - Plug-In Hybrid
Electromagnetic Compatibility..............394 Electric Vehicle (PHEV)...............................277
Emergency Assistance.................................37 Fastening the Seatbelts..............................30
Emergency Equipment...............................231 Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy...............30
427
First-Printing
Index
First Aid Kit......................................................231 Fuse Box Locations - 2.0L EcoBlue,

Flat Tire Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle
See: Changing a Road Wheel........................314 (PHEV)..........................................................232
Flat Tire Inflation Body Control Module........................................232
See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit................306 Engine Compartment Fuse Box...................232
Floor Mats.......................................................224 Passenger Compartment Fuse Box............232
Fog Lamps - Front Pre-fuse Box........................................................232
See: Front Fog Lamps........................................65 Fuse Box Locations - 2.2L Diesel............232
Fog Lamps - Rear Body Control Module........................................233
See: Rear Fog Lamps.........................................66 Engine Compartment Fuse Box...................232
Folding Tray.....................................................114 Passenger Compartment Fuse Box............233
Front Fog Lamps............................................65 Pre-fuse Box........................................................233
Front Fog Lamp Indicator.................................66 Fuses.................................................................232
Switching the Front Fog Lamps On or Fuse Specification Chart - 2.0L
Off.........................................................................65 EcoBlue.........................................................245
Front Parking Aid..........................................170 Body Control Module.......................................253
Front Parking Aid Information Engine Compartment Fuse Box...................245
Messages...........................................................172 Passenger Compartment Fuse Box...........248
Object Distance Indicator.................................171 Pre-fuse Box........................................................252
Front Wiper Blades Fuse Specification Chart - 2.2L
See: Changing the Front Wiper Blades......284 Diesel.............................................................256
Fuel and Refueling.......................................133 Body Control Module.......................................264
Fuel Burning Heater Engine Compartment Fuse Box...................256
See: Auxiliary Heater..........................................96 Passenger Compartment Fuse Box...........259
Fuel Consumption Figures - 2.0L Pre-fuse Box........................................................263
EcoBlue.........................................................342 Fuse Specification Chart - Plug-In Hybrid
Fuel Consumption Figures - 2.2L Electric Vehicle (PHEV)..........................234
Duratorq-TDCi Diesel..............................343 Body Control Module........................................242
Fuel Consumption Figures........................341 Engine Compartment Fuse Box...................234
European Directive 1999/94/EC..................341 Passenger Compartment Fuse Box............237
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions..............341 Pre-fuse Box.........................................................241
Fuel Consumption Figures - Plug-In
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV)............341
Fuel Consumption.........................................141
G
Advertised Capacity...........................................141 Gasoline Particulate Filter.........................147
Fuel Economy.......................................................141 Gasoline Particulate Filter Information
Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................134 Messages..........................................................148
Fuel Filter Service Indicator Check - 2.0L Gasoline Particulate Filter
EcoBlue/2.2L Diesel................................284 Regeneration....................................................147
Fuel Quality - 2.0L EcoBlue, Gasoline Particulate Filter Warning Lamps
Hydrotreated Vegetable Oil...................134 and Indicators..................................................147
Fuel Quality - Diesel....................................134 Gauges - Excluding: Plug-In Hybrid
Long-Term Storage............................................134 Electric Vehicle (PHEV)............................74
Fuel Quality - Gasoline...............................133 Automatic Transmission Position
Long-Term Storage............................................134 Indicators............................................................75
Fuel Shutoff...................................................226 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge.............75
Ignition Switch....................................................226 Fuel Gauge..............................................................75
Keyless Starting..................................................226 Information Display.............................................74
428
First-Printing
Index
Speedometer.........................................................75 Hill Start Assist..............................................164

Tachometer.............................................................74 Switching the System On and Off...............165
Gauges - Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle Using Hill Start Assist.......................................165
(PHEV)............................................................72 Hints on Controlling the Interior
Automatic Transmission Position Climate...........................................................94
Indicators............................................................73 Defogging or Clearing the Windshield of
Fuel Gauge..............................................................73 Thin Ice................................................................95
High Voltage Battery Level Indicator.............73 Defogging the Side Windows in Cold
Information Display..............................................72 Weather..............................................................95
Power Gauge..........................................................72 General Hints.........................................................94
Speedometer.........................................................73 Quickly Cooling the Interior..............................94
Gearbox Quickly Heating the Interior.............................94
See: Transmission...............................................157 Recommended Settings for Cooling............95
General Information on Radio Recommended Settings for Heating............94
Frequencies...................................................42 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes............................................................163
H Hood Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood -
Handbrake LHD....................................................................268
See: Parking Brake - Automatic See: Opening and Closing the Hood -
Transmission...................................................163 RHD....................................................................269
See: Parking Brake - Manual Hybrid Vehicle Frequently Asked
Transmission...................................................164 Questions......................................................123
Hazard Flashers............................................226 Hybrid Vehicle Operation - Mild Hybrid
Headlamp Exit Delay....................................64 Electric Vehicle (MHEV)..........................122
Headlamp Leveling.......................................66
Headlamp Removal
See: Removing a Headlamp.........................286
I
Headrest Ignition Switch................................................118
See: Head Restraints........................................100 Starting the Electric Motor...............................121
Head Restraints............................................100 Switching the Ignition Off.................................121
Adjusting the Head Restraint..........................101 Switching the Ignition On.................................121
Removing the Head Restraint........................101 Switching the Ignition to Accessory
Heated Exterior Mirrors - Vehicles With: Mode....................................................................121
Heated Rear Window................................96 Information Displays......................................81
Heated Exterior Mirrors - Vehicles General Information.............................................81
Without: Heated Rear Window..............95 Information Messages.................................86
Heated Rear Window...................................95 Installing Child Restraints............................21
Heated Seats - 2.0L EcoBlue, Plug-In Attaching a Child Restraint With a Support
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV)...........108 Leg.........................................................................24
Heated Seats - 2.2L Diesel.......................109 Attaching a Child Restraint With Top
Heated Windshield........................................95 Tethers.................................................................24
Heating Booster Seats.........................................................22
See: Climate Control...........................................93 Child Restraints for Different Mass
High Voltage Battery...................................153 Groups..................................................................21
Charging the High Voltage Battery...............153 ISOFIX Anchor Points.........................................23
High Voltage Battery Precautions..........154 Instrument Cluster.........................................72
High Voltage Shutoff Switch...................156 Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................64
429
First-Printing
Index
Instrument Panel - LHD................................18 Lighting..............................................................62

Instrument Panel - RHD...............................19 General Information............................................62
Intelligent Speed Limiter...........................190 Load Carriers
Principle of Operation......................................190 See: Roof Racks and Load Carriers - Vehicles
Using Intelligent Speed Limiter......................191 With: Integrated Roof Rack........................212
Interior Lamps.................................................68 See: Roof Racks and Load Carriers - Vehicles
Courtesy Lamp.....................................................68 Without: Integrated Roof Rack.................214
Entrance Lamps...................................................68 Load Carrying.................................................212
Reading Lamps.....................................................68 General Information...........................................212
Interior Mirror - Vehicles With: Load Retaining Fixtures..............................215
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror/Interior Securing Cargo....................................................216
Mirror With Camera Display......................71 Locating the Charge Port..........................156
Interior Mirror - Vehicles With: Interior Locating the Charging Equipment.........154
Mirror.................................................................71 Locking and Unlocking - Vehicles With:
Introduction........................................................9 Manual Liftgate...........................................48
Autolock..................................................................50
J Auto Relock............................................................50
Autounlock.............................................................50
Jump Starting the Vehicle - 2.0L Configurable Unlocking......................................51
EcoBlue........................................................228 Double Locking the Doors................................48
Connecting the Jumper Cables....................228 Locking and Unlocking the Doors From
Starting the Engine...........................................229 Inside...................................................................49
Jump Starting the Vehicle - 2.2L Locking the Doors................................................48
Duratorq-TDCi Diesel..............................226 Opening the Sliding Door..................................49
Connecting the Jumper Cables.....................227 Slam Locking.........................................................49
Starting the Engine...........................................228 Unlocking the Doors...........................................48
Unlocking the Doors (One-Stage
K Unlock).................................................................51
Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage
Keys and Remote Controls.........................42 Unlock).................................................................51
Locking and Unlocking - Vehicles With:
L Rear Cargo Doors.........................................51
Autolock..................................................................54
Lane Keeping System.................................192 Auto Relock............................................................54
Lane Keeping System Display.......................194 Autounlock.............................................................54
Lane Keeping System Messages..................195 Configurable Unlocking.....................................55
Lane Keeping System Settings.....................193 Double Locking the Doors..................................51
Lane Keeping System Warning Lamps and Locking and Unlocking the Doors From
Indicators..........................................................194 Inside....................................................................52
Switching Lane Keeping System On or Locking the Doors.................................................51
Off.......................................................................193 Opening the Double Rear Doors.....................53
Liftgate...............................................................56 Opening the Sliding Door..................................52
Lighting Control..............................................62 Slam Locking.........................................................53
Headlamp Flasher...............................................63 Unlocking the Doors............................................52
Headlamp High Beam........................................63 Unlocking the Doors (One-Stage
Lighting Control Positions.................................62 Unlock)................................................................55
Parking Lamps......................................................62 Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage
Unlock)................................................................55
430
First-Printing
Index
Lug Nuts Mobile Communications Equipment.......15

See: Changing a Road Wheel........................314 MyKey Settings...............................................43
Lug Nuts..........................................................325 Configurable Settings.........................................43
Locking Lug Nuts................................................325 Non-Configurable Settings..............................43
Lug Nut Torque...................................................325 MyKey – Troubleshooting............................47
What is an admin key?.......................................47
M Why can I not clear the MyKeys?....................47
Why can I not create a MyKey?.......................47
Maintenance.................................................268 Why can I not program a MyKey?..................47
General Information.........................................268 Why does the MyKey distance not
Manual Climate Control..............................93 accumulate?.....................................................47
Directing Air to the Footwell Air Vents.........94 MyKey™.............................................................43
Directing Air to the Instrument Panel Air Principle of Operation........................................43
Vents....................................................................94
Directing Air to the Windshield Air
Vents....................................................................94
N
Setting the Blower Motor Speed....................93 Navigation.......................................................377
Setting the Temperature...................................94 Changing the Format of the Map................378
Switching Maximum Cooling On and Live Traffic.............................................................381
Off.........................................................................93 Navigation Map Updates.................................381
Switching Maximum Defrost On and Route Guidance..................................................379
Off.........................................................................93 Setting a Destination........................................378
Switching the Air Conditioning On and Zoom......................................................................378
Off.........................................................................93
Switching the Climate Control On and
Off.........................................................................93
O
Switching the Recirculated Air On and Oil Check
Off.........................................................................93 See: Engine Oil Check.......................................275
Manual Liftgate..............................................56 Opening and Closing the Hood -
Closing the Liftgate.............................................56 LHD................................................................268
Opening the Liftgate...........................................56 Closing the Hood...............................................269
Unlocking the Liftgate........................................56 Opening the Hood.............................................268
Manual Seats..................................................101 Opening and Closing the Hood -
Adjusting the Armrest.......................................103 RHD...............................................................269
Adjusting the Height of the Driver’s Closing the Hood.................................................271
Seat.....................................................................102 Opening the Hood.............................................269
Adjusting the Lumbar Support.....................102 Opening the Hood if the Vehicle Battery has
Moving the Seat Backward and no Charge.........................................................270
Forward..............................................................101 Overhead Console.........................................114
Recline Adjustment...........................................102 Overhead Storage Compartment.................114
Seat Cushion Adjustment...............................102
Manual Transmission..................................157
General Information...........................................157
P
Shifting Into Reverse Gear...............................157 Parking Aids...................................................168
Message Center Principle of Operation......................................168
See: Information Displays..................................81 Parking Brake - Automatic
Mirrors Transmission...............................................163
See: Windows and Mirrors................................69
431
First-Printing
Index
Parking Brake - Manual Power Seats...................................................103

Transmission...............................................164 Power Lumbar.....................................................104
Passenger Airbag............................................33 Power Steering Fluid Check - 2.2L
Passive Anti-Theft System.........................57 Diesel..............................................................281
Arming the Vehicle Immobilizer......................57 Adding Power Steering Fluid..........................281
Coded Keys.............................................................57 Power Windows.............................................69
Disarming the Vehicle Immobilizer................57 Bounce-Back.........................................................69
Principle of Operation.........................................57 One-Touch Close.................................................69
PATS One-Touch Open.................................................69
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................57 Pre-Collision Assist....................................206
Pedestrian Alert System.............................36 Distance Alert......................................................207
Pedestrian Alert System – Distance Indication...........................................207
Troubleshooting..............................................36 Pre-Collision Assist Information
Pedestrian Alert System – Messages.........................................................209
Troubleshooting..........................................36 Pre-Collision Assist System Sensors.........208
Pedestrian Alert System – Information Pre-Collision Assist Warning Lamp...........208
Messages............................................................36 Switching Active Braking On and Off.........207
Personalized Settings..................................85 Programming a MyKey.................................44
Chimes.....................................................................86 Protecting the Environment........................17
Language................................................................85 Puncture
Measure Unit..........................................................85 See: Changing a Road Wheel........................314
Temperature Unit.................................................85
Tire Pressure Unit.................................................85
Phone...............................................................375
R
Android Auto........................................................377 Rear Fog Lamps.............................................66
Apple CarPlay......................................................377 Rear Fog Lamp Indicator...................................66
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First Switching the Rear Fog Lamps On or
Time...................................................................376 Off.........................................................................66
Text Messaging...................................................376 Rear Loadspace Hatches...........................212
Using Your Cell Phone......................................376 Rear Parking Aid...........................................168
Playing Media From a USB Device - Object Distance Indicator...............................169
Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5........................358 Rear Parking Aid Information
Selecting the USB Device...............................358 Messages..........................................................170
Supported File Formats..................................358 Rear Passenger Climate Controls............95
Playing Media From a USB Device - Adjusting the Blower Motor Speed...............95
Vehicles Without: SYNC........................358 Directing Air to the Footwell Air Vents.........95
Selecting the USB Device...............................358 Directing Air to the Overhead Air
Supported Audio File Formats.....................358 Vents....................................................................95
Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation...........122 Directing Air to the Overhead Air Vents and
Drive Mode Control.............................................122 the Footwell Air Vents...................................95
Drive Modes..........................................................122 Rear Seats.......................................................104
Selecting a Drive Mode.....................................122 Double Cab...........................................................108
Power Door Locks Easy Entry..............................................................105
See: Locking and Unlocking - Vehicles With: Folding the Seat Backrest...............................104
Manual Liftgate...............................................48 Installing the Seats............................................107
See: Locking and Unlocking - Vehicles With: Recline Adjustment...........................................104
Rear Cargo Doors.............................................51 Removing the Seats..........................................105
Seat Storage........................................................108
432
First-Printing
Index
Rear View Camera........................................176 Running-In

Enhanced Parking Aids or Park Pilot...........179 See: Breaking-In.................................................224
Rear View Camera Positions...........................177 Running Out of Fuel.....................................135
Using the Rear View Camera..........................177 Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Rear View Camera Container..........................................................135
See: Rear View Camera....................................176 Filling a Portable Fuel Container..................135
Rear Window Wiper and Washers............61
Rear Window Washer..........................................61
Rear Window Wiper.............................................61
S
Rear Wiper Blades Safety Precautions.......................................133
See: Changing the Rear Wiper Blades.......285 Seatbelt Height Adjustment.......................31
Reduced Engine Performance................223 Seatbelt Reminder..........................................31
Refueling - Excluding: Plug-In Hybrid Turning the Seatbelt Reminder Off................31
Electric Vehicle (PHEV)..........................138 Seatbelts...........................................................30
System Warnings...............................................140 Seats.................................................................100
Refueling - Plug-In Hybrid Electric Security...............................................................57
Vehicle (PHEV)..........................................136 Selective Catalytic Reductant
Fuel Filler Door Override Cord........................138 System...........................................................142
Fuel System Information Messages............138 AdBlue® Consumption....................................145
Remote Control..............................................42 AdBlue® Guidelines...........................................143
Reprogramming the Unlocking Checking the AdBlue® Level..........................145
Function..............................................................42 Checking the AdBlue® Level Status...........145
Remote Start...................................................98 Filling the AdBlue® Tank.................................143
About Remote Start...........................................98 Filling the AdBlue® Tank Using a
Enabling Remote Start......................................98 Container..........................................................144
Remotely Starting the Engine.........................99 Filling the AdBlue® Tank Using a Fuel
Remotely Stopping the Engine.......................99 Station Pump..................................................143
Remote Start Limitations.................................98 Selective Catalytic Reductant System
Remote Start Settings.......................................99 Information Messages.................................146
Removing a Headlamp.............................286 Selective Catalytic Reductant System
Repairing Minor Paint Damage..............305 Warning Lamp................................................145
Replacement Parts Self-Leveling Suspension.........................210
Recommendation........................................15 Air Suspension.....................................................210
Collision Repairs....................................................15 Settings...........................................................382
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Ambient Lighting...............................................382
Repairs..................................................................15 Android Auto.......................................................382
Warranty on Replacement Parts.....................15 Apple CarPlay.....................................................383
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Audio......................................................................383
Control.............................................................42 Automatic Updates..........................................383
Restarting the Engine..................................124 Bluetooth..............................................................383
Restarting the Engine in Gear........................128 Clock.......................................................................383
Restarting the Engine in Neutral...................128 Display...................................................................383
Roadside Emergencies..............................226 Emergency Assistance....................................383
Roof Racks and Load Carriers - Vehicles FordPass...............................................................383
With: Integrated Roof Rack....................212 General..................................................................383
Raising and Lowering the Crossbars...........213 Mobile Apps.........................................................383
Roof Racks and Load Carriers - Vehicles Navigation............................................................383
Without: Integrated Roof Rack.............214 Phone.....................................................................383
433
First-Printing
Index
Seats......................................................................383 Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and

Sound.....................................................................383 Off....................................................................124
Valet Mode...........................................................383 Switching Off the Electric Motor..............121
Vehicle...................................................................383 Switching Off the Engine............................119
Voice Control.......................................................383 Vehicles With a Turbocharger.........................119
Wi-Fi.......................................................................383 Switching the Passenger Airbag On and
Side Airbags.....................................................34 Off.....................................................................33
Side Curtain Airbags.....................................35 Switching the Passenger Airbag Off.............33
Side Sensing System...................................172 Switching the Passenger Airbag On.............34
Object Distance Indicator................................173 Symbols Glossary.............................................9
Sitting in the Correct Position.................100 SYNC™ 3........................................................365
Snow Chains General Information.........................................365
See: Using Snow Chains..................................310 SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting.....................384
Spare Wheel Additional Information and
See: Changing a Road Wheel........................314 Assistance.......................................................393
Special Notices................................................15 Apps.......................................................................390
Speed Control Navigation............................................................389
See: Cruise Control............................................180 Phone....................................................................388
Speed Limiter................................................190 Resetting the System.......................................393
Principle of Operation......................................190 USB and Bluetooth Audio..............................385
Using Speed Limiter..........................................190 Voice Recognition.............................................384
Stability Control............................................167 Wi-Fi Connectivity.............................................392
Principle of Operation.......................................167
Starter Switch
See: Ignition Switch............................................118
T
Starting a Diesel Engine..............................119 Technical Specifications
Failure to Start......................................................119 See: Capacities and Specifications............326
Starting and Stopping the Electric Tire Care.........................................................309
Motor...............................................................121 Repositioning the Wheels and Tires..........309
Starting and Stopping the Engine...........118 Tire Inflation When Punctured
General Information...........................................118 See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit................306
Starting the Electric Motor.........................121 Tire Pressure Monitoring System............312
Steering Wheel Lock....................................118 Changing a Road Wheel..................................314
Locking the Steering Wheel............................118 How Temperature Affects Tire
Unlocking the Steering Wheel........................119 Pressures...........................................................312
Steering Wheel...............................................58 Removing a Tire...................................................314
Stopping the Engine....................................124 System Malfunction...........................................313
Stopping the Engine in Gear...........................127 System Operation Using the Temporary
Stopping the Engine in Neutral......................127 Spare Wheel....................................................314
Storage Compartments..............................114 System Warning Lamps...................................312
Streaming Bluetooth Audio - Vehicles Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset
With: SYNC 2.5...........................................357 Procedure..........................................................313
Streaming Bluetooth Audio - Vehicles Tire Pressures.................................................321
Without: SYNC...........................................357 Tire Repair Kit
Selecting a Bluetooth Source........................357 See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit................306
Supplementary Restraints System.........32 Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit....................306
Principle of Operation.........................................32 After Using the Tire Sealant and Inflator
Kit.......................................................................308
434
First-Printing
Index
Using the Tire Sealant and Inflator

Kit........................................................................307
U
Tires Under Hood Overview - 2.0L
See: Wheels and Tires.....................................306 EcoBlue.........................................................272
Towbar Dimensions....................................327 Under Hood Overview - 2.2L Diesel......273
Maximum Permissible Trailer Vertical Under Hood Overview - Plug-In Hybrid
Weight...............................................................328 Electric Vehicle (PHEV)..........................274
Towing a Trailer - Excluding: Plug-In Under Seat Storage - Mild Hybrid Electric
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV)............219 Vehicle (MHEV), Vehicles With:
Trailer Lighting....................................................220 Passenger Double Seat/Rear Climate
When towing a trailer:.......................................219 Control............................................................116
Towing a Trailer - Plug-In Hybrid Electric Front Passenger Seat.........................................116
Vehicle (PHEV)...........................................219 Under Seat Storage - Vehicles With:
Towing Points................................................229 Passenger Double Seat, Vehicles
Front Towing Point............................................229 Without: Rear Climate Control,
Rear Towing Point.............................................230 Excluding: Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle
Towing Eye Location........................................230 (MHEV)..........................................................115
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels - Front Passenger Seat.........................................115
Automatic Transmission, Excluding: Unique Driving Characteristics................122
Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle USB Port.........................................................359
(PHEV).........................................................220 Using Adaptive Cruise Control.................181
Emergency Towing............................................220 Adaptive Cruise Control Indicator................187
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels - Adaptive Cruise Control Information
Manual Transmission...............................221 Messages..........................................................187
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels - Adaptive Cruise Control System
Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle Sensors..............................................................185
(PHEV)...........................................................221 Adaptive Cruise Control With Speed Sign
Towing..............................................................219 Recognition......................................................188
Traction Control............................................166 Adaptive Cruise Control With Speed Sign
Principle of Operation......................................166 Recognition Information
Traffic Sign Recognition............................202 Messages..........................................................189
Principle of Operation......................................202 Automatic Cancellation...................................184
Using Traffic Sign Recognition.....................203 Canceling the Set Speed.................................184
Trailer Sway Control...................................220 Changing the Set Speed..................................183
Transmission...................................................157 Detection Issues.................................................184
Trip Computer.................................................83 Following a Vehicle............................................182
Average Fuel..........................................................84 Hilly Condition Usage.......................................184
Average Speed......................................................84 Overriding the System......................................183
Distance to Empty...............................................84 Resuming the Set Speed.................................184
Instantaneous Fuel.............................................84 Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed..............182
Personalization.....................................................84 Setting the Gap Distance................................183
Resetting the Trip Computer...........................83 Switching Adaptive Cruise Control
Trip Odometer.......................................................84 Off.......................................................................184
Trip Timer................................................................84 Switching Adaptive Cruise Control
On........................................................................182
Switching Between the Cruise Control
Modes................................................................188
Switching to Normal Cruise Control...........186
435
First-Printing
Index
System Not Available.......................................185 Airbag Warning Lamp.........................................76

Using Cruise Control...................................180 Anti-Lock Brake System Warning
Canceling the Set Speed..................................181 Lamp....................................................................76
Changing the Set Speed.................................180 Automatic Headlamp High Beam
Resuming the Set Speed..................................181 Indicator..............................................................76
Setting the Cruise Speed................................180 Auto-Start-Stop Indicator................................76
Switching the System Off...............................180 Blind Spot Information System
Switching the System On...............................180 Indicator..............................................................76
Using Snow Chains......................................310 Brake Pad Wear Warning Lamp......................76
Alternative Wheels for Snow Chain or Cable Brake System Warning Lamp..........................76
Use........................................................................311 Change Engine Oil Indicator.............................77
Using Stability Control................................167 Change Engine Oil Now Indicators.................77
Using Traction Control...............................166 Coolant Temperature Warning Lamp...........77
Switching the System Off and On Using the Cruise Control Indicator......................................77
Information Display Controls....................166 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Warning Lamp..............77
Switching the System Off Using the Direction Indicator................................................77
Switch................................................................166 Door Ajar Warning Lamp....................................77
Using Voice Recognition...........................362 Engine Warning Lamps.......................................77
Apps........................................................................372 Fasten Seatbelt Warning Lamp......................78
Automatic Blower Motor Speed Front Fog Lamp Indicator..................................78
Reduction.........................................................373 Frost Warning Lamp............................................78
Entertainment....................................................368 Glow Plug Indicator.............................................78
General...................................................................367 Headlamp High Beam Indicator.....................78
Navigation..............................................................371 Lamps on Indicator..............................................78
Phone.....................................................................370 Lane Keeping Alert Indicator............................78
Phone Voice Service.........................................362 Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp........................78
Voice Settings......................................................372 Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp..................78
Using Winter Tires........................................310 Oil Pressure Warning Lamp..............................78
Pre-Collision Assist Warning Lamp...............79
V Ready to Drive Indicator.....................................79
Rear Fog Lamp Indicator...................................79
Vehicle Care...................................................302 Secondary Interior Heater Indicator..............79
Vehicle Dimensions....................................326 Shift Indicator........................................................79
Vehicle Identification Number................329 Stability Control and Traction Control
Vehicle Identification Plate......................328 Indicator..............................................................79
Ventilation Stability Control and Traction Control Off
See: Climate Control...........................................93 Warning Lamp..................................................79
Vents Stop Safely Warning Lamp...............................79
See: Air Vents.........................................................93 Vehicle Plugged in Indicator.............................79
VIN Water In Fuel Warning Lamp...........................79
See: Vehicle Identification Number............329 Warning Triangle...........................................231
Washer Fluid Check....................................284
W Washers
See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................302
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................75 See: Wipers and Washers.................................59
12V Battery Charging Condition Warning What Is Auto-Start-Stop...........................124
Lamp....................................................................75 What Is Current Highway
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicator..................76 Information....................................................211
436
First-Printing
Index
What Is the Pedestrian Alert

System............................................................36
Wheel Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel........................314
Wheels and Tires........................................306
General Information.........................................306
Wi-Fi Hotspot...............................................348
Windows and Mirrors...................................69
Windshield Washers......................................61
Windshield Wipers........................................59
Intermittent Wipe.................................................59
Winter Tires
See: Using Winter Tires....................................310
Wiper Blades
See: Checking the Wiper Blades.................284
Wipers and Washers.....................................59
Wrong Way Alert..........................................203
Switching Wrong Way Alert On or
Off......................................................................204
Wrong Way Alert Information
Messages.........................................................204
437
First-Printing
438
First-Printing
CG3763en, Edition date: 201911

Ford Transit Custom Instrukcja Obsługi I Ops Bezpiecznikow Etc

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ford Transit Custom Instrukcja Obsługi I Ops Bezpiecznikow Etc

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FORD TRANSIT CUSTOM Owner's Manual

All rights reserved.

Introduction Pedestrian Alert System -

Supplementary Restraints Doors and Locks

Steering Wheel Information Displays

Under Seat Storage - Vehicles With: Stopping the Engine ...................................124

Auto-Start-Stop - Manual Fuel and Refueling

Refueling - Plug-In Hybrid Electric Traction Control

Checking Current Highway Information Towing Points ...............................................229

Coolant Check - Plug-In Hybrid Electric Capacities and Specifications

Audio System Settings ..........................................................382

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Note: Pass on this manual when selling

WARNING: Driving while

recommend that you use extreme

Note: This manual describes product See the Owner's Manual.

Note: Some of the illustrations in this Anti-lock braking system.

Battery. Engine coolant.

Battery acid. Engine coolant temperature.

Brake fluid level. Engine oil.

Brake system. Explosive gas.

Brake failure. Fan warning.

Cabin air filter. Fasten seatbelt.

Check fuel cap. Front airbag.

Child safety door lock. Front fog lamps.

Child safety door unlock. Fuel pump reset.

Child seat lower anchor. Fuse compartment.

Child seat tether anchor. Hazard warning flashers.

Cruise control. Heated rear window.

Do not open when hot. Heated windshield.

Electronic power steering Interior luggage compartment

Engine air filter. Jack.

Keep out of reach of children. Windshield wash and wipe.

We respect your privacy and are

Data recorded includes, for example: Event Data

• Whether the call was automatically or Warranty on Replacement Parts

We have built your vehicle to the highest

emergency situations. Safety must be

INSTRUMENT PANEL - LHD

A Direction indicator lever. See Direction Indicators (page 67).

INSTRUMENT PANEL - RHD

A Direction indicator lever. See Direction Indicators (page 67).

H Passenger airbag deactivation indicator. See Switching the Passenger Airbag

WARNING: You must switch the

WARNING: Secure children that

WARNING: Read and follow the

WARNING: Do not modify child

WARNING: Do not leave children

WARNING: If your vehicle has been

Only child restraints certified to ECE-R129

Child Restraints for Different Mass

Rearward Facing Baby Safety Seat

WARNING: Do not put the shoulder

WARNING: Do not use pillows,

Child Safety Seat WARNING: When using a child

WARNING: You must reinstall the

Secure children that weigh greater than

Secure children that weigh between 13 kg

WARNING: Do not install a booster

Booster Seat (Group 2) ISOFIX Anchor Points

WARNING: Use an anti-rotation

Your vehicle may have ISOFIX anchor

We recommend that you use a booster